msgid "Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the <ulink url=\"http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/fdl.html\">GNU Free Documentation License</ulink>, Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the &krusader; sources."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: date
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:321
#, no-c-format
msgid "2018-05-13"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: releaseinfo
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:322
#, no-c-format
msgid "2.7.0"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:324
#, no-c-format
msgid "&krusader; is an advanced, twin-panel (commander-style) file-manager for Plasma and other desktops in the *nix world"
"<para>Select a file and use <menuchoice> <guimenu>Right-Click menu</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Send by Email</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. Selecting this option will open a new &kmail; window with the file already attached. Just fill in the subject and recipient(s) and send it. Of course, &kmail; must be properly configured.</para>"
" </sect1> &profiles;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: advanced-functions.docbook:46
#, no-c-format
msgid "ACL permissions"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: advanced-functions.docbook:47
#, no-c-format
msgid "<link linkend=\"gloss-acl\">ACL permissions</link> are fully supported when using properties, preserve attributes and the synchronizer. To view/modify the ACL permissions, select a file and use the <link linkend=\"context-menu\">Context Menu</link>: <menuchoice> <guimenu>Properties</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Permissions</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Advanced permissions</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. At Copy/Move, the ACL permissions are also copied. The synchronizer keeps the ACL permissions as well."
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archives.docbook:20
#, no-c-format
msgid "Archive Handling"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: primary
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archives.docbook:22
#, no-c-format
msgid "Archives"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archives.docbook:25
#, no-c-format
msgid "Browsing Archives"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archives.docbook:26
#, no-c-format
msgid "The <link linkend=\"vfs\">Virtual file systems (VFS)</link> allows you to browse archives as if it was a directory. Currently &krusader; supports the following archives types: ace, arj, bzip2, deb, gzip, iso, lha, rar, rpm, tar, xz, zip, and 7-zip and supports the following passworded archives: arj, ace, rar and zip. Passwords can be stored in <application>Kwallet</application>. Please note that the archive support first needs to be properly <link linkend=\"konfig-archives\">configured</link> in Konfigurator. To open the archive, use &Enter;, (double-)click or the <keycap>Right Arrow</keycap>. &krusader; supports also <emphasis role=\"bold\">hidden archives</emphasis>, these are renamed archives with a *wrong* extension, ⪚ <trademark class=\"registered\">OpenOffice</trademark> uses zip archives with the following extensions: <literal role=\"extension\">.odt</literal>, <literal role=\"extension\">.sxw</literal> and <literal role=\"extension\">.odw</literal>. &Enter; will open the <trademark class=\"registered\">OpenOffice</trademark> document and the <keycap>Right Arrow</keycap> will open the archive. Another example is J2EE, where the <literal role=\"extension\">.jar</literal> extension means a zip archive. Since &krusader; auto-detects the supported archive types, it will open with <keycap>Right Arrow</keycap> even if it has another MIME type. Please note that browsing archives has a few limitations:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archives.docbook:53
#, no-c-format
msgid "Not all functions are supported by all archive types. (&ie;: you can not delete files in ace or rar archives)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archives.docbook:58
#, no-c-format
msgid "The permissions you have inside the archive are the same as the permissions you have for the archive."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archives.docbook:62
#, no-c-format
msgid "The command line (if visible) will not follow you inside the archive but will point to the archive directory."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archives.docbook:67
#, no-c-format
msgid "Before any action is performed on files/directories inside the archive, they must be extracted. The archive will be repacked when you leave it or when &krusader; detects that extracted files have changed."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archives.docbook:74
#, no-c-format
msgid "Packing and un-packing are \"blocking operations\" that display a progress dialog. However, this might change in the future since we are planning to create more background operations."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archives.docbook:82
#, no-c-format
msgid "Unpack Files"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archives.docbook:83
#, no-c-format
msgid "There are 2 ways to extract files from archives:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archives.docbook:84
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you want to unpack a whole archive(s), browse to the archive location, select the archive(s) and select <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Unpack</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> or <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Alt;&Shift; <keycap>U</keycap></keycombo>. &krusader; will ask you where to put the extracted files. The default location is the inactive panel directory. If you do not cancel the operation, &krusader; will try to unpack all the selected files in the inactive panel."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archives.docbook:97
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you only want to extract a part of the archive, then <link linkend=\"browsing-archives\">browse</link> the archive and copy the files you want to extract to their new location just as you would copy \"normal\" files. Note that unpacking from a browsed archive takes more time (file by file unpack) compared to unpacking a whole archive with the first method. The unpack operation can be put in a <link linkend=\"queue\">queue</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archives.docbook:106
#, no-c-format
msgid "Packing Files"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archives.docbook:107
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you want to create a new archive, begin by selecting the elements you want to pack in the active panel and select <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Pack</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> or <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Alt;&Shift; <keycap>P</keycap></keycombo>. A dialog will pop-up prompting you to select the archive name and location. Select the packer from one of the <link linkend=\"konfig-archives\">supported file name extensions</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archives.docbook:120
#, no-c-format
msgid "To add files to an existing archive(s), open the archive in one panel and the files to be copied in the other panel, then simply copy the files into the archive in exactly the same way you copy files into a \"normal\" directory. The pack operation can be put in a <link linkend=\"queue\">queue</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archives.docbook:127
#, no-c-format
msgid "Testing Archives"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archives.docbook:128
#, no-c-format
msgid "&krusader; will not handle corrupted archives since it may result in data loss. If you receive an error message when opening an archive, or if you suspect that there is something wrong with the archive, you should test it before use. To test an archive, browse (navigate) to the archive location and select the archive. Next select <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Test Archive</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> or <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Alt; <keycap>E</keycap></keycombo>. &krusader; will test the archive file and inform you whether the archive passed or failed the file integrity test."
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: basic-functions.docbook:20
#, no-c-format
msgid "Basic Functions"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: basic-functions.docbook:22
#, no-c-format
msgid "Controls"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: basic-functions.docbook:24
#, no-c-format
msgid "General"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: basic-functions.docbook:25
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This is a rather short but important section that will go into the details of controlling &krusader;. This section does not try to cover all the various key combinations for two reasons: "
"<orderedlist numeration=\"arabic\"> "
"<listitem> "
"<para>there are just too many of them</para>"
" </listitem>"
" "
"<listitem> "
"<para>most of &krusader; actions are configurable in the <link linkend=\"konfig-panel\">Konfigurator Panel page</link></para>"
" </listitem>"
" </orderedlist>"
"We will only mention the most important keyboard shortcuts with the default configuration, but keep in mind that most of the <link linkend=\"key_bindings\">Key-Bindings</link> are configurable. If you find that you use a certain command a lot and want to know the shortcut for this command, or you want to change this command shortcut, then check out the <link linkend=\"key_bindings\">Configure Shortcuts</link> window (<menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Configure Shortcuts...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: basic-functions.docbook:48
#, no-c-format
msgid "Moving Around"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: basic-functions.docbook:49
#, no-c-format
msgid "By Moving Around we mean the transfer of the keyboard and mouse focus between the different parts of the &krusader; <link linkend=\"mainwindow\">main window</link>. The focus can be in one of five places: the Left or Right Panel, the Menu Bar, the Command Line or the Terminal Emulator. The panel that has the focus is called the Active Panel. An Active Panel will remain active until the other panel receives the focus (&ie;: if the Left Panel was active and you clicked on the Command Line - then the Left Panel remains the Active Panel). You must deliberately change which panel is active."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: basic-functions.docbook:61
#, no-c-format
msgid "The most common way to transfer the focus to a specific panel is to use the mouse to click on that panel. But you should be aware of the following:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: basic-functions.docbook:66
#, no-c-format
msgid "Clicking on the Toolbar, the FN keys bar or the Status Bar does <emphasis>not</emphasis> change the focus."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: basic-functions.docbook:77
#, no-c-format
msgid "Pushing the <guibutton>Run in Terminal Mode</guibutton> button in the Command Line will not transfer the focus, so you have to click inside the Input Line."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: basic-functions.docbook:83
#, no-c-format
msgid "When you choose a menu, the Menu Bar will become focused. It remains focused until you choose a command - the focus returns to the previous owner."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: basic-functions.docbook:88
#, no-c-format
msgid "There are, of course, ways to use the keyboard to change the focus:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: basic-functions.docbook:92
#, no-c-format
msgid "The 	 Key will switch panels, if one of the panels has the focus or rotate between all the commands in a menu, if the Menu Bar is active."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: basic-functions.docbook:97
#, no-c-format
msgid "The <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>Down Arrow</keycap></keycombo> will take you from the Active Panel to the Command Line or Terminal Emulator, and the <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>Up Arrow</keycap></keycombo> will take you back from the Command Line to the Active Panel."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: basic-functions.docbook:107
#, no-c-format
msgid "The &Esc; Key will make the Menu Bar return the focus, if it has it, to the previous Active Panel."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: basic-functions.docbook:112
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you happen to be inside the Terminal Emulator, you can use the 	 Key, or the mouse, to navigate to an Active Panel."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: basic-functions.docbook:117
#, no-c-format
msgid "Pressing <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Alt; <keycap>Underlined Letter</keycap></keycombo> from the Menu Bar will open that menu (unless this key combination is a \"Reserved Key\", used by one of &krusader;'s actions)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: basic-functions.docbook:127
#, no-c-format
msgid "Selecting"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: basic-functions.docbook:129
#, no-c-format
msgid "&krusader; offers 4 <link linkend=\"selection_modes\">Selection Modes</link>, to say nothing about the <link linkend=\"quickselect\">Quickselect bar</link>, only &krusader;'s Selection Mode is explained here."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: basic-functions.docbook:134
#, no-c-format
msgid "Selecting is a skill you need to master in order to get the most out of &krusader;. Since the Tree Panel allows select only one directory at a time, this paragraph mainly explains how to select files in the List Panel."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: basic-functions.docbook:138
#, no-c-format
msgid "Moving the cursor is easy. Left-clicking on a file or directory (referred to herein as \"elements\" meaning files and directories) will select it. Here are some useful pointers that will make &krusader; even easier to use (assuming you are using &krusader;'s Mouse Selection Mode):"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: basic-functions.docbook:145
#, no-c-format
msgid "The <keycap>Space</keycap> and <keycap>Insert</keycap> keys will toggle the selection of the file under the cursor without affecting the selection of other files/directories, the cursor will go one position down."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: basic-functions.docbook:153
#, no-c-format
msgid "<keycap>Left Clicking</keycap> on a file will select, or unselect, all previously selected files."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: basic-functions.docbook:158
#, no-c-format
msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>Left Clicking</keycap></keycombo> will toggle the selection of the file under the cursor without affecting the selection of other files/directories."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: basic-functions.docbook:165
#, no-c-format
msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\">&Shift; <keycap>Left Clicking</keycap></keycombo> will select all the elements between the previous cursor location and the new one."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: basic-functions.docbook:172
#, no-c-format
msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\">&Shift; <keycap>Home</keycap></keycombo> selects everything above the cursor (and deselects everything below the cursor, if selected)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: basic-functions.docbook:179
#, no-c-format
msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\">&Shift; <keycap>End</keycap></keycombo> selects everything below the cursor (and unselects everything above the cursor, if selected)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: basic-functions.docbook:186
#, no-c-format
msgid "The \"..\" entry is not selectable."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: basic-functions.docbook:189
#, no-c-format
msgid "The <link linkend=\"edit-menu\">Edit menu</link> can offer more ways to select your files."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: basic-functions.docbook:195
#, no-c-format
msgid "Executing Commands"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: basic-functions.docbook:196
#, no-c-format
msgid "There is not a lot to say here, all you need to do is select some files (if you do not, &krusader; will operate on the file(s) or directory(s) that have the focus), choose a <link linkend=\"menu-commands\">Command</link> from the Menu Bar or use a Keyboard Shortcut (or the Right Click Menu) and the selected Command executes. See also <link linkend=\"executing_files\">Executing Files</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: basic-functions.docbook:207
#, no-c-format
msgid "Quick search"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: basic-functions.docbook:209
#, no-c-format
msgid "This feature will do a quick search for the file name in the Active List Panel."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: basic-functions.docbook:211
#, no-c-format
msgid "Type <keycap>foo</keycap>(one character) to do a quick search in the Active List Panel for a file beginning with \"foo\". A small quick search dialog box will open below the Active List Panel. Type the first few characters of the desired file name (more than one character allowed), the cursor will jump to that filename (if it exists), ⪚ type \"ab\" to search for a file which begins with \"ab\". The <keycap>Up/Down Arrow</keycap> will jump to the next or previous match. &Esc; will close the quick search line. The cursor will stay on the last file found. The Quicksearch supports <ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression\">regular expressions</ulink> for searching files."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: basic-functions.docbook:224
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you press <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Alt; <keycap>foo</keycap></keycombo>, the key binding shortcut will be executed. If there is no configured key binding, the remaining letter <keycap>foo</keycap> will be used for the quick search."
msgid "This feature will do a quick filter for the file list in the Active Panel."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: basic-functions.docbook:239
#, no-c-format
msgid "Press <keycombo>&Ctrl;<keycap>I</keycap></keycombo> to open Quickfilter bar. Type <keycap>foo</keycap> (one character) to filter out from the Active Panel all the files that do not have \"foo\" in names. You can use wildcards for the filtering. ⪚ use \"a*b\" to filter files which have \"a\" and \"b\" in their names. The Quickfilter follows the <link linkend=\"konfig-panel-general\">case-sensitivity setting</link> of Quicksearch."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: basic-functions.docbook:244
#, no-c-format
msgid "Pressing &Enter; in Quickfilter mode sets focus to panel, when panel or Quickfilter is focused, &Esc; closes Quickfilter."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: basic-functions.docbook:246
#, no-c-format
msgid "To change the default shortcut of Quickfilter use <link linkend=\"key_bindings\">Configure Shortcuts</link> window (<menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Configure Shortcuts...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: basic-functions.docbook:250
#, no-c-format
msgid "Quick select"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: basic-functions.docbook:251
#, no-c-format
msgid "This feature will do a quick select for the file list in the Active Panel."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: basic-functions.docbook:253
#, no-c-format
msgid "Press <keycombo>&Ctrl;&Shift;<keycap>S</keycap></keycombo> to open Quickselect bar. Type <keycap>foo</keycap> (one character) to filter out from the Active Panel all the files that do not have \"foo\" in names. You can use wildcards for the filtering. ⪚ use \"a*b\" to filter files which have \"a\" and \"b\" in their names. The Quickselect follows the <link linkend=\"konfig-panel-general\">case-sensitivity setting</link> of Quicksearch."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: basic-functions.docbook:258
#, no-c-format
msgid "Pressing &Enter; in Quickselect mode sets focus to panel, when panel or Quickselect is focused, &Esc; closes Quickselect."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: basic-functions.docbook:260
#, no-c-format
msgid "To change the default shortcut of Quickselect use <link linkend=\"key_bindings\">Configure Shortcuts</link> window (<menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Configure Shortcuts...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: basic-functions.docbook:264
#, no-c-format
msgid "Context Menu"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: basic-functions.docbook:265
#, no-c-format
msgid "&krusader; has many Context menus that allow you to do fast operations with the mouse, usually a right-click will open the Context menu (depending on your <link linkend=\"selection_modes\">Selection Modes</link> settings). This list gives an overview of the most important context menus. Use them to discover the available commands."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: basic-functions.docbook:273
#, no-c-format
msgid "<link linkend=\"mainwindow\">Main Toolbar</link> (orientation, text position, icon size)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: basic-functions.docbook:277
#, no-c-format
msgid "<link linkend=\"list_panel\">List Panel</link> on a file or directory"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: basic-functions.docbook:281
#, no-c-format
msgid "<link linkend=\"cmdline\">Command Line</link> (undo, paste, text completion...)"
msgid "You can only execute files in the Active List Panel. To execute a file just (double-)click on it or press &Enter; when it is under the list cursor. &krusader; will open it in the default application for this file type (picture, text file...) or the file will be executed (script, binary...). If you want to use another application to open the file, click with the &RMB; on the file and go to the <guisubmenu>Open with</guisubmenu> sub-menu which will offer more options. &krusader; is compatible with the &plasma; default file manager for all file types except archives that are opened inside the &krusader; panel and not in an external application. See <link linkend=\"konfig-archives\">the archives page in Konfigurator</link> for details."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: basic-functions.docbook:347
#, no-c-format
msgid "Copying and Moving"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: basic-functions.docbook:348
#, no-c-format
msgid "To copy or move files/directories just select them and press <keycap>F5</keycap> to copy or <keycap>F6</keycap> to move them. &krusader; tries to preserve the time of modification. When copying a directory owner is changed to the user which copies the directory, group is changed to the default group of the user. When copying a file owner is changed to the user which copies the file, group is changed to default group of the user, and permissions are preserved. The owner, the group and the permissions are preserved when moving file or directory. When copying or moving files/directories a dialog appears and allows you to choose the operation destination. The default destination is the other-panel browsed directory. If you enter a partial &URL;, &krusader; will use the current panel directory as the &URL; base."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: basic-functions.docbook:365
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>Copy dialog</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: phrase
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: basic-functions.docbook:371
#, no-c-format
msgid "<phrase>Copy dialog</phrase>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: basic-functions.docbook:377
#, no-c-format
msgid "Queue manager"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: basic-functions.docbook:378
#, no-c-format
msgid "The copy, move, pack and unpack operations can be queued. After selecting copy or move, hit <keycap>F2</keycap> to use it. After selecting pack or unpack, hit <keycap>F2</keycap> to use it. Or the direct shortcuts: copy by queue <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Shift;<keycap>F5</keycap></keycombo> , move by queue <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Shift;<keycap>F6</keycap></keycombo> . Queue manager performs actions one-by-one. For example, if you have a pen drive (which is slow), and you want to copy 40 files onto it, it is much better copying them one-by-one instead of starting to copy 40 files in parallel. That is why enqueuing is important. If you pack/unpack 40 files in parallel, you overload your computer, but adding them to a queue, is much more useful."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: basic-functions.docbook:391
#, no-c-format
msgid "It is possible to switch the <link linkend=\"job-queue-mode\">Queue Manager mode</link> by the <menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Job Queue Mode</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menu item."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: basic-functions.docbook:395
#, no-c-format
msgid "Deleting - move to &plasma; Trash"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: basic-functions.docbook:396
#, no-c-format
msgid "Deleting files/directories is done by selecting them and pressing <keycap>F8</keycap> or <keycap>Delete</keycap>. By <link linkend=\"konfig-general\">default</link> it will be moved to &plasma; Trash. You can open the &plasma; Trash with the Trash icon in the <link linkend=\"main_toolbar\">Main Toolbar</link> or with the <filename>trash:/</filename> KIO slave. Physically &plasma; Trash is located in <filename>~/.local/share/Trash/</filename> or <filename>Trash</filename> in the subdirectory in user home directory which can be determined using the <userinput>qtpaths --paths GenericDataLocation</userinput> command. <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Shift; <keycap>Delete</keycap></keycombo> will delete the file permanently. A dialog will ask for your confirmation and will warn you when deleting non-empty directories. Of course only operations that are permitted to do by the Operating System will be performed - you will be notified otherwise. If you do not wish to see the confirmation dialogs, you can disable them in the <link linkend=\"konfig-advanced\">Konfigurator advanced page</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: basic-functions.docbook:413
#, no-c-format
msgid "Shred Files"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: basic-functions.docbook:414
#, no-c-format
msgid "Shred was removed from &kde; 4 (and as consequence &krusader;-2 for &kde; 4). The main reason is probably that shredding is filesystem dependent and even if you overwrite the file 100 times, it is not sure, that it will be deleted from the disk finally. Quote from the <application>kgpg</application> posts: <quote>The shred feature has been removed from the KDE library. Kgpg will not support this feature anymore. Moderns file systems use journalisation. So the shred feature should be implemented in the file system. Not in kgpg.</quote> But you might use a proper shred <link linkend=\"useractions\">UserAction</link> for your filesystem. But keep in mind that if you want to be 100% sure that it is impossible that someone can read a deleted file, you need to destroy your harddrive hardware..."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: basic-functions.docbook:422
#, no-c-format
msgid "Renaming Files, Creating Directories and Link Handling"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: basic-functions.docbook:424
#, no-c-format
msgid "Rename the file under the cursor with the <keycap>F2</keycap> key or with two single mouse clicks. If only the file name needs to be renamed and not the extension, you can configure this in the <link linkend=\"konfig-general-atomic\">Konfigurator General page</link>. <guilabel>Create a new directory</guilabel> with the <keycap>F7</keycap> key. Right-clicking on a regular file will give you the option <menuchoice><guisubmenu>Link Handling</guisubmenu> <guimenuitem>New Symlink</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. A dialog will prompt you to enter a symlink name. That symlink will point to the file/directory you right-clicked on. If the file you right-clicked on is a symlink, you will also be presented with the <menuchoice><guisubmenu>Link Handling</guisubmenu> <guimenuitem>Redirect Link</guimenuitem></menuchoice> option that will allow you to change the link target."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: basic-functions.docbook:441
#, no-c-format
msgid "Viewing and Editing files"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: basic-functions.docbook:442
#, no-c-format
msgid "<link linkend=\"krviewer\">KrViewer</link> has a chapter of its own."
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: bookmarks.docbook:20
#, no-c-format
msgid "BookMan: Organize your Bookmarks"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: primary
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: bookmarks.docbook:22
#, no-c-format
msgid "Bookmarks"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: bookmarks.docbook:24
#, no-c-format
msgid "BookMan is &krusader;'s Bookmark tool for bookmarking folders, local and <link linkend=\"remote-connections\">remote URLs</link>, and later returning to them in a click of a button. The Bookman menu is divided into four sections:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: bookmarks.docbook:31
#, no-c-format
msgid "Your personal bookmarks"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: bookmarks.docbook:34
#, no-c-format
msgid "Popular &URL;s"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: bookmarks.docbook:37
#, no-c-format
msgid "<para>Permanent bookmarks</para>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: bookmarks.docbook:40
#, no-c-format
msgid "<para>Manage bookmarks</para>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: bookmarks.docbook:44
#, no-c-format
msgid "You can bookmark inside a remote file system (&FTP; or SAMBA) and later use the bookmark to quickly connect to the remote machine, but you cannot bookmark inside an archive."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: bookmarks.docbook:50
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>Bookmark menu</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: phrase
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: bookmarks.docbook:56
#, no-c-format
msgid "<phrase>Bookmark menu</phrase>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: bookmarks.docbook:61
#, no-c-format
msgid "Using Bookmarks"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> stable5
+#: bookmarks.docbook:103
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Navigation in bookmarks:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: bookmarks.docbook:62
#, no-c-format
msgid "Usually, you click on the <guibutton>BookMan II</guibutton> button (the rightmost button to the right of the address bar at the top of the active panel) when you are in the target folder. For example, to bookmark <filename class=\"directory\">/usr/tmp</filename>, navigate &krusader; there and click the <guibutton>BookMan II</guibutton> button and select <guimenuitem>Bookmark Current</guimenuitem>. When the <guilabel>Add Bookmark</guilabel> dialog box appears, the &URL; line will say <filename class=\"directory\">/usr/tmp</filename>. <guilabel>Name</guilabel> is for the name you would like to give to the bookmark (⪚: temporary folder). Hotkeys are supported by adding <literal>&</literal> to the bookmark name ⪚ <literal>&sourceforge, &home, down&loads</literal> &etc;, so you can quickly call the bookmark name with <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Alt; <keycap>foo</keycap></keycombo>. If you add the bookmark without entering a name, the bookmarks name will be the same as its target. <guilabel>URL</guilabel> is where the bookmark points to. <guilabel>Create in</guilabel> creates bookmark folders for organizing your bookmarks."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
-#: bookmarks.docbook:90
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
+#: bookmarks.docbook:89
#, no-c-format
msgid "To use your bookmarks, click the <guibutton>BookMan II</guibutton> button and choose a bookmark. You may also use the <link linkend=\"key_bindings\">Key-Bindings</link>: <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>B</keycap></keycombo> to bookmark the current item, <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Alt; <keycap>right/left arrow</keycap></keycombo> to open right/left panel bookmarks list and <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>D</keycap></keycombo> to open the bookmarks of the active panel. From the context menu of the bookmark (&RMB; click) you can open it in a new <link linkend=\"folder-tabs\">Folder tab</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: bookmarks.docbook:103
+#: bookmarks.docbook:102
#, no-c-format
-msgid "Navigation in bookmarks:"
+msgid "There is a quick search bar at the top of the <guibutton>BookMan II</guibutton> menu."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
+#: bookmarks.docbook:104
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "The search bar will always be visible in the bookmarks menu if you check the corresponding item on the <link linkend=\"konfig-panel-general\">Panel Konfigurator's page</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> stable5
#: bookmarks.docbook:106
#, no-c-format
msgid "Start typing letters"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
#: bookmarks.docbook:109
#, no-c-format
-msgid "⪚ when you type <literal>'h'</literal> and only one bookmark starts with <literal>'h'</literal>, it is executed immediately - no enter needed"
+msgid "Below are the rules to handle bookmarks:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
+#: bookmarks.docbook:112
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Just type letters to search: bookmarks are matched by name prefix"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: bookmarks.docbook:115
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "If multiple bookmarks are matched by the prefix, they are highlighted and the first one is selected - hit &Enter; to activate the bookmark"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> stable5
#: bookmarks.docbook:115
#, no-c-format
msgid "If more than one bookmarks begins with <literal>'h'</literal>, you will have to continue adding letters, until you have specified enough and again, the bookmark is executed."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: bookmarks.docbook:122
+#: bookmarks.docbook:118
#, no-c-format
-msgid "The search bar will always be visible in the bookmarks menu if you check the corresponding item on the <link linkend=\"konfig-panel-general\">Panel Konfigurator's page</link>."
+msgid "Once a single bookmark is matched, it is immediately triggered. That is when you type <literal>'h'</literal> and only one bookmark starts with <literal>'h'</literal>, it is executed immediately - no &Enter; needed"
msgstr ""
-#. Tag: title
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> stable5
+#: bookmarks.docbook:109
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "⪚ when you type <literal>'h'</literal> and only one bookmark starts with <literal>'h'</literal>, it is executed immediately - no enter needed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: bookmarks.docbook:129
+#: bookmarks.docbook:121
#, no-c-format
-msgid "Password handling"
+msgid "Accelerators work only if the keystroke is the first one"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: bookmarks.docbook:124
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "&Backspace; is supported"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5
+#: bookmarks.docbook:127
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Search is case insensitive unless you type a capital letter. That is typing <literal>HamBurglar</literal> will only match <literal>HamBurglar</literal> but not <literal>hamburglar</literal> or <literal>HamBurglar</literal>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
#: bookmarks.docbook:130
#, no-c-format
+msgid "Search bar is intentionally a read-only field"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: title
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
+#: bookmarks.docbook:135
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "Password handling"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
+#: bookmarks.docbook:136
+#, no-c-format
msgid "One of the benefits of the <link linkend=\"bookman\">bookmark manager</link> is that the passwords are saved using &plasma;'s services - where ⪚ your &konqueror;/&kmail; password are saved. If you have a wallet, &plasma; will save the passwords there. By clicking the bookmarks, a dialog will open and ask for your username and password. Supply them and click <guibutton>Save password</guibutton>. The passwords and usernames will be saved securely by &plasma;'s wallet (make sure it is enabled by your distro). The downside here is that if the system was reinstalled and you do not backup your passwords from the wallet as well as &krusader;'s bookmark file, something will be lost."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
-#: bookmarks.docbook:145
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
+#: bookmarks.docbook:151
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>Popular URLs</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: primary
-#. +> trunk5
-#: bookmarks.docbook:147
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
+#: bookmarks.docbook:153
#, no-c-format
msgid "<primary>Popular URLs</primary>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
-#: bookmarks.docbook:149
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
+#: bookmarks.docbook:155
#, no-c-format
msgid "The submenu <guilabel>Popular URLs</guilabel> holds persistent the most popular visited &URL;s (local or remote). This submenu displays the top 15 popular URLs, sorted by ranking, so that the top &URL; is the most popular. This is easy for when you need to visit &URL;s often, but do not want to create <link linkend=\"bookman\">Bookmarks</link>, it serves as a temporary bookmark list for the most visited links. Quicksearch in <guilabel>Popular URLs</guilabel> is a fast way to browse/select the popular &URL;s:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
-#: bookmarks.docbook:162
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
+#: bookmarks.docbook:168
#, no-c-format
msgid "Open the <guilabel>Popular URLs</guilabel> or use <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>Z</keycap></keycombo>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
-#: bookmarks.docbook:169
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
+#: bookmarks.docbook:175
#, no-c-format
msgid "Type a few letters to narrow the search"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
-#: bookmarks.docbook:172
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
+#: bookmarks.docbook:178
#, no-c-format
msgid "Press &Enter; (you will go to the &URL; from list)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
-#: bookmarks.docbook:178
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
+#: bookmarks.docbook:184
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>Permanent bookmarks</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
-#: bookmarks.docbook:179
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
+#: bookmarks.docbook:185
#, no-c-format
msgid "These are hardcoded bookmarks to the top bookmark menu; there is no need for them to be saved to the file. With the <link linkend=\"context-menu\">Context Menu</link> you can enable/disable these permanent bookmarks. The following permanent bookmarks are available:"
msgid "<guilabel>Virtual Filesystem</guilabel> <link linkend=\"vfs\">Virtual file systems (VFS)</link> <filename>virt:/</filename> is not a virtual folder, but a container for &URL;s from different file systems. It is used for ⪚ the <guilabel>Feed to Listbox</guilabel> feature of the search module and the synchronizer. The location toolbar will display ⪚ <filename>virt:/Search results 1</filename> or <filename>virt:/Synchronise results 1</filename>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
-#: bookmarks.docbook:209
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
+#: bookmarks.docbook:215
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Jump back</guilabel> or <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>J</keycap></keycombo> brings you back to your starting position when you did create a new tab in the panel window. This feature is very handy if you go deep into a directory tree, then you can return with one action to the starting point. With <guilabel>Set jump back point here</guilabel> or <keycombo action=\"simul\"> &Ctrl;&Shift; <keycap>J</keycap></keycombo> sets the current directory as a jump back point."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
-#: bookmarks.docbook:226
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
+#: bookmarks.docbook:232
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>Manage bookmarks</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
-#: bookmarks.docbook:227
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
+#: bookmarks.docbook:233
#, no-c-format
msgid "To edit and organize your bookmarks, by clicking the <guibutton>BookMan II</guibutton> button and selecting the <guimenuitem>Manage Bookmarks</guimenuitem>, <application>KeditBookmarks</application> will be displayed. This is where you can edit/remove and rearrange the bookmarks. <application>KeditBookmarks</application> is a bookmark editor for &konqueror;, &krusader; and other applications, which use the <ulink url=\"http://grail.sourceforge.net/info/xbel.html\">XBEL standard</ulink> for the bookmark format. The bookmarks are stored in <filename> ~/.local/share/krusader/krbookmarks.xml</filename>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
-#: bookmarks.docbook:240
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
+#: bookmarks.docbook:246
#, no-c-format
msgid "The default folder for the bookmarks file <filename>krusader/krbookmarks.xml</filename> is <filename class=\"directory\">~/.local/share</filename>. You can determine the needed folder in your system using the <userinput>qtpaths --paths GenericDataLocation</userinput> command in terminal."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
-#: bookmarks.docbook:243
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
+#: bookmarks.docbook:249
#, no-c-format
msgid "This local file exists only if you have edited &krusader; bookmarks. It will be created after the first run of <application>KeditBookmarks</application> from &krusader;."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
-#: bookmarks.docbook:246
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
+#: bookmarks.docbook:252
#, no-c-format
msgid "The default system bookmarks are stored in the <filename>kfileplaces/bookmarks.xml</filename> file in the directory which can be determined using the <userinput>qtpaths --paths GenericDataLocation</userinput> command."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
-#: bookmarks.docbook:250
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
+#: bookmarks.docbook:256
#, no-c-format
msgid "<application>KeditBookmarks</application> is easy to use, however, if you need more information, please read the <ulink url=\"help:/keditbookmarks/index.html\">KeditBookmarks handbook</ulink>."
msgid "Bookmarks as action buttons on the Toolbar"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
-#: bookmarks.docbook:269
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
+#: bookmarks.docbook:275
#, no-c-format
msgid "Bookmarks can be placed as buttons on the <link linkend=\"mainwindow\">Main Toolbar</link> or the <link linkend=\"actions_toolbar\">Actions Toolbar</link>. You can even make a key-binding for them:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
-#: bookmarks.docbook:275
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
+#: bookmarks.docbook:281
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create your <link linkend=\"bookman\">Bookmarks</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
-#: bookmarks.docbook:278
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
+#: bookmarks.docbook:284
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you want, create keybindings for the bookmarks in the <link linkend=\"key_bindings\">Configure Shortcuts</link> window (<menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Configure Shortcuts...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
-#: bookmarks.docbook:283
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
+#: bookmarks.docbook:289
#, no-c-format
msgid "Add your bookmarks as action buttons on the <link linkend=\"mainwindow\">Main Toolbar</link> or the <link linkend=\"actions_toolbar\">Actions Toolbar</link> with the <guilabel>Configure Toolbars</guilabel> window (<menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Configure Toolbars...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>)."
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: checksum.docbook:20
#, no-c-format
msgid "Checksum Creation and Verification"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: primary
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: checksum.docbook:22
#, no-c-format
msgid "Checksum"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: checksum.docbook:24
#, no-c-format
msgid "<menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Create Checksum</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>: &krusader; checks which tools you have and if those tools allow recursive operation (in case you selected folders), you can generate a checksum by choosing a checksum type from the list (<guilabel>md5</guilabel>, <guilabel>sha</guilabel>, &etc;). You can then save the checksum to a file, usually called <filename>checksum.md5</filename> or <filename>checksum.sha1</filename>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: checksum.docbook:36
#, no-c-format
msgid "<menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Verify Checksum</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>: &krusader; checks if you have a tool that supports the type of checksum you need (from your specified checksum file) and displays the files that failed the checksum (if any)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: checksum.docbook:45
#, no-c-format
msgid "The system abstracts over different checksum mechanisms and Checksum Utilities. At the moment, the following checksums are supported: md5, sha1, sha256, sha224, sha256, sha384, sha512, tiger, whirlpool, cfv and crc. Please check your <link linkend=\"konfig-dependencies\">Checksum Utilities settings</link> before using this function."
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: compare.docbook:20
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>Compare</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: compare.docbook:21
#, no-c-format
msgid "&krusader; contains several compare functions: <guimenuitem>Compare by Content</guimenuitem>, <guimenuitem>Compare Directories</guimenuitem> and the <link linkend=\"synchronizer\">Synchronizer</link> compare function."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: compare.docbook:27
#, no-c-format
msgid "Compare by Content"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: primary
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: compare.docbook:29 compare.docbook:46
#, no-c-format
msgid "<primary>Compare</primary>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: secondary
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: compare.docbook:30
#, no-c-format
msgid "Content"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: compare.docbook:32
#, no-c-format
msgid "Select one file in each panel and use <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Compare by content</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. &krusader; will open an external graphical difference tool that is <link linkend=\"konfig-dependencies\">configured</link>. &kompare;, <ulink url=\"http://kdiff3.sourceforge.net\"><application>KDiff3</application></ulink> and <ulink url=\"http://furius.ca/xxdiff/\"><application>xxdiff</application></ulink> are supported."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: compare.docbook:44
#, no-c-format
msgid "Compare Directories"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: secondary
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: compare.docbook:47
#, no-c-format
msgid "Directories"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: compare.docbook:49
#, no-c-format
msgid "Compare the files of each panel by using <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Compare Directories</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. By default newer and single files will be selected in each panel, this behaviour can be changed in the <guimenuitem>Compare Setup</guimenuitem> menu."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: compare.docbook:58
#, no-c-format
msgid "The files are not compared by content but by their names and dates only."
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: configuration-files.docbook:20
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuration Files"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: primary
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: configuration-files.docbook:22
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuration files"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: configuration-files.docbook:24
#, no-c-format
msgid "This appendix gives an overview of the configuration files used by &krusader;."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: configuration-files.docbook:27
#, no-c-format
msgid "krusaderui.rc"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: configuration-files.docbook:29
#, no-c-format
msgid "This file stores the users toolbar settings and the menu structure. Tip: read also the <link linkend=\"faqi_missing_menus\">krusaderui.rc &FAQ;</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: configuration-files.docbook:33
#, no-c-format
msgid "Location: <filename>/usr/share/kxmlgui5/krusader/krusaderui.rc</filename>, or <filename> ~/.local/share/kxmlgui5/krusader/krusaderui.rc</filename>, or <filename>kxmlgui5/krusader/krusaderui.rc</filename> in the directory which can be determined using the <userinput>qtpaths --paths GenericDataLocation</userinput> command"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: configuration-files.docbook:38
#, no-c-format
msgid "krusaderrc"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: configuration-files.docbook:40
#, no-c-format
msgid "This file stores the &krusader; configuration."
msgid "This file stores the &krusader; bookmarks and uses the <ulink url=\"http://grail.sourceforge.net/info/xbel.html\">XBEL standard</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: configuration-files.docbook:124
#, no-c-format
msgid "Location: <filename> ~/.local/share/krusader/krbookmarks.xml</filename> or <filename>krusader/krbookmarks.xml</filename> in the directory which can be determined using the <userinput>qtpaths --paths GenericDataLocation</userinput> command"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: configuration-files.docbook:128
#, no-c-format
msgid "useractions.xml"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: configuration-files.docbook:130
#, no-c-format
msgid "This file stores the <link linkend=\"useractions\">UserActions</link> configuration."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: configuration-files.docbook:132
#, no-c-format
msgid "Location: <filename> ~/.local/share/krusader/useractions.xml</filename> or <filename>krusader/useractions.xml</filename> in the directory which can be determined using the <userinput>qtpaths --paths GenericDataLocation</userinput> command"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: configuration-files.docbook:136
#, no-c-format
msgid "useraction-examples.xml"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: configuration-files.docbook:138
#, no-c-format
msgid "This is the default UserActions provided by developers."
msgid "This is a <literal role=\"extension\">.ini</literal> file that holds a <link linkend=\"configure-shortcuts\">Key binding profile</link>. Until &krusader;-1.70.0 this was a binary file. &krusader; is backwards compatible for importing this legacy binary format."
msgid "Matej Urbančič, Marketing & Product Research (retired) <email>matej.urban * gmail.com</email>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: credits-and-license.docbook:112
#, no-c-format
msgid "We would especially like to thank Dirk Eschler the &krusader; web master. If you visit the <ulink url=\"http://www.krusader.org\">&krusader; website</ulink> you will appreciate the hard work and effort that Dirk has put into the site as much as we do."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: credits-and-license.docbook:117
#, no-c-format
msgid "We would like to thank everyone who has contributed to &krusader;. Sorry we can not mention all of you in this handbook."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: credits-and-license.docbook:120
#, no-c-format
msgid "For a more complete list of &krusader; contributors please take a look at the <ulink url=\"https://commits.kde.org/krusader?path=CREDITS\"><filename>CREDITS</filename></ulink> and <ulink url=\"https://commits.kde.org/krusader?path=ChangeLog\"><filename>Changelog</filename></ulink> file online or in the &krusader; sources."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: credits-and-license.docbook:127
#, no-c-format
msgid "Special thanks to:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: ulink
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: credits-and-license.docbook:130
#, no-c-format
msgid "kde.org"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: ulink
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: credits-and-license.docbook:134
#, no-c-format
msgid "KDE translation teams"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: ulink
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: credits-and-license.docbook:138
#, no-c-format
msgid "Sourceforge.net"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: credits-and-license.docbook:142
#, no-c-format
msgid "Jonas Bähr (webspace)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: ulink
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: credits-and-license.docbook:145
#, no-c-format
msgid "store.kde.org"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: ulink
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: credits-and-license.docbook:148
#, no-c-format
msgid "Google.com"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: credits-and-license.docbook:152
#, no-c-format
msgid "Documentation Copyright 2000-2003 Shie Erlich and Rafi Yanai."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: credits-and-license.docbook:153
#, no-c-format
msgid "Documentation Copyright 2004-2011 Frank Schoolmeesters."
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: diskusage.docbook:20
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>Disk Usage</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: primary
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: diskusage.docbook:22
#, no-c-format
msgid "<primary>Disk Usage</primary>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: diskusage.docbook:24
#, no-c-format
msgid "The Disk Usage is based on the code of <application>Filelight</application>. The Disk Usage shows you how your disk space is being used by a graphical representation of your file system. The following presentations are possible:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: diskusage.docbook:30
#, no-c-format
msgid "Line view"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: diskusage.docbook:33
#, no-c-format
msgid "Detailed view"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: diskusage.docbook:36
#, no-c-format
msgid "<application>Filelight</application> view: as a set of concentric segmented-rings"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: diskusage.docbook:40
#, no-c-format
msgid "Choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Disk Usage</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> or <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Alt;&Shift; <keycap>S</keycap></keycombo> to start this feature in a separate window, or open it inside the <link linkend=\"sidebar\">Sidebar</link>."
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: editors-note.docbook:20
#, no-c-format
msgid "Note from the Editors"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: editors-note.docbook:22
#, no-c-format
msgid "As you may notice, this handbook is written by various authors. The draft explanation of new features is done by the developers on the krusader-devel mailinglist, the editors add this information in this handbook. We have taken much care in ensuring technical and vocabulary consistency. The authors write in English even though it is not their native language; therefore, you may notice strange sentence constructions. Do not hesitate to let us know, if something is not clear to you."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: editors-note.docbook:30
#, no-c-format
msgid "An open source project's greatest strength is derived from getting user feedback. That is why we would love to hear what you have to say. <emphasis>Documentation contributors are always welcome!</emphasis>, since this is a time consuming task. If you have ideas on how to improve the content, if you would like to write about an undocumented &krusader; feature, or if you have comments or suggestions about the &krusader; Handbook, please let us know. You can contact us even if you find typos!"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: editors-note.docbook:39
#, no-c-format
msgid "For information about the &krusader; documentation project, please contact the &krusader; documentation coordinator, Yuri Chornoivan <email>yurchor@ukr.net</email>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: editors-note.docbook:44
#, no-c-format
msgid "This handbook is available in several formats."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: editors-note.docbook:47
#, no-c-format
msgid "via the <ulink url=\"help-menu.html\">Help Menu</ulink> when using &krusader;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: editors-note.docbook:50
#, no-c-format
msgid "the <ulink url=\"http://docs.kde.org/development/en/extragear-utils/krusader/index.html\">Online Handbook</ulink>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: editors-note.docbook:53
#, no-c-format
msgid "The most recent version of this handbook is available when using &krusader; from Git."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: editors-note.docbook:55
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you are using a <link linkend=\"krusader_devel\">development</link> or <link linkend=\"krusader_git\">Git</link> version, it is possible that the latest new features are not yet in the \"The &krusader; Handbook\". Please read the <ulink url=\"https://commits.kde.org/krusader?path=ChangeLog\">Changelog</ulink> file online or in the &krusader; sources to find out more about the new features. For a brief description, please read the <ulink url=\"https://commits.kde.org/krusader?path=SVNNEWS\">SVNNEWS</ulink> file online or in the &krusader; sources. <link linkend=\"faqg_wish\">User feedback</link> and <link linkend=\"faqg_bug_report\">Bug reports</link> are always welcome!"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: editors-note.docbook:71
#, no-c-format
msgid "All mentioned Trademarks and Copyrights in this handbook belong to their respective owners."
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:20
#, no-c-format
msgid "Frequently Asked Questions (&FAQ;)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: primary
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:22
#, no-c-format
msgid "<primary>FAQ</primary>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:24
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you have problems with &krusader; please check the <link linkend=\"installation\">Installation procedure</link>, as your problem may be caused by a bad installation."
"If you feel that a &FAQ; is missing or if something is not clear to you, please <link linkend=\"editors_note\">let us know</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:50
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installation &FAQ;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:54
#, no-c-format
msgid "Does &krusader; need &plasma; to run?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:58
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>No, &krusader; does not need the &plasma; window manager</emphasis> to run on your computer but &krusader;'s natural environment is &plasma;, because it relies on services provided by the &kf5-full; base libraries. Only some shared libraries are needed ⪚ &kf5; libraries, &Qt; libraries, &etc; This means that &krusader; runs on <ulink url=\"http://www.gnome.org\"><application>GNOME</application></ulink>, <ulink url=\"http://www.afterstep.org/\"><application>AfterStep</application></ulink>, <ulink url=\"http://www.xfce.org/\"><application>XFce</application></ulink> and other window managers provided the appropriate libraries are installed on your computer. All this is not a problem since the apt-get world can resolve these dependencies instantly."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:75
#, no-c-format
msgid "You do not need to switch to the &plasma; window manager to use &krusader;; you can still use <ulink url=\"http://www.gnome.org\"><application>GNOME</application></ulink>, <ulink url=\"http://www.afterstep.org/\"><application>AfterStep</application></ulink>, <ulink url=\"http://www.xfce.org/\"><application>XFce</application></ulink> or another window manager. However, the configuration of the &krusader; fonts and some behavior is done by running <command>systemsettings</command>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:85
#, no-c-format
msgid "A lot depends on what you want to do with &krusader;. You should know that &krusader; uses the &kf5; KIO Slaves to access remote file systems, and support for only a limited number of file system types are shipped with &kf5; libraries, most of the KIO Slave are bundled with &kf5-full; (including fish, sftp and tar)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:95
#, no-c-format
msgid "To summarize, if you want a working &krusader; - install &kf5-full;. If you want a functional &krusader; then you need &kf5-full; and some additional &plasma; packages. For maximum functionality, &krusader; needs some &kde; Applications (&ark;, &kdiff3;, <application>KRename</application>), but the &plasma; window manager is optional."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:108
#, no-c-format
msgid "Which libraries does &krusader; need to run?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:112
#, no-c-format
msgid "For running &krusader; (⪚ when you have installed &krusader; with a binary RPM) you need less libraries than if you compile &krusader; from source. ⪚ you only need the C-compiler &gcc; when you compile &krusader; from source (see the next question)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:119
#, no-c-format
msgid "Take a look at the <link linkend=\"compilation\">&krusader; dependencies</link> paragraph of our install chapter."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:120
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you need more details please take a look at the <ulink url=\"http://packages.ubuntu.com/precise/krusader\">&krusader; requirements</ulink> on Ubuntu. The \"depends\" are required, the \"suggests\" make &krusader; more powerful."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:130
#, no-c-format
msgid "I have followed all the steps but <command>make</command> complains about missing libs or headers. What do I need to do?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:135
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the missing packages."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:136
#, no-c-format
msgid "Take a look at the <link linkend=\"compilation\">Compilation requirements</link> paragraph of our install chapter."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:137
#, no-c-format
msgid "Most RPM-based distributions separate the headers from the libs. The headers are needed to compile &krusader;. Look for packages in the form foo-devel-*.rpm (⪚ <filename>kdelibs-devel-foo.i586.rpm</filename>) or foo-dev-*.deb for <trademark class=\"registered\">Debian</trademark> based distributions. These are usually included with your distribution."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:146
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you cannot find the needed package, use <ulink url=\"http://rpmfind.net/linux/rpm2html/search.php?query=krusader&submit=Search+...\">rpmfind</ulink> and click 'missing lib or header' in the search line. Or use <command>apt-cache search <replaceable>foo</replaceable></command> to find the corresponding package for <trademark class=\"registered\">Debian</trademark> based distributions."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:160
#, no-c-format
msgid "How do I compile &krusader; when I am using a 64 bit processor?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:164
#, no-c-format
msgid "As far as we know, there are no issues. &krusader; is also available on <ulink url=\"http://packages.debian.org/unstable/utils/krusader\"> many other architectures</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:174
#, no-c-format
msgid "I have downloaded the Source RPM <filename>krusader-x.xx.dist.src.rpm</filename>, what to do now?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:182 faq.docbook:452
#, no-c-format
msgid "Check the ownership and the permissions on <filename class=\"directory\"> /usr/src/RPM/</filename> and all recursive directories that your normal user can read-write-execute in these directories."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:189
#, no-c-format
msgid "To produce the binary RPM for your computer, do this:"
msgid "If all <link linkend=\"faqi_missing_libs\"> dependencies</link> are OK, a binary RPM <filename>krusader-x.xx.dist.rpm</filename> will be created at <filename class=\"directory\"> /usr/src/RPM/RPMS/i586</filename> (replace i586 with your architecture)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:205
#, no-c-format
msgid "Test the binary RPM for errors before installing: <screen><prompt>$</prompt> <userinput><command>rpm</command> <option>-i --test</option> <replaceable></path/to/rpmfile> krusader-x.xx.dist.rpm</replaceable></userinput></screen> If the prompt returns without any message, then everything is OK."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:212
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the binary RPM as usual, for example: <screen><prompt>$</prompt> <userinput><command>su -c 'rpm</command> <option>-Uvh</option> <replaceable></path/to/rpmfile> krusader-x.xx.dist.rpm</replaceable>'</userinput></screen> You will be asked to enter your root password."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:218
#, no-c-format
msgid "Now you can <link linkend=\"starting-krusader\"> start</link> &krusader;."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:227
#, no-c-format
msgid "For more information about RPM, visit <ulink url=\"http://www.rpm.org/\">rpm.org</ulink> and read the <ulink url=\"http://docs.fedoraproject.org/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/RPM_Guide/index.html\">RPM Guide</ulink> by Eric Foster-Johnson."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:238
#, no-c-format
msgid "I am trying to install binary foo (RPM or DEB package), but it fails. What is wrong?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:242
#, no-c-format
msgid "Since we only prepare (and use) the source, we have no way of knowing this. Did you test the binary RPM before installing? <screen><prompt>$</prompt> <userinput><command>rpm</command> <option>-i --test</option> <replaceable></path/to/rpmfile> krusader-x.xx.dist.rpm</replaceable></userinput></screen> If the prompt returns without any message, then everything is OK. RPM's downloaded from our website are usually provided by &krusader; users. Visit your distro website and search for an updated RPM."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:250
#, no-c-format
msgid "If the RPM is not OK, try to find another package at &Linux; software archives such as <ulink url=\"http://freshmeat.net/projects/krusader/\">freshmeat.net</ulink> or <ulink url=\"http://www.kde-apps.org/content/show.php?content=10214\">KDE-APPS.org</ulink>. If you still cannot find the appropriate package for your &Linux; distribution, we recommend searching for it with <ulink url=\"http://rpmfind.net/linux/rpm2html/search.php?query=krusader&submit=Search+...\">rpmfind</ulink> or <ulink url=\"http://rpm.pbone.net/index.php3/stat/3/search/krusader\">rpmpbone</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:257
#, no-c-format
msgid "In general, a package for an older version of your distribution or even for another distribution might work on your computer (⪚ FC RPM's often work on Mdk and RH, and vice versa), but it is always the best that you install only RPM's that exactly match your distribution. If you cannot find a package that matches your distribution version, architecture or distribution, then use a source RPM. When you use a source RPM, the Krusader sources will be built, on your computer, guaranteeing a suitable binary RPM for your specific distribution and architecture. In addition, this method results in maximum system speed, since the resulting binary is customized for your computer. Please read the previous question, it explains how to install a source RPM. The best solution is explained in the next question."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:279
#, no-c-format
msgid "I cannot find an RPM or DEB package for &krusader;, what to do?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:283
#, no-c-format
msgid "Check if your distribution provides &krusader;, if it does not then contact your distribution creator and ask them to include &krusader;!"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:287
#, no-c-format
msgid "Did you take a look at the &URL;s on the <link linkend=\"installation\">Installation procedure</link> page? If you have and found nothing, you can always compile &krusader; from source. Even if you feel you have not got the necessary skills, you will probably succeed in compiling &krusader;: we provide a very detailed installation procedure. This HowTo enables newcomers to compile &krusader; from source, even if they have never done a compilation from source before, just follow the instructions carefully. Feel free to post a <link linkend=\"faqi_help_request\">help request</link> if you encounter problems."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:305
#, no-c-format
msgid "Some new menu items are missing after updating &krusader;, what is wrong?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:309
#, no-c-format
msgid "The <filename>krusaderui.rc</filename> file is stored in <filename> /usr/share/kxmlgui5/krusader/krusaderui.rc</filename>. When you change the <guilabel>Toolbar</guilabel>, &plasma; makes a copy of that file in the home folder at <filename> ~/.local/share/kxmlgui5/krusader/krusaderui.rc</filename>. If &krusader; was previously installed on your computer, and you install a newer &krusader; version the <filename> ~/.local/share/kxmlgui5/krusader/krusaderui.rc</filename> file must be replaced with the newer version. Note: this will also reset all your changes on toolbars and shortcuts!"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:325
#, no-c-format
msgid "The first line of <filename>krusaderui.rc</filename> contains the version number. After installing a newer &krusader; version, &plasma; will automatically replace the old <filename> ~/.local/share/kxmlgui5/krusader/krusaderui.rc</filename> with the newer version when starting the new &krusader; for the first time (&plasma; will detect the newer version number in the first line)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:336
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you install a development or beta version and &krusader; was already installed on your computer then you should delete the <filename>krusaderui.rc</filename> file from your home directory to activate the new menu entries <prompt>$</prompt> <userinput> <command>rm</command> <option> ~/.local/share/kxmlgui5/krusader/krusaderui.rc</option> </userinput>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:347
#, no-c-format
msgid "If the <filename> ~/.local/share/kxmlgui5/krusader/krusaderui.rc</filename> file is older, then the new menu elements will not be shown. Read the previous question for information on how to update the <filename>krusaderui.rc</filename> file. If <filename>krusaderui.rc</filename> is missing or in a wrong directory, only the <guimenu>Help</guimenu> menu appears, please read the previous question."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:359
#, no-c-format
msgid "The default folder for the local configuration file <filename>kxmlgui5/krusaderui.rc</filename> is <filename class=\"directory\">~/.local/share</filename>. You can determine the needed folder in your system using the <userinput>qtpaths --paths GenericDataLocation</userinput> command in terminal."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:370
#, no-c-format
msgid "I am having trouble compiling and installing &krusader;, how do I send a help request?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:375
#, no-c-format
msgid "Please read our detailed <link linkend=\"compilation\">installation procedure</link> and the <link linkend=\"faq\">FAQ</link>. If you cannot find a solution to your problem then feel free to post a <emphasis role=\"bold\">help request</emphasis> at our &krusader; forum or use the <ulink url=\"http://groups.google.com/group/krusader-users\">&krusader;-users</ulink> mailing list. But before posting a help request, please try the following:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:386
#, no-c-format
msgid "Use the search function on the <ulink url=\"https://forum.kde.org/viewforum.php?f=225\">&kde; Forum</ulink>, your problem might be solved or discussed already."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:390
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you cannot find a solution, please make a note of the following issues: "
"<itemizedlist> "
"<listitem> "
"<para>the &krusader; version used</para>"
" </listitem>"
" "
"<listitem> "
"<para>the &Linux; distribution + version used</para>"
" </listitem>"
" "
"<listitem> "
"<para>a good description of the problem</para>"
" </listitem>"
" </itemizedlist>"
"Without this information, it is very difficult for us to help you."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:407
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you give us the error messages (⪚ <command>make</command> error messages) please start with the FIRST error message, all the error messages which follow the first error message are consequences and not the cause of your problem."
msgid "How can I build an RPM package for &krusader;?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:431
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you have experience with compiling from source, you will probably be able to build a &krusader; RPM too. Information about RPM can be found at <ulink url=\"http://www.rpm.org/\">rpm.org</ulink> and in the <ulink url=\"http://docs.fedoraproject.org/en-US/Fedora_Draft_Documentation/0.1/html/RPM_Guide/index.html\">RPM Guide</ulink> by Eric Foster-Johnson. The following is the short procedure howto on building an RPM."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:440
#, no-c-format
msgid "NEVER build RPMs when logged in as root. Mistakes in building packages (⪚ a bad <filename>krusader.spec</filename> file) can do serious damage to your system when logged in as root."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:448
#, no-c-format
msgid "Compile &krusader; from source to check that the compilation works fine."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:459
#, no-c-format
msgid "Copy <filename>krusader-1.xx.tar.gz</filename> to <filename class=\"directory\"> /usr/scr/RPM/SOURCE</filename>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:465
#, no-c-format
msgid "Copy <filename>krusader.spec</filename> to <filename class=\"directory\"> /usr/scr/RPM/SPECS</filename>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:471
#, no-c-format
msgid "Edit <filename>krusader.spec</filename> and add your name, your email address, the rpm name, ... Other changes may be needed if <command>rpmbuild</command> fails."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:478
#, no-c-format
msgid "Build the binary and the source RPM with: <screen><prompt>$</prompt> <userinput><command>rpmbuild</command> <option>-ba</option> <replaceable>/usr/scr/RPM/SPECS/krusader.spec</replaceable></userinput></screen> If everything went OK you will have a binary RPM in <filename class=\"directory\"> /usr/src/RPM/RPMS/i586</filename> (depending on your architecture) and a source RPM in <filename class=\"directory\"> /usr/src/RPM/SRPMS/</filename> ⪚ <filename> krusader-1.70-beta1.suse10.i586.rpm</filename> and <filename> krusader-1.70-beta1.suse10.src.rpm</filename>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:493
#, no-c-format
msgid "If the build is not OK you will receive an error message during the rpmbuild process, try to fix it and run <command>rpmbuild</command> again."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:499
#, no-c-format
msgid "And finally: <link linkend=\"faqi_rpm-source\">test</link> the RPM before sending it in."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:511
#, no-c-format
msgid "Why does &krusader;-git show an old version number in the about box?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:515
#, no-c-format
msgid "Because we only change the version number just before we do a new release. &krusader;-git will show an older version number, so ignore the version number and check the download date. We simply have not yet decided what the next version number will be."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:526
#, no-c-format
msgid "Why does &krusader; not start on &MacOS;?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:529
#, no-c-format
msgid "Please read carefully the <ulink url=\"http://www.macports.org/\">macports.org</ulink> installation instructions. Do not forget to start <application>dbus</application>."
msgid "Why does &krusader; freeze or hang on a dead mountpoint?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:547
#, no-c-format
msgid "When &krusader; is ⪚ browsing an NFS share and the NFS server goes down, &krusader; will freeze. This &krusader; (and all other open internal viewers/editors) freeze is fatal, and can only be corrected with the <command>kill -9</command>. We have no solution for this. This is an issue not confined to file managers, or even the &Linux; OS! The problem is that you \"hang\" on the first access to the dead share - so there is no way around it, no check to avoid it, even <command>ls</command> will freeze. Just trying to read something - anything - is enough to get you stuck. The one and only way around this architectural problem is using a multi-threaded design - this way if we get stuck, we do not hang the entire application event loop, but we do not think that the time is right for adding threads, we are not sure that *all* the &kf5; systems out there are using &Qt;-mt (the multi threaded version of the &Qt; library), and the &krusader; Krew may not be the right people to address this major issue in any case; so currently this is just a bug we have to learn to live with."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:576
#, no-c-format
msgid "When I try to resize &krusader; to make it smaller, I discover that I cannot resize it below a certain size. Why?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:581
#, no-c-format
msgid "See the <guibutton>F1, F2</guibutton> (&etc;) buttons? They are not allowing &krusader; to downsize as they have a minimum size. Just disable them <menuchoice> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show FN Keys Bar</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> and you will be able to resize &krusader; to your liking. Since version 1.51 we have improved this greatly: when downsizing the buttons will look like 'F5 ..py'. When the button faces are too small to read a tooltip will give the complete text. The minimum width is 45 pixels for each button."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:603
#, no-c-format
msgid "<application>Samba</application> ISO 8859-x codepage / What to do if &krusader; does not read shared directories containing special international characters?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:610
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"&krusader; does not handle (yet) <application>Samba</application> ISO 8859-x codepages, if you use a codepage different than 8859-1 you will have to do a manual configuration. Create or modify the file: <filename>~/.smb/smb.conf</filename> <programlisting>[global] \n"
" workgroup = MyWorkGroup (ex. WORKGROUP) \n"
" client code page = MyCodePage (ex. 852)\n"
" character set = MyCharSet (ex. ISO8859-2)\n"
" </programlisting> You can try to configure smb.conf with appropriate &systemsettings; module."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:625
#, no-c-format
msgid "&krusader; reports \"krarc:... protocol not supported\" error at opening an archive file, what to do?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:630
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install the krarc slave properly:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:631
#, no-c-format
msgid "Copy the <filename>kio_krarc.so</filename>, <filename>kio_krarc.la</filename> files into <filename class=\"directory\"> /usr/{lib or lib64}/qt5/plugins</filename>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:636
#, no-c-format
msgid "Copy the <filename>krarc.protocol</filename> file into <filename class=\"directory\"> /usr/share/services</filename>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:640
#, no-c-format
msgid "or the directory where the KIO slaves are placed in your &Linux; distribution."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:648
#, no-c-format
msgid "I get the error message \"Protocol not supported by Krusader: \"krarc:/path/to/foo-archive\", when I try to open foo-Archive, what to do?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:653
#, no-c-format
msgid "The icons, kio_slaves and documentation must be installed in the correct places in the &kf5; directory tree. The <filename>kio_krarc.*</filename> files must be in the same directory with the other KIO slaves. Try this: locate <filename>kio_tar.*</filename> and copy/link the <filename>kio_krarc.*</filename> files to the same location. Do not forget to run <command># ldconfig</command> on this directory when you are done."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:670
#, no-c-format
msgid "What to do if an external tool does not seem to work?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:673
#, no-c-format
msgid "&krusader; uses several programs as <link linkend=\"konfig-dependencies\">external tools</link>, and sometimes they appear not to work. Open a terminal and check if tool foo is installed. <screen><prompt>$</prompt> <userinput><command>foo</command></userinput></screen> Check if tool foo is properly configured in the <link linkend=\"konfig-dependencies\">Konfigurator Dependencies page</link>. For Archiving tools: autodetect the archives again with the <guibutton>Auto Configure</guibutton> button in the <link linkend=\"konfig-archives\">Konfigurator archive page</link>. Check the <link linkend=\"konfig-protocols\">Konfigurator Protocol page</link> If it does not work, backup your <filename><envar>XDG_CONFIG_HOME</envar>/krusaderrc</filename> (default is <filename>$<envar>HOME</envar>/.config/krusaderc</filename>) configuration file and remove it from this location. Restart &krusader;, &krusader; will now start the first start configuration wizard, follow these guidelines."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:696
#, no-c-format
msgid "How to executing jar files (and not enter the jar archive)?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:699
#, no-c-format
msgid "Go to the <link linkend=\"konfig-protocols\">Konfigurator Protocol page</link> and remove <guilabel>application/x-jar</guilabel> from the krarc node, &krusader; should no longer enter the archive. Global file associations are handled by &plasma; and not by &krusader;. To associate the jar extension:"
msgid "Enter <filename>jar</filename> as filename pattern"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:721
#, no-c-format
msgid "Add <filename>java</filename> as application"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:733
#, no-c-format
msgid "Why do I have trouble with my &FTP; connection?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:737
#, no-c-format
msgid "This problem often occurs when you are behind a firewall or proxy. Open <menuchoice> <guimenu>System Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Network</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem> Settings</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Connection Preferences</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, <guilabel>Enable Passive Mode (PASV)</guilabel> has to be turned on or off, depending on its current setting. Now try your &FTP; session again to see if it works. Also, make sure you have no other &FTP; sessions open (using web browsers, &etc;), they can cause complications. More information can be found in <ulink url=\"http://slacksite.com/other/ftp.html\">Active &FTP; vs. Passive &FTP;, a Definitive Explanation</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:759
#, no-c-format
msgid "I get <errorcode>FTP protocol not supported by &krusader;</errorcode> error when trying to open a remote &FTP; directory, what to do?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:766
#, no-c-format
msgid "The reason for this error is that '&FTP; via &HTTP; proxy' feature is not yet supported by &krusader;. This error may be caused by a misconfiguration of the proxy settings in &systemsettings;. Modify the proxy settings to not use &HTTP; proxy and &FTP; will work."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:780
#, no-c-format
msgid "How do not add <literal role=\"extension\">.part</literal> suffix when copying files via &FTP;?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:783
#, no-c-format
msgid "When uploading files a <literal role=\"extension\">.part</literal> suffix is added to the filename, once the upload is complete the filename is renamed automagically to remove the <literal role=\"extension\">.part</literal> suffix. This works great but sometimes some &FTP; servers do not allow a rename operation. You can solve this by unchecking the checkbox <guilabel>Mark partially uploaded files</guilabel> in &plasma; &systemsettings;. The check box is located at <menuchoice> <guimenu>Network</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Settings</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Connection Preferences</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:801
#, no-c-format
msgid "How can I close a remote connection (⪚ a &FTP; connection)?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:805
#, no-c-format
msgid "It is explained in the <link linkend=\"remote-connections\">remote connections chapter</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:814
#, no-c-format
msgid "I am experiencing problems with the media:/ protocol, why?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:818
#, no-c-format
msgid "The media:/ protocol was removed since &kde; 4. Please use mtp:/ protocol instead."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:826
#, no-c-format
msgid "How can I disable the default sounds, ⪚ when I do a delete action?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:830
#, no-c-format
msgid "Those are the default &plasma; System sounds, and not related to &krusader;. If you want to disable them globally open your &plasma; &systemsettings; ( <application>systemsettings</application>): <menuchoice> <guimenu>Personalization</guimenu> <guisubmenu>Notifications</guisubmenu> <guimenuitem>Manage Notifications</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, <guilabel>Event Source: \"Plasma Workspace\" </guilabel> and uncheck sound items you do not like."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:849
#, no-c-format
msgid "Where the remote connection manager?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:852
#, no-c-format
msgid "Use our Bookmark Manager. Use a <link linkend=\"remote-connections\">remote &URL;</link> and bookmark it."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:861
#, no-c-format
msgid "Why does not MIME type magic sometimes work inside archives?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:865
#, no-c-format
msgid "When you enter an archive and press <keycap>F3</keycap> to view a file that has no known extension, ⪚ <filename>README, INSTALL</filename> &etc; And if the viewer opens in hex-mode instead of the usual mode, than you need to configure: <menuchoice> <guimenu>KDE System Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>File Associations</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Application</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>octet-stream</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, <guilabel>binary viewer</guilabel> needs to be removed."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:886
#, no-c-format
msgid "Where is Konfigurator, do i need to install the &plasma; to use it?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:889
#, no-c-format
msgid "<link linkend=\"konfigurator\">Konfigurator</link> is &krusader;s configuration module, if you have installed &krusader; then you have also Konfigurator. For some reason some people think it is an other &plasma; application, but it is not, so you do not need to install the full fledged &plasma; to use Konfigurator. When running &krusader;, use <menuchoice> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Configure &krusader;</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, and it will start <link linkend=\"konfigurator\">Konfigurator</link>. Please read the manual, &krusader; has many many configuration options, a lot of things can be customized to your needs with <link linkend=\"konfigurator\">Konfigurator</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:909
#, no-c-format
msgid "How can I set the look & feel of 2 different users to be the same?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:913
#, no-c-format
msgid "Presuming that the current setup is the good configuration, you can copy the configuration to the other user. <screen><prompt>#</prompt> <userinput><command>cp ~/.config/krusaderrc /home/foo_user/.config</command></userinput></screen> And when the other user is Root use:"
msgid "How can I report a wish, a suggestion, or a comment?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:936
#, no-c-format
msgid "An open source project's greatest strength is derived from getting user feedback. That is why we love to hear what you have to say. Your \"gripes\" are our instructions. After about 6 months, programmers can no longer see their own mistakes. It is natural. We want the ideas, qritiques, and feedback because we all want to make &krusader; the best and most useful file manager available anywhere."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:944
#, no-c-format
msgid "The most convenient way to contact us is to use the krusader-users <ulink url=\"https://krusader.org/get-involved/mailing-lists/index.html\">mailing list</ulink>. For information on what remains to be done look at the <ulink url=\"http://groups.google.com/group/krusader-devel\">&krusader;-devel mailing list</ulink>. We review and discuss every submission."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:955
#, no-c-format
msgid "How can I send a patch?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:958
#, no-c-format
msgid "It is not easy to write patch guidelines, but here are some."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:962
#, no-c-format
msgid "Patches, new code or new features are always welcome!"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:966
#, no-c-format
msgid "Focus only on one problem at a time, so the developers can easily understand you, and commit your patch it works."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:971
#, no-c-format
msgid "Preferably, you can start a discussion with the developers on the krusader-devel <ulink url=\"https://krusader.org/get-involved/mailing-lists/index.html\">mailing lists</ulink> or on the <ulink url=\"https://phabricator.kde.org/tag/krusader/\">&krusader; Phabricator page</ulink>. Unfortunately, we cannot apply a patch if the patch is in conflict with the \"general design\" of the &krusader; code (read for more instructions in this FAQ). Please send only one change request per mail, so that the discussion is easier to follow. The modifications should be committed step by step, checking each line."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:985
#, no-c-format
msgid "Submit your patch files into the &krusader; group on the <ulink url=\"https://git.reviewboard.kde.org/groups/krusader/\">Review Board</ulink>, so that all patch proposals stay organised and do not get lost, tar.gz archives or diffs are usually ok. Do not copy changes into a mail. Most mailers will change the white spaces, so that the diff will not apply or the code snipped does not diff. In the past, patch mails went lost or disorganized in many many mails, so please use the <ulink url=\"https://git.reviewboard.kde.org/groups/krusader/\">Review Board</ulink>, thanks!"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:995
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Use portable solutions, &krusader; should run on: "
"<para>&kde; 3.3- &kde; 3.5 and even on GNOME with &kde;libs (for &krusader;-2.x) .</para>"
" </listitem>"
" "
"<listitem> "
"<para>GCC 2.95 - GCC 5.4</para>"
" </listitem>"
" </itemizedlist>"
"Architecture changes are made by the team only."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:1019
#, no-c-format
msgid "A final note: always keep in mind a patch might be rejected. Either it has side effects, which we could not fix or it contradicts with the idea behind the patched module. In this sense, a software project differs from, let's say a wiki: a software project has to have someone to make all the final decisions. Otherwise the software will not work. Furthermore: keep in mind that the examination of patches might take time, as we all have private lives."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:1036
#, no-c-format
msgid "How can I report a bug?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:1039
#, no-c-format
msgid "Bugs?!?!? Well, ok.... We have an online Bug Tracking System."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:1041
#, no-c-format
msgid "Using the online bug-tracker helps us have a clear and orderly way to know how many bugs are open, bug priority and follow-ups. It saves us from browsing through the entire &krusader; forum, searching for yesterdays bug. Please use this system."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:1046
#, no-c-format
msgid "Before reporting a bug, please read the following:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:1049
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Check</emphasis> if the bug is already posted in the <ulink url=\"https://bugs.kde.org\">online bug list</ulink> of the Bug Tracking System."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:1055
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you cannot find this bug mentioned, please <emphasis role=\"bold\">submit</emphasis> it into the bug tracker by clicking the <guibutton>Submit New</guibutton> button in the bug-tracker window. Please submit the following issues: the &krusader; version used, the &Linux; distribution + version used, processor type, and as good a description of the problem as you can manage."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:1068
#, no-c-format
msgid "If possible, try to do the same operation with &konqueror; or another &kde; application. If you encounter the same problem then it is possibly a KIO Slaves or &kf5-full; bug, and not a &krusader; bug. &krusader; uses the &kf5; libraries and the KIO Slave for many operations. In some cases you can encounter problems if your distribution is incorrectly configured, please test it first as explained above."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:1089
#, no-c-format
msgid "How can i send good debug or crash reports?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:1092
#, no-c-format
msgid "Usually binary packages that are been used by your distribution do not contain debug information. Since we usually only develop and fix &krusader;-git, compile &krusader;-git in debugmode and install it, than check if the bug still exist. <screen><prompt>$</prompt> <userinput><command>cmake</command> <option>-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=debugfull</option></userinput></screen> Install <ulink url=\"http://valgrind.org\">valgrind</ulink>, a suite of tools for debugging and profiling &Linux; programs. Run Valgrind/&krusader; <screen><prompt>$</prompt> <userinput><command>valgrind</command> <option>--tool=memcheck</option> <replaceable>{foo_path}/krusader</replaceable></userinput></screen> The valgrind tool will write to stdout, what really happens. If you could send these information before the crash, it is almost sure, that we may fix or tell you what to do."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:1110
#, no-c-format
msgid "What to do if the KDEcrashhandler sends no useful backtrace information?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:1113
#, no-c-format
msgid "Usually binary packages that are been used by your distribution do not contain debug information. Since we usually only develop and fix &krusader;-git, compile &krusader;-git in debugmode and install it, than check if the bug still exist. <screen><prompt>$</prompt> <userinput><command>cmake</command> <option>-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=debugfull</option></userinput></screen> If the KDEKrashhandler still does not provide useful backtrace information, than sometimes a coredump will give better information. Run Krusader, with disabled crashhandler. <screen><prompt>$</prompt> <userinput><command>krusader</command> <option>--nocrashhandler</option></userinput></screen> On a crash you will get a <filename>.core</filename> file, usually in your home directory. Run <ulink url=\"http://sourceware.org/gdb/\">gdb</ulink>, the GNU Project Debugger <screen><prompt>$</prompt> <userinput><command>gdb</command> <option>-c</option> <replaceable>corefile krusader</replaceable></userinput></screen> Now type <command>bt</command> to get the backtrace and type <command>q</command> to quit gdb. Often the best debug results will be given when using the valgrind tool."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:1137
#, no-c-format
msgid "Does &krusader; have a mailing list?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:1141
#, no-c-format
msgid "Yes, currently we have 5 <ulink url=\"https://krusader.org/get-involved/mailing-lists/index.html\">mailing lists</ulink>. No spam, no bother, just &krusader;. Feel free to subscribe and unsubscribe."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:1145
#, no-c-format
msgid "Tip. our mailing lists can be browsed online or read with a newsreader, so that you do not even need to subscribe to follow the action on the mailing lists."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:1150
#, no-c-format
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://groups.google.com/group/krusader-devel\">&krusader;-devel</ulink> is the developer mailing list (read-only). If you want to follow the development of &krusader; on the cutting edge, this is the list to follow."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:1156
#, no-c-format
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://groups.google.com/group/krusader-users\">&krusader;-users</ulink> is the &krusader; users mailing list. Here you can ask for help and talk with the &krusader; users and developers."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:1168
#, no-c-format
msgid "Does &krusader; provide news feeds?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:1172
#, no-c-format
msgid "Yes, we do. Several news feeds in various formats are available. <ulink url=\"http://groups.google.com/group/krusader-devel/feeds\">krusader-devel feed</ulink>, <ulink url=\"http://groups.google.com/group/krusader-users/feeds\">krusader-users feed</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:1180
#, no-c-format
msgid "Does &krusader; have an IRC channel?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:1184
#, no-c-format
msgid "Yes, we do. Feel free to talk to the &krusader; Krew and fellow-users via <ulink url=\"http://freenode.net\">freenode.org</ulink> servers. The server is <emphasis>irc.freenode.org</emphasis>, the channel is <emphasis>#krusader</emphasis>. Everyone is welcome."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:1196
#, no-c-format
msgid "How does the &krusader; forum work?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:1200
#, no-c-format
msgid "In the spirit of freedom of speech, everything that is &krusader; related can be discussed in our forum. It does not matter if you are a newcomer or an advanced user, everyone is welcome. An open source project's greatest strength is derived from getting user feedback. That is why we love to hear what you have to say. With your feedback we can make &krusader; better and better; otherwise, we are not aware of issues and ideas you may have. But please remember the following, so that we can maintain some order in the chaos."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:1211
#, no-c-format
msgid "If the <link linkend=\"index\">Documentation</link>, <link linkend=\"faq\">FAQ</link> and <ulink url=\"http://groups.google.com/group/krusader-devel\">&krusader;-devel</ulink> (please use the search function ) cannot help you, do not hesitate to post on our forum. The &krusader; Krew or the &krusader; community is always available to help you."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:1219
#, no-c-format
msgid "Please use the search function of the <ulink url=\"https://forum.kde.org/viewforum.php?f=225\">&kde; Forum</ulink>, your issue may have been previously discussed (this allows us to minimize the double/triple/... postings). If your issue has already been discussed in the past there is a great chance that you will have an instant solution to your problem. If the issue is currently being discussed, you can join in the discussion. Some questions are asked over and over again, that is why we have created this <link linkend=\"faq\">FAQ</link>. This allows us to spend more time developing &krusader;."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:1288
#, no-c-format
msgid "How can I translate &krusader; into my native language?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:1292
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you are interested in translating the &krusader; GUI or documentation, please contact the <ulink url=\"http://l10n.kde.org/teams-list.php\">KDE translation team</ulink> of your language."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:1300
#, no-c-format
msgid "How can I support &krusader;?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:1303
#, no-c-format
msgid "You can <link linkend=\"help_krusader\"> support</link> &krusader; in many different ways. Please send us <link linkend=\"faqg_wish\">feedback</link>, <link linkend=\"faqg_bug_report\">bug reports</link>, patches, <link linkend=\"help_krusader\">donations</link>, translations, ..."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:1317
#, no-c-format
msgid "Is there a &MacOS; X port?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:1320
#, no-c-format
msgid "Yes, there is a <link linkend=\"kde4_mac_install\">&MacOS;-X port</link> with the help of <ulink url=\"http://www.macports.org/\">macports.org</ulink> , the port is maintained by <ulink url=\"http://www.krusader.org/developers.php\">Jonas Bähr</ulink>, all feedback is welcome. A recommended native file manager for &MacOS; is <ulink url=\"http://www.likemac.ru/english/\"><trademark class=\"copyright\">Disk Order</trademark></ulink> (shareware)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:1332
#, no-c-format
msgid "Is there a &Windows; port?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:1338
#, no-c-format
msgid "No, there was a port but it is unmaintained and unavailable now. A recommended native file manager for &Windows; is <ulink url=\"http://www.ghisler.com/\"><trademark class=\"copyright\">Total Commander</trademark></ulink> (shareware)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:1340
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you want to help with porting please join <ulink url=\"http://windows.kde.org/\">The KDE on Windows Initiative</ulink>. Some useful tips on porting can be found in the <ulink url=\"https://commits.kde.org/krusader?path=INSTALL\"><filename>INSTALL</filename></ulink> file of the &krusader; sources, it contains all latest compilation instructions."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:1350
#, no-c-format
msgid "Why is &konqueror; in \"midnight commander style\" not an <link linkend=\"gloss-ofm\">OFM</link>?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:1355
#, no-c-format
msgid "The two panels and a commandline are available, all the other stuff like <link linkend=\"features\">OFM features</link> and the <link linkend=\"gloss-ofm\">OFM</link> interaction with the user is missing from this profile."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:1366
#, no-c-format
msgid "Why should I use an <link linkend=\"gloss-ofm\">OFM</link>?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: faq.docbook:1370
#, no-c-format
msgid "An <ulink url=\"http://www.softpanorama.org/OFM/index.shtml\">Orthodox File Manager (OFM)</ulink> is much faster than a one panel filemanager and faster than the command line. If you would like to know <ulink url=\"http://www.softpedia.com/reviews/linux/Krusader-Review-18193.shtml\"> how &krusader; feels</ulink>, there is only one way to discover: install it on your computer and use it for a while. If you prefer to waste time and lose productivity, continue to use one panel filemanagers which are based on &Windows; Explorer. Matej Urbančič has written a <ulink url=\"http://murban.blogspot.com/2006/01/krusader-and-konqueror-twin-versus-one.html\"> blog</ulink> on why <link linkend=\"gloss-ofm\">OFM</link> is better than a one panel filemanager."
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: features.docbook:20
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>Features</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: primary
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: features.docbook:22
#, no-c-format
msgid "<primary>Features</primary>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: features.docbook:25
#, no-c-format
msgid "The most important features and improvements are highlighted here, it would make this list too long if we were to include <emphasis>all</emphasis> the features and improvements. You will discover even more features in this documentation and in the <ulink url=\"https://commits.kde.org/krusader?path=ChangeLog\"><filename>ChangeLog</filename></ulink> and <ulink url=\"https://commits.kde.org/krusader?path=NEWS\"><filename>NEWS</filename></ulink> files."
msgid "Two powerful and easy to use <link linkend=\"panels\">OFM panels</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: features.docbook:45
#, no-c-format
msgid "<link linkend=\"cmdline\">Command Line</link> and optional <link linkend=\"termemu\">Terminal emulator</link> below."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: features.docbook:49
#, no-c-format
msgid "Strong <link linkend=\"keyboard-commands\">keyboard</link> orientation and the ability to perform all functions without the mouse."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: features.docbook:54
#, no-c-format
msgid "Context-dependent invocation of scripts and programs ⪚ mouse click/&Enter; (execute or open with the associated application), <keycap>F3</keycap> (view) and <keycap>F4</keycap> (edit)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: features.docbook:60
#, no-c-format
msgid "<link linkend=\"useractions\">User Menu</link>, create your own customized menu."
msgid "Archive Handling: browsing, unpack, pack, testing. Supported <link linkend=\"archives\">archives</link>: ace, arj, bzip2, deb, gzip, iso, lha, rar, rpm, tar, zip and 7-zip."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: features.docbook:132
#, no-c-format
msgid "<link linkend=\"checksum\">Checksum Creation and Verification</link> mechanism that supports md5, sha1, sha256, sha224, sha256, sha384, sha512, tiger, whirlpool, cfv, and crc."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: features.docbook:139
#, no-c-format
msgid "<link linkend=\"calculate\">Calculate occupied space</link> of files and folders, archives and remote filesystems."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: features.docbook:145
#, no-c-format
msgid "<link linkend=\"compare-dir\">Directory comparison</link> and <link linkend=\"view-menu\">filtering</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: features.docbook:151
#, no-c-format
msgid "<link linkend=\"compare-content\">Compare files by content</link> via external diff programs like &kompare;, <ulink url=\"http://kdiff3.sourceforge.net\"><application>KDiff3</application></ulink> or <ulink url=\"http://furius.ca/xxdiff/\"><application>xxdiff</application></ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: features.docbook:158
#, no-c-format
msgid "<link linkend=\"multi_rename\">Rename</link> files and folders via <ulink url=\"http://www.krename.net\"><application>KRename</application></ulink>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: features.docbook:163
#, no-c-format
msgid "Completely supports drag'n'drop: drag from &konqueror; straight into a <literal role=\"extension\">.tar.gz</literal> file, from &krusader;'s panel into the trash bin, the desktop or into &konqueror;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: features.docbook:169
#, no-c-format
msgid "<link linkend=\"konfig-advanced\">Preserve date</link> for local targets at copy/move operations."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: features.docbook:174
#, no-c-format
msgid "<keycap>F9</keycap> opens a <link linkend=\"tools-menu\">Terminal Window</link> in the current directory."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: features.docbook:179
#, no-c-format
msgid "Easy editing of <link linkend=\"file-menu\">file permissions</link> and ownership and <link linkend=\"konfig-panel-view\">Numeric Permissions</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: features.docbook:186
#, no-c-format
msgid "<link linkend=\"krusearcher\">Selection filters</link> used in ⪚ Synchronizer and KruSearcher."
msgid "<link linkend=\"mainwindow\">Main Toolbar</link>, <link linkend=\"actions_toolbar\">Actions Toolbar</link> for user actions and bookmarks."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: link
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: features.docbook:253
#, no-c-format
msgid "Key-bindings"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: link
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: features.docbook:258
#, no-c-format
msgid "Colors"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: link
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: features.docbook:262
#, no-c-format
msgid "Panel profiles"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: link
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: features.docbook:265
#, no-c-format
msgid "Bookmark-Manager"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: link
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: features.docbook:268
#, no-c-format
msgid "Selection Modes"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: features.docbook:271
#, no-c-format
msgid "Many more features can be <link linkend=\"konfig-startup\">configured</link> the way you like."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: features.docbook:281
#, no-c-format
msgid "&krusader; Extensions"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: link
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: features.docbook:283
#, no-c-format
msgid "UserActions"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: link
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: features.docbook:286
#, no-c-format
msgid "Color Profiles"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: link
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: features.docbook:289
#, no-c-format
msgid "Key-binding Profiles"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: features.docbook:291
#, no-c-format
msgid "Download and upload your favourite &krusader; extensions at <ulink url=\"https://store.kde.org/\">store.kde.org</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: features.docbook:300
#, no-c-format
msgid "New features in the &krusader;-1.80.0 \"Final 3rd Stone\" release"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: features.docbook:303
#, no-c-format
msgid "Archive improvements"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: features.docbook:306
#, no-c-format
msgid "<link linkend=\"archives\">Password support</link> for: arj, ace, rar and zip. Passwords can be stored in <application>Kwallet</application>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: features.docbook:312
#, no-c-format
msgid "<link linkend=\"archives\">7-zip support</link>, by external applications <application>7z</application> and <application>7za</application>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: features.docbook:318
#, no-c-format
msgid "<link linkend=\"archives\">Auto-detection support</link>, allowing you to open \"hidden archives\" (⪚ <trademark class=\"registered\">OpenOffice</trademark> documents)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: features.docbook:324
#, no-c-format
msgid "Packing/unpacking is now in the background."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: link
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: features.docbook:329
#, no-c-format
msgid "Brief View"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: features.docbook:332
#, no-c-format
msgid "Many improvements of the <link linkend=\"useractions\">UserAction</link> system."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: features.docbook:335
#, no-c-format
msgid "Countless usability enhancements, especially in Konfigurator and the heavily reordered menubar."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: link
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: features.docbook:339
#, no-c-format
msgid "Media button"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: features.docbook:343
#, no-c-format
msgid "Copy/Move: <link linkend=\"copying\">preserve all attributes</link> (time, owner, group)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: features.docbook:348
#, no-c-format
msgid "<link linkend=\"konfig-color\">Dim the colors of the inactive panel</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: features.docbook:353
#, no-c-format
msgid "Renaming a filename without extension, single instance mode, start to system tray, check this out in <link linkend=\"konfigurator\">Konfigurator</link>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: features.docbook:358
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configurable <link linkend=\"list_panel\">Atomic extensions</link>, so that extensions like <literal role=\"extension\">.tar.gz</literal> are shown as one part in the <guilabel>Ext Column</guilabel>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: features.docbook:364
#, no-c-format
msgid "Context menu for bookmarks and enable/disable special bookmarks."
msgid "<link linkend=\"termemu\">Terminal emulator</link> enhancements bringing new functions, new usages and new look."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: features.docbook:375
#, no-c-format
msgid "<link linkend=\"synchronizer\">Synchronizer</link> enhancements and parallel threads for slow &FTP; servers."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: features.docbook:379
#, no-c-format
msgid "<link linkend=\"konfig-startup\">Single instance mode</link>, <link linkend=\"konfig-startup\">start to system tray</link>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: link
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: features.docbook:386
#, no-c-format
msgid "Context menu for permanent bookmarks."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: features.docbook:391
#, no-c-format
msgid "Full support for <link linkend=\"acl\">ACL permissions</link>, like properties, preserve attributes, synchronizer and other."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: features.docbook:395
#, no-c-format
msgid "Searcher-results, Locate-results, Synchronizer-results: support for dragging items and copy to clipboard (<keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl;<keycap>C</keycap></keycombo>)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: features.docbook:398
#, no-c-format
msgid "Many bug fixes."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: features.docbook:405
#, no-c-format
msgid "New features in the &krusader;-1.90.0 \"Power Stone\" release"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: features.docbook:408
#, no-c-format
msgid "Last release for &kde; 3.x with a big collection of Useractions."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: features.docbook:416
#, no-c-format
msgid "New features in the &krusader;-2.0.0 \"Mars Pathfinder\" release"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: features.docbook:419
#, no-c-format
msgid "The first release for the &kde; 4.x series"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: features.docbook:423
#, no-c-format
msgid "&krusader; works on &Windows;! (But not so useful and powerful yet as under &Linux;)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: link
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: features.docbook:427
#, no-c-format
msgid "Queue manager!"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: link
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: features.docbook:431
#, no-c-format
msgid "Five methods in the panel!"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: features.docbook:439
#, no-c-format
msgid "New features in the &krusader;-2.1.0-beta1 \"Rusty Clutch\" release"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: features.docbook:442
#, no-c-format
msgid "Fast text/hex viewer for huge filesizes."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: features.docbook:446
#, no-c-format
msgid "Locked tabs."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: features.docbook:450
#, no-c-format
msgid "Queued packing / unpacking."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: features.docbook:454
#, no-c-format
msgid "Better trash integration."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: features.docbook:458
#, no-c-format
msgid "The quick search, select and filter bar supports regular expressions for matching files."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: features.docbook:466
#, no-c-format
msgid "New features in the &krusader;-2.5.0 \"Clear Skies\" release"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: features.docbook:469
#, no-c-format
msgid "Ported to &kf5-full;."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: features.docbook:473
#, no-c-format
msgid "The new <link linkend=\"quickfilter\">Quickfilter</link> bar with three different modes to operate: select, search and filter."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: features.docbook:477
#, no-c-format
msgid "Reworked Queue Manager (JobMan) and the new <link linkend=\"job_toolbar\">Job Toolbar</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: features.docbook:485
#, no-c-format
msgid "New features in the &krusader;-2.7.0 \"Peace of Mind\" release"
msgid "Tooltip with file information when you hover a file name."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: features.docbook:500
#, no-c-format
msgid "Extended options for Tree Panel at the <link linkend=\"sidebar\">Side Bar</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: features.docbook:506
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you are using a <link linkend=\"krusader_devel\">development</link> or <link linkend=\"krusader_git\">Git</link> version, it is possible that the latest new features are not yet in the \"The &krusader; Handbook\". Please read the <ulink url=\"https://commits.kde.org/krusader?path=ChangeLog\">Changelog</ulink> file online or in the &krusader; sources to find out more about the new features. For a brief description, please read the <ulink url=\"https://commits.kde.org/krusader?path=NEWS\">NEWS</ulink> file online or in the &krusader; sources. <link linkend=\"faqg_wish\">User feedback</link> and <link linkend=\"faqg_bug_report\">Bug reports</link> are always welcome!"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. Tag: primary
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: glossary.docbook:21
#, no-c-format
msgid "Glossary"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: glossary.docbook:23
#, no-c-format
msgid "This chapter is intended to explain the various words which have been used throughout the &krusader; documentation. If you believe some acronyms or terms are missing, please do not hesitate to contact the &krusader; documentation team."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: glossary.docbook:28
#, no-c-format
msgid "Thanks to <ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/\">wikipedia.org</ulink> the free encyclopedia that anyone can edit."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: acronym
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: glossary.docbook:33
#, no-c-format
msgid "<acronym>ACL</acronym>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: glossary.docbook:36
#, no-c-format
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Access_control_list\"> Access Control List</ulink>; a concept in computer security used to enforce privilege separation. It is a means of determining the appropriate access rights to a given object depending on certain aspects of the process that is making the request."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: acronym
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: glossary.docbook:47
#, no-c-format
msgid "<acronym>BSD</acronym>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: glossary.docbook:50
#, no-c-format
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bsd\">Berkeley Software Distribution</ulink>; refers to any of several free &UNIX;-compatible operating systems, derived from &BSD; &UNIX;."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: acronym
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: glossary.docbook:59
#, no-c-format
msgid "<acronym>CVS</acronym>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: glossary.docbook:62
#, no-c-format
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Concurrent_Versions_System\"> Concurrent Versions System</ulink>; an important component of Source Configuration Management (SCM). By using it, developers can record the history of source files and documents."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: acronym
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: glossary.docbook:72
#, no-c-format
msgid "<acronym>DEB</acronym>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: glossary.docbook:75
#, no-c-format
msgid "This is a binary file format that is used by <ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Debian\"> <trademark class=\"registered\">Debian</trademark></ulink> and <trademark class=\"registered\">Debian</trademark>-based distributions. It is a suffix of a installation file specifically built for these distributions; ⪚ <filename>krusader_1.70.1-1_amd64.deb</filename>. Simply described it is a special archive containing all the program files and their proposed location on the system."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: glossterm
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: glossary.docbook:87
#, no-c-format
msgid "&DBus;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: glossary.docbook:91
#, no-c-format
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/dbus\">&DBus;</ulink> is an inter-service messaging system. Developed by &RedHat;, it was heavily influenced by &kde; 3 <link linkend=\"glos-dcop\">&DCOP;</link>, which it supersedes. &krusader; can use &DBus; to communicate with other applications. On the other hand, you can use &DBus; to control &krusader; from other applications. Just use <application>qdbusviewer</application> to examine the possibilities."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: glossterm
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: glossary.docbook:101
#, no-c-format
msgid "&DCOP;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: glossary.docbook:105
#, no-c-format
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dcop\">Desktop Communication Protocol</ulink>; the interprocess communication protocol used by &kde; 3 desktop environment. It enables various &kde; 3 applications to communicate with each other. Replaced with <link linkend=\"glos-dbus\">&DBus;</link> in &kde; 4."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: acronym
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: glossary.docbook:116
#, no-c-format
msgid "<acronym>FAQ</acronym>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: glossary.docbook:119
#, no-c-format
msgid "<link linkend=\"faq\">Frequently Asked Questions</link>; a document where questions that arise many times are answered. If you have a question to the developers of &krusader;, you should always have a look at the <link linkend=\"faq\">FAQ</link> first."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: glossterm
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: glossary.docbook:128
#, no-c-format
msgid "&FTP;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: glossary.docbook:130
#, no-c-format
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File_Transfer_Protocol\"> File Transfer Protocol</ulink>; it is an Internet protocol that allows you to retrieve files from so-called &FTP; servers."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: glossterm
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: glossary.docbook:138
#, no-c-format
msgid "<glossterm>Git</glossterm>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: glossary.docbook:141
#, no-c-format
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Git_(software)\"> Git</ulink>; a distributed version control system that replaces <link linkend=\"gloss-svn\">Subversion</link>. It is used by many software projects including &kde; and &krusader;."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: acronym
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: glossary.docbook:151
#, no-c-format
msgid "<acronym>GPL</acronym>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: glossary.docbook:154
#, no-c-format
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gpl\">GNU General Public License</ulink>; a software license created by the <ulink url=\"http://www.fsf.org/\">Free Software Foundation</ulink> defining the terms for releasing free software."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: glossterm
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: glossary.docbook:163
#, no-c-format
msgid "&GUI;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: glossary.docbook:165
#, no-c-format
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Graphical_user_interface\"> Graphical User Interface</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: acronym
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: glossary.docbook:172
#, no-c-format
msgid "<acronym>ISO</acronym>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: glossary.docbook:175
#, no-c-format
msgid "An <ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_image\">ISO image</ulink> (<literal role=\"extension\">.iso</literal>) is an informal term for a disk image of an ISO 9660 file system. More loosely, it refers to any optical disk image, even a UDF image."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: glossterm
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: glossary.docbook:183
#, no-c-format
msgid "&kde;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: glossary.docbook:185
#, no-c-format
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kde\">K Desktop Environment</ulink>; a project to develop a free graphical desktop environment for &UNIX; compatible systems."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: glossterm
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: glossary.docbook:193
#, no-c-format
msgid "Key Binding"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: glossary.docbook:195
#, no-c-format
msgid "All features of &krusader; are available through the menubar, but you can also bind (link) a certain key combination to that function. You will find, however, that using the <link linkend=\"keyboard-commands\">keyboard</link> is remarkably faster than using the menubar or <link linkend=\"gloss-gui\">GUI</link>. <link linkend=\"keyboard-commands\">Keyboard usage</link> is an important tool for <link linkend=\"gloss-ofm\">Orthodox File Managers</link>. &krusader; comes with several predefined <link linkend=\"key_bindings\">Key Bindings</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: glossterm
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: glossary.docbook:210
#, no-c-format
msgid "KPart"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: glossary.docbook:212
#, no-c-format
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/KPart\">KPart</ulink>; KParts is the name of the component framework for the &kde; desktop environment. KParts are analogous to Bonobo components in <ulink url=\"http://www.gnome.org\"><application>GNOME</application></ulink>, both of which are based on the same concepts as &Microsoft;'s Object Linking and Embedding. ⪚ if you use &krusader;'s viewer to view a PDF file, &okular; will be launched inside &krusader;'s viewer."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: glossterm
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: glossary.docbook:225
#, no-c-format
msgid "<acronym>KIO</acronym> or kioslave"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: glossary.docbook:228
#, no-c-format
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kioslave\">KDE Input/Output</ulink>; also known as KIO Slaves is part of the &kde; architecture. It provides access to files, web sites and other resources through a single consistent API."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: glossterm
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: glossary.docbook:237
#, no-c-format
msgid "mount"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: glossary.docbook:239
#, no-c-format
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mount_%28computing%29\"> Mounting</ulink>; in computer science, is the process of making a file system ready for use by the operating system, typically by reading certain index data structures from storage into memory ahead of time. The term recalls a period in the history of computing when an operator had to mount a magnetic tape or hard disk on a spindle before using it."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: acronym
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: glossary.docbook:252
#, no-c-format
msgid "<acronym>OFM</acronym>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: glossary.docbook:255
#, no-c-format
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://www.softpanorama.org/OFM/index.shtml\"> Orthodox File Manager</ulink>; also known as \"Commanders\". Members of this family of file managers use simple yet very powerful interface that is a direct derivative of the <ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norton_Commander\"> Norton Commander</ulink> (NC) interface."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: glossterm
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: glossary.docbook:265
#, no-c-format
msgid "<glossterm>RPM</glossterm>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: glossary.docbook:267
#, no-c-format
msgid "This is the binary file format for distributions based on the <ulink url=\"http://www.rpm.org/\">RPM Package Manager</ulink>, a widely used packaging tool for the &Linux; operating system. If you still have to get &krusader; and your system supports RPM packages, you should get &krusader; packages ending in <literal role=\"extension\">.rpm</literal>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: glossterm
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: glossary.docbook:278
#, no-c-format
msgid "<acronym>SSH</acronym>, Secure Shell"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: glossary.docbook:281
#, no-c-format
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SSH\">SSH</ulink>; is a set of standards and an associated network protocol that allows establishing a secure channel between a local and a remote computer."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: glossterm
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: glossary.docbook:288
#, no-c-format
msgid "<acronym>SVN</acronym>, Subversion"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: glossary.docbook:291
#, no-c-format
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Subversion\"> Subversion</ulink>; a version control system that is a compelling replacement for <link linkend=\"gloss-cvs\">CVS</link>. It is used by many software projects including &kde;."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: glossterm
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: glossary.docbook:300
#, no-c-format
msgid "Terminal emulator"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: glossary.docbook:302
#, no-c-format
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Terminal_emulator\"> Terminal emulator</ulink>; simply a windowed shell; this is known as command line window in some other environments. If you want to use the shell and type the commands, you should know at least a few of the system-level commands for your operating system."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: acronym
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: glossary.docbook:313
#, no-c-format
msgid "POSIX"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: glossary.docbook:316
#, no-c-format
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Posix\">Portable Operating System Interface for uniX</ulink>; a collective name of a family of related standards specified by the IEEE to define the application programming interface (API) for software compatible with variants of the &UNIX; operating system."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: glossterm
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: glossary.docbook:326
#, no-c-format
msgid "&URL;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: glossary.docbook:330
#, no-c-format
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/URL\">Universal Resource Locator</ulink>; a universal resource locator is the technical term for what is commonly referred to as a websites address. Examples of &URL;s include <ulink url=\"http://krusader.sourceforge.net\"> http://krusader.sourceforge.net</ulink> and <link linkend=\"remote-connections\">Remote Connections</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: acronym
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: glossary.docbook:342
#, no-c-format
msgid "<acronym>VFS</acronym>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: glossary.docbook:345
#, no-c-format
msgid "<link linkend=\"vfs\">Virtual file systems (VFS)</link> is a basic <link linkend=\"features\">OFM feature</link>, this an abstracted layer over all kinds of archived information (ZIP files, &FTP; servers, TAR archives, NFS filesystems, SAMBA shares, ISO CD/DVD images, RPM catalogs, &etc;), which allows the user to access all the information in these divergent types of file systems transparently - just like entering an ordinary sub-directory! &krusader; supports several <link linkend=\"vfs\">Virtual file systems (VFS)</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: glossterm
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: glossary.docbook:357
#, no-c-format
msgid "&XML;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: glossary.docbook:359
#, no-c-format
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Xml\">Extensible Markup Language</ulink>; a very flexible text format derived from SGML (ISO 8879). Originally designed to meet the challenges of large-scale electronic publishing, &XML; is also playing an increasingly important role in the exchange of a wide variety of data on the Web and elsewhere."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: glossterm
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: glossary.docbook:369
#, no-c-format
msgid "Zeroconf"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: glossary.docbook:371
#, no-c-format
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Zeroconf\">Zeroconf</ulink>; or Zero Configuration Networking is a set of techniques that automatically create a usable IP network without configuration or special servers. This allows inexpert users to connect computers, networked printers, and other items together and expect them to work automatically."
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: help.docbook:20
#, no-c-format
msgid "Help &krusader;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: primary
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: help.docbook:22
#, no-c-format
msgid "Help"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: help.docbook:24
#, no-c-format
msgid "Here is your opportunity to <ulink url=\"https://krusader.org/get-involved/index.html\">contribute</ulink> to the &krusader; project. There are things that need to be done, but cannot be done by us. If you feel you can help, do not hesitate to contact us; every OpenSource can use some help. Please also check the <ulink url=\"https://krusader.org/get-involved/index.html\">contribute</ulink> donate &URL; page on our website for more recent information. Thanks!"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: help.docbook:30
#, no-c-format
msgid "To get contributor account and commit changes to &krusader; by yourselves you should follow <ulink url=\"http://techbase.kde.org/Contribute/Get_a_Contributor_Account\">this tutorial</ulink>. Some useful advices on using &kde; Git can be found <ulink url=\"http://techbase.kde.org/Development/Git\">here</ulink>. It is a good practice to use <ulink url=\"https://phabricator.kde.org/tag/krusader/\">review board</ulink> for the non-trivial patches."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: help.docbook:33
#, no-c-format
msgid "Documentation"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: help.docbook:35
#, no-c-format
msgid "Help is needed (we are looking for documentation writers) for keeping the &krusader; documentation up to date. The draft explanation of new features is done by the developers on the <ulink url=\"http://groups.google.com/group/krusader-devel\">krusader-devel mailing list</ulink>, but we need editors to add this information in the handbook. By playing with the new features these editors can give valuable information to the developers for making the new features even better!"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: help.docbook:43
#, no-c-format
msgid "&krusader; Extensions"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: help.docbook:46
#, no-c-format
msgid "Please upload your favourite extensions at <ulink url=\"https://store.kde.org/\">store.kde.org</ulink>, so that they become available for the &krusader; community. Maybe they will be shipped by default with &krusader; at the next release :-))."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: help.docbook:51
#, no-c-format
msgid "Spread the Word &krusader;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: help.docbook:54
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you like &krusader;, let people know! Write articles and reviews for internet or print publications. Encourage your friends to give &krusader; a try. Participate in forums to help others in the community."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: help.docbook:60
#, no-c-format
msgid "GUI Translations"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: help.docbook:62
#, no-c-format
msgid "&krusader; is available in many languages, but sometimes translations do need an update or translations to new languages are always welcome. If you are interested in translating the &krusader; GUI, please contact the <ulink url=\"http://l10n.kde.org/teams-list.php\">&kde; translation team</ulink> of your language."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: help.docbook:68
#, no-c-format
msgid "Documentation Translations"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: help.docbook:70
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you are interested in translating this &krusader; documentation, please contact the <ulink url=\"http://l10n.kde.org/teams-list.php\">&kde; translation team</ulink> of your language."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: help.docbook:73
#, no-c-format
msgid "Donations"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: help.docbook:75
#, no-c-format
msgid "Actually, we had not considered donations, until users asked us for a way to <ulink url=\"http://sourceforge.net/project/project_donations.php?group_id=6488\">Donate</ulink> to the project. &krusader; is, and always will be free, in all the terms of the GNU Public License."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: help.docbook:80
#, no-c-format
msgid "Packagers"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: help.docbook:82
#, no-c-format
msgid "We are always in need of packagers for different distro rpm's, deb's, etc. All help is welcome."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: help.docbook:85
#, no-c-format
msgid "Users' feedback for the &krusader; &MacOS; X port"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: help.docbook:88
#, no-c-format
msgid "There is a <link linkend=\"kde4_mac_install\">&MacOS;-X port</link> with the help of <ulink url=\"http://www.macports.org/\">macports.org</ulink> , the port was maintained by Jonas Bähr, all feedback is welcome."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: help.docbook:100
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis>FAQ</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: help.docbook:102
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you have a question that is missing in the <link linkend=\"faq\">FAQ</link>, we would like to hear it."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: help.docbook:105
#, no-c-format
msgid "Rate &krusader;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: help.docbook:107
#, no-c-format
msgid "On some websites like <ulink url=\"http://freshmeat.net/projects/krusader/\">freshmeat.net</ulink> or <ulink url=\"http://www.kde-apps.org/content/show.php?content=10214\">KDE-APPS.org</ulink> you can give a rate, if you like &krusader; go to one of these sites and rate &krusader;, thanks."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: help.docbook:112
#, no-c-format
msgid "Others"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: help.docbook:114
#, no-c-format
msgid "<link linkend=\"faqg_wish\">Feedback</link>, <link linkend=\"faqg_bug_report\">Bug reports</link>, patches, &etc; are always welcome! An open source project's greatest strength is derived from getting user feedback."
msgid "&krusader; 1.70.x: prefers &kde; >= 3.4 (otherwise all features will not be available)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:58
#, no-c-format
msgid "&krusader; 1.80.0: &kde; 3.4 - &kde; 3.5"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:62
#, no-c-format
msgid "&krusader; 1.90.0: &kde; 3.2 - &kde; 3.5"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:66
#, no-c-format
msgid "&krusader; v2.4.x: &kde; 4.x"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:69
#, no-c-format
msgid "&krusader; v2.5.x: &kf5-full;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:72
#, no-c-format
msgid "Platforms:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:75
#, no-c-format
msgid "All POSIX (&Linux;/BSD/&UNIX;-like OSes), &Solaris;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:80
#, no-c-format
msgid "All BSD Platforms (<trademark class=\"copyright\">FreeBSD</trademark>/<trademark class=\"registered\">NetBSD</trademark>/<trademark class=\"registered\">OpenBSD</trademark>/&MacOS;)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:88
#, no-c-format
msgid "In order to handle archives, checksums and other utilities they must be configured in our <link linkend=\"konfig-dependencies\">configuration tool</link>. When running &krusader; for the first time the available utilities will be autodetected, and a report will be shown in the first lanch wizard. Afterwards additional utilities can be <link linkend=\"konfig-dependencies\">added/removed/changed</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:93
#, no-c-format
msgid "A package of popular (un)packers, &krusader; itself and add-ons can be found on the <ulink url=\"https://krusader.org/get-krusader/index.html\">&krusader; download page</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:96
#, no-c-format
msgid "For more requirements, see below. Have a look at the <link linkend=\"faq\">FAQ</link> section as well."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:100
#, no-c-format
msgid "Obtaining &krusader;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:101
#, no-c-format
msgid "The latest information about &krusader; can be found on the <ulink url=\"http://www.krusader.org\">Krusader website</ulink> ."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:104
#, no-c-format
msgid "&krusader; Downloads"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:105
#, no-c-format
msgid "It is recommended to use the &krusader; package that is provided by your distribution. <ulink url=\"http://distrowatch.com/search.php?pkg=krusader\">Distrowatch.com</ulink> is a great resource to check the availability. If your distribution does not offer &krusader;, please contact the creators of your distribution and ask them to provide a &krusader; package"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:112
#, no-c-format
msgid "The latest version, as well as the older versions, can be found on the <ulink url=\"https://krusader.org/get-krusader/index.html\">&krusader; download page</ulink> (current version) and on the <ulink url=\"http://sourceforge.net/project/showfiles.php?group_id=6488\">Sourceforge mirrors</ulink> (outdated versions). It contains the source tarballs, RPM and DEB packages to whatever distro the &krusader;-Krew is using and packages build by &krusader; users and third parties."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:118
#, no-c-format
msgid "Distributions who provide &krusader;:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: ulink
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:121
#, no-c-format
msgid "&SuSE;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:124
#, no-c-format
msgid "<ulink url=\"https://admin.fedoraproject.org/pkgdb/package/rpms/krusader/\"><trademark>Fedora</trademark></ulink> via <command># dnf install krusader</command> will do the job."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:128
#, no-c-format
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://packages.debian.org/krusader\"><trademark class=\"registered\">Debian</trademark></ulink>, on our <ulink url=\"https://krusader.org/get-krusader/index.html\">&krusader; download page</ulink> you might find more recent DEB packages. Note: usually <trademark class=\"registered\">Debian</trademark> packages work also on distributions that are \"based on <trademark class=\"registered\">Debian</trademark>\", and some of these provide their own (incompatible) packages. <ulink url=\"http://packages.ubuntu.com/krusader\"><trademark class=\"registered\">Ubuntu</trademark>/<trademark class=\"registered\">Kubuntu</trademark></ulink>, <trademark class=\"registered\">Knoppix</trademark> 4.x DVD, <trademark class=\"registered\">Kanotix</trademark>, &etc;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:139
#, no-c-format
msgid "<ulink url=\"https://madb.mageia.org/package/show/name/krusader\"><trademark class=\"registered\">Mageia</trademark></ulink> via the contrib repository <command># urpmi krusader</command> will do the job."
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://www.freebsd.org/cgi/ports.cgi?query=krusader&stype=all\"><trademark class=\"copyright\">FreeBSD</trademark></ulink>, the port was maintained by <link linkend=\"credits\">Heiner Eichmann</link>."
msgid "More distributions can be found with <ulink url=\"http://distrowatch.com/search.php?pkg=krusader\">Distrowatch.com</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:166
#, no-c-format
msgid "Use the installation tools included in your distro to install the &krusader; package. You might need an internet connection if &krusader; is not included on the &CD; or DVD. There are probably other distributions which include &krusader;. If you know of one, please send feedback so that we can include it on the distrolist."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:173
#, no-c-format
msgid "Others"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:176
#, no-c-format
msgid "<trademark class=\"registered\">Slackware</trademark> txz binaries can usually be found ion the Slackware package repositories."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:180
#, no-c-format
msgid "There is a <link linkend=\"kde4_mac_install\">&MacOS;-X port</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:188
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Search engines "
"<itemizedlist> "
"<listitem> "
"<para>You can also find packages on &Linux; software archives such as <ulink url=\"http://freshmeat.net/projects/krusader/\">freshmeat.net</ulink>.</para>"
" </listitem>"
" "
"<listitem> "
"<para>If you can not find a package for your distribution, we recommend searching for it with <ulink url=\"http://rpmfind.net/linux/rpm2html/search.php?query=krusader&submit=Search+...\">rpmfind</ulink>, <ulink url=\"http://rpm.pbone.net/index.php3/stat/3/search/krusader\">rpmpbone</ulink> or <ulink url=\"http://rpmseek.com/rpm-pl/krusader.html?hl=com&cx=2155:K:0\">rpmseek</ulink>.</para>"
" </listitem>"
" </itemizedlist>"
"If you enjoy using &krusader;, we would appreciate it if you went to one of these sites and rated it."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:203
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you still can not find a package, follow the installation procedure on how to compile &krusader; from source. This very thorough HowTo describes the process in such detail that even newcomers should not have any problems."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:210
#, no-c-format
msgid "Version Scheme"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:211
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"A new version scheme has been used since &krusader;-1.60.0 "
"<itemizedlist> "
"<listitem> "
"<para>First digit - the major version</para>"
" </listitem>"
" "
"<listitem> "
"<para>Second digit(s) - percentage of features completed for this major version</para>"
" </listitem>"
" "
"<listitem> "
"<para>Third digit(s) - bugfixes.</para>"
" </listitem>"
" </itemizedlist>"
"In essence, releasing &krusader;-1.60.0 means that we believe that &krusader; is about 60% done with all the features we had scheduled for the 1.x.x series. Series up to 2.4.x are &kde; 4.x releases. 2.5.x series are the releases for &kf5-full;. Hopefully, it is easy to understand."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:232
#, no-c-format
msgid "Stable Version"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: filename
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:234
#, no-c-format
msgid "krusader-x.xx.tar.gz"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:237
#, no-c-format
msgid "&krusader; is released under the <link linkend=\"credits\">&GNU; General Public License (GPL)</link>. This means that THE PROGRAM IS PROVIDED \"AS IS\" WITH NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, even when it is marked as a stable release."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:244
#, no-c-format
msgid "Development Version (beta release)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: filename
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:246
#, no-c-format
msgid "krusader-x.xx-betax.tar.gz"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:248
#, no-c-format
msgid "Before every stable release we release at least one development version in order to hunt down the bugs."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:251
#, no-c-format
msgid "These releases are beta releases and will probably contain some bugs."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:253
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you are using a <link linkend=\"krusader_devel\">development</link> or <link linkend=\"krusader_git\">Git</link> version, it is possible that the latest new features are not yet in the \"The Krusader Handbook\". Please read the <ulink url=\"https://commits.kde.org/krusader?path=ChangeLog\">Changelog</ulink> file online or in the &krusader; sources to find out more about the new features. For a brief description, please read the <ulink url=\"https://commits.kde.org/krusader?path=SVNNEWS\">SVNNEWS</ulink> file online or in the &krusader; sources. <link linkend=\"faqg_wish\">User feedback</link> and <link linkend=\"faqg_bug_report\">Bug reports</link> are always welcome!"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:268
#, no-c-format
msgid "The beta release has 3 goals:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:271
#, no-c-format
msgid "Apply a feature-freeze until the stable is released, only bugs will be fixed. New features have to wait until the stable is released."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:276
#, no-c-format
msgid "Obtain feedback from &krusader; users so that we can fix the bugs."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:280
#, no-c-format
msgid "Give translators time to update the translations for the coming stable release."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:286
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>Git</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:288
#, no-c-format
msgid "<ulink url=\"https://commits.kde.org/krusader\">Git</ulink> is used for our sourcecode repository. It is also possible to <ulink url=\"https://commits.kde.org/krusader?path=/\">Browse the Git Repository</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:290
#, no-c-format
msgid "To check out the latest development &krusader; 2.x for &kf5-full; from Git:"
msgid "If you are looking for older releases we recommend the <ulink url=\"http://sourceforge.net/project/showfiles.php?group_id=6488\">Sourceforge mirrors</ulink>, available from our project page."
msgid "Please read the <ulink url=\"https://commits.kde.org/krusader?path=INSTALL\"><filename>INSTALL</filename></ulink> file of the Krusader sources, it contains all latest installation instructions."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:312
#, no-c-format
msgid "From version &krusader;-2.5.0 and higher is &kf5-full; only."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:315
#, no-c-format
msgid "<filename>krusader_<replaceable>version</replaceable>.tar.gz</filename> is the supposed name of the krusader tarball (it will be probably a different one ;)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:317
#, no-c-format
msgid "You can download the latest available &krusader;-2.x <link linkend=\"krusader_git\">from Git</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:321
#, no-c-format
msgid "Krusader dependencies"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:322
#, no-c-format
msgid "The next packages are needed to run the Krusader binary."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:326
#, no-c-format
msgid "c libraries"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:329
#, no-c-format
msgid "plasma-framework libraries (&kde; Frameworks core libraries and binaries for &kf5-full; applications)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:332
#, no-c-format
msgid "libqt5dbus5 (&Qt; 5 D-Bus module)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:335
#, no-c-format
msgid "libqt5xml5 (&Qt; 5 &XML; module)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:338
#, no-c-format
msgid "libqt5core5 (&Qt; 5 core module)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:341
#, no-c-format
msgid "libqt5gui5 (&Qt; 5 &GUI; module)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:344
#, no-c-format
msgid "libqt5printsupport5 (&Qt; 5 print support module)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:355
#, no-c-format
msgid "Suggested packages"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:356
#, no-c-format
msgid "These packages are optional but they will make &krusader; much more powerful and useful."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:358
#, no-c-format
msgid "The next packages are the names that Debian/Ubuntu uses, other Linux distros will probably use similar names."
msgid "cpio: GNU cpio -- a program to manage archives of files"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:375
#, no-c-format
msgid "kdiff3: compares and merges 2 or 3 files or directories"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:378
#, no-c-format
msgid "OR kompare: a KDE GUI for viewing differences between files"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:381
#, no-c-format
msgid "OR xxdiff: a graphical file and directories comparison and merge tool"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:384
#, no-c-format
msgid "kmail: KDE Email client"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:387
#, no-c-format
msgid "okteta: KDE hex editor"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:390
#, no-c-format
msgid "konsole: X terminal emulator by KDE"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:393
#, no-c-format
msgid "krename: Powerful batch renamer by KDE"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:396
#, no-c-format
msgid "lha: lzh archiver"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:399
#, no-c-format
msgid "md5deep: versatile file checksum creator and verifier"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:402
#, no-c-format
msgid "cfv: versatile file checksum creator and verifier"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:405
#, no-c-format
msgid "p7zip: 7zr file archiver with high compression ratio"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:408
#, no-c-format
msgid "rpm: Red Hat package manager"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:411
#, no-c-format
msgid "unace: extract, test and view .ace archives"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:414
#, no-c-format
msgid "unrar: Unarchiver for .rar files (non-free version)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:417
#, no-c-format
msgid "OR unrar-free: Unarchiver for .rar files"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:420
#, no-c-format
msgid "OR rar: Archiver for .rar files"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:423
#, no-c-format
msgid "unzip: De-archiver for .zip files"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:426
#, no-c-format
msgid "zip: Archiver for .zip files"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:434
#, no-c-format
msgid "Compilation requirements"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:435
#, no-c-format
msgid "The next packages are needed for compiling Krusader, if you only run a Krusader binary you do not need these packages."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:440
#, no-c-format
msgid "gcc (The GNU C compiler)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:443
#, no-c-format
msgid "g++ (The GNU C++ compiler)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:446
#, no-c-format
msgid "cmake (A cross-platform, open-source make system)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:449
#, no-c-format
msgid "zlib1g-dev: (library for implementing the deflate compression method found in gzip and PKZIP)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:452
#, no-c-format
msgid "gettext (contains msgfmt)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:455
#, no-c-format
msgid "plasma-framework-dev (installs many development libraries for &kf5;)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:458
#, no-c-format
msgid "kio-dev"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:462
#, no-c-format
msgid "libkf5archive-dev"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:465
#, no-c-format
msgid "libkf5parts-dev"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:468
#, no-c-format
msgid "libkf5wallet-dev"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:471
#, no-c-format
msgid "libkf5xmlgui-dev"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:474
#, no-c-format
msgid "kdoctools-dev"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:485
#, no-c-format
msgid "Installing on &Linux; and &BSD; platforms"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:494
#, no-c-format
msgid "<command>-DQT_INCLUDES=/usr/share/qt5/include</command> is the location of the &Qt; 5 includes"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:496
#, no-c-format
msgid "<command>-DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr/</command> is the location where Krusader will be installed with the make command."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:499
#, no-c-format
msgid "Another example is: <command>-DCMAKE_INSTALL_PRFIX=/opt/krusader</command> to install the compiled Krusader in an other directory to not overwrite the Krusader version installed by your package manager."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:503
#, no-c-format
msgid "Please use <command>sudo</command> instead of <command>su -c</command> if you are using Ubuntu-based systems."
msgid "With &kde;-4 Krusader runs natively on &MacOS;-X, using its Aqua user interface (No more X11 needed!)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:528
#, no-c-format
msgid "With the help of <ulink url=\"http://www.macports.org/\">macports.org</ulink> , &krusader; is ported to &MacOS;-X, the port was maintained by <ulink url=\"http://www.krusader.org/developers.php\">Jonas Bähr</ulink>. A <ulink url=\"http://trac.macports.org/ticket/17731\">portfile</ulink> is provided."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: screen
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:533
#, no-c-format
msgid "<prompt>$</prompt> <userinput><command>sudo port install krusader</command></userinput>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:562
#, no-c-format
msgid "Starting &krusader;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:563
#, no-c-format
msgid "Type <userinput> <command>krusader</command> </userinput> (lower case) at a command prompt. You can create shortcut on your desktop or create an entry in the menu. Read the previous page and the <link linkend=\"faq\">FAQ</link> if &krusader; does not start."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:571
#, no-c-format
msgid "When &krusader; is started from the command line, various options can be specified to modify its behavior."
msgid "Do not worry about the messages you get in the &konsole;. These messages are log messages that can be used for debugging &krusader;."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:580
#, no-c-format
msgid "You can also use <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Alt; <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> to open the Run Command dialog box, type <userinput> <command>krusader</command> </userinput> (lower case) and press &Enter; or click on the <guibutton>Run</guibutton> button."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:589
#, no-c-format
msgid "If &krusader; is installed by an RPM or DEB package then usually &krusader; can be started from the &kmenu;. Click on the application launcher button and choose <emphasis role=\"bold\"> <menuchoice> <guimenuitem>Applications</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Utilities</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>&krusader;</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </emphasis>."
msgid "load a <link linkend=\"panel_profiles\">panel-profile</link> on startup (this overrides the <link linkend=\"konfig-startup\">default startup profile</link>)."
msgid "The standard &Qt; and &kf5; command-line options are available."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:669
#, no-c-format
msgid "Other command-line options:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: option
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:672
#, no-c-format
msgid "--author"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: action
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:676
#, no-c-format
msgid "Show the authors names"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: option
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:682
#, no-c-format
msgid "--license"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: action
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:686
#, no-c-format
msgid "Show license information"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:693
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring &krusader;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:694
#, no-c-format
msgid "When you run &krusader; for the first time, the &krusader; configuration module <link linkend=\"konfigurator\">Konfigurator</link> will show up and allow you to configure &krusader; as well as detect installed packers and tools. You can always run Konfigurator again from the <link linkend=\"settings-menu\">Settings menu</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:703
#, no-c-format
msgid "Making &krusader; the default file manager"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:705
#, no-c-format
msgid "To make &krusader; the default file manager in Gnome, <ulink url=\"http://psychocats.net/ubuntu/nonautilusplease\">click here</ulink> for more information."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: installation.docbook:708
#, no-c-format
msgid "To make &krusader; the default file manager in &plasma;, <ulink url=\"http://groups.google.com/group/krusader-devel/browse_thread/thread/8209d785d3ba0ac6\">click here</ulink> for more information."
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: introduction.docbook:20
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>Introduction</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: primary
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: introduction.docbook:21
#, no-c-format
msgid "<primary>Introduction</primary>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: introduction.docbook:23
#, no-c-format
msgid "Package description"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: introduction.docbook:24
#, no-c-format
msgid "&krusader; is a simple, easy, powerful, twin-panel file manager (commander-style) for &plasma; and other *nix desktops, similar to <application>Midnight Commander</application> or <trademark class=\"copyright\">Total Commander</trademark>. It provides all the file management features you could possibly want."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: introduction.docbook:29
#, no-c-format
msgid "Krusader also includes extensive archive handling, mounted file system support, &FTP;, advanced search module, viewer/editor, directory synchronization, file content comparisons, powerful batch renaming and much, much more. &krusader; supports archive formats: ace, arj, bzip2, deb, gzip, iso, lha, rar, rpm, tar, zip and 7-zip and handles other KIO Slaves such as smb:// or fish://."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: introduction.docbook:36
#, no-c-format
msgid "&krusader; is almost completely customizable and therefore very user-friendly."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: introduction.docbook:38
#, no-c-format
msgid "Try &krusader;."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: introduction.docbook:51
#, no-c-format
msgid "&krusader; screenshot"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: phrase
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: introduction.docbook:57
#, no-c-format
msgid "&krusader; screen shot"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: introduction.docbook:61
#, no-c-format
msgid "More <ulink url=\"http://www.krusader.org/\">&krusader; Screenshots</ulink> can be viewed on our website."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: introduction.docbook:66
#, no-c-format
msgid "Welcome to &krusader;!"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: introduction.docbook:67
#, no-c-format
msgid "Our aim is to give you a simple, intuitive tool that easily handles the most important tasks you perform on your computer each and every day: manage and process your files the way you want."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: introduction.docbook:71
#, no-c-format
msgid "Whether you are a &Linux; expert or a novice, &krusader; makes routine file management tasks quick and accurate, allowing you to focus on the big picture, not command line syntax. This is especially helpful if you are new to xxNIX operating systems. To do just that, &krusader; uses a good-looking &GUI; and supports drag and drop as well as MIME types, making it easy to use."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: introduction.docbook:79
#, no-c-format
msgid "&krusader; has many useful features. It is fast, and handles <link linkend=\"archives\">archives</link> transparently. In addition, &krusader; streamlines many complex file management tasks, reducing fatigue, errors, and distraction. Basically, &krusader; provides all the helpful features you have come to expect from other quality file management tools like <application>Midnight Commander</application> and <trademark class=\"copyright\">Total Commander</trademark>. &krusader; is designed to integrate seamlessly with the &plasma;, the desktop of choice for many programmers, network engineers, and other power users of &Linux;. With &krusader; even novice users can quickly access the power, convenience, and feature rich capabilities of the &plasma;. &krusader; is a free open-source project, and it is released under the <link linkend=\"credits\">&GNU; General Public License (GPL)</link>, although the developers still retain the copyright for the project and its name, and manage the project's continuing evolution."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: introduction.docbook:96
#, no-c-format
msgid "The &krusader; Project mission is to create an \"all-in-one\" file manager, which will do all the ordinary things you would expect of it, and more. Since the principle behind &krusader; is based on the <ulink url=\"http://www.softpanorama.org/OFM/index.shtml\">Orthodox File Manager (OFM)</ulink>, dual-pane filemanagers (<application>Midnight Commander</application>, <trademark class=\"registered\">Norton Commander</trademark>, &etc;), it is certain that &krusader; is able to handle all the standard Copy, Move, Delete, &etc; file operations."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: introduction.docbook:104
#, no-c-format
msgid "From the start, virtual file systems became the main focus. <link linkend=\"vfs\">Virtual file systems (VFS)</link> are an abstracted layer over all kinds of archived information (ZIP files, &FTP; servers, TAR archives, NFS filesystems, SAMBA shares, ISO CD/DVD images, RPM catalogs, &etc;), which allow the user to access all the information in these divergent types of file systems transparently - just like entering an ordinary sub-directory. Files can then be copied or moved around (except ISO, rpm, tar.gz) between these data sources/containers effortlessly. &krusader; currently supports VFSs for all popular and some specialized types of archives (ace, arj, bzip2, gzip, iso, lha, rar, tar, zip and 7-zip), configuration packages (rpm, deb), and traditional remote file system types (&FTP;, NFS, Samba, FISH, SFTP)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: introduction.docbook:118
#, no-c-format
msgid "&krusader; also includes a built-in Mount-Manager <link linkend=\"mount-man\">MountMan</link>, which enables you to mount or unmount file systems of all types with a click of a mouse. The user is able to obtain usage and other property information easily, in a consistent and understandable format in seconds. Ease and consistency is the goal."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: introduction.docbook:124
#, no-c-format
msgid "A <link linkend=\"bookman\">Bookmark-Manager</link> for local files/remote &URL;s and an <link linkend=\"krusearcher\">Advanced Search module</link> is also included to speed the locating of needed files. &krusader; also allows the user to configure Toolbars in order to provide a wide variety of additional functionality, such as File Comparison (several user selectable methods available), Multiple File Rename, and standard Terminal windows."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: introduction.docbook:132
#, no-c-format
msgid "Advanced users benefit greatly from being able to carry out clerical tasks effortlessly, without distraction from the real task at hand. Convenient shortcut keys enable the user to navigate directory trees with ease, create multiple tabbed directory views simultaneously, and access fully functional history lists. Due to efficient programming and low system overhead, &krusader; is perhaps the most responsive all around system management tool used to access the full potential of a computer using &plasma;, or any other standards compliant &X-Window; window manager. Although designed specifically for - and tightly integrated with - &plasma;, &krusader; works equally well with GNOME, MATE, Enlightenment, &windowmaker;, IceWM, XFCE, &etc;, as long as the &kf5; libraries are installed."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: introduction.docbook:146
#, no-c-format
msgid "New extensibility is provided by the flexible <link linkend=\"useractions\">UserActions</link>, a &krusader; innovation that allows unlimited additional custom functionality to be added to suit the specific needs of users. We are planning to develop more modules in the near future, thereby enhancing &krusader;. Information on what is proposed, approved, or remains to be completed can be found in the <ulink url=\"https://phabricator.kde.org/tag/krusader/\">&krusader; Phabricator page</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: introduction.docbook:154
#, no-c-format
msgid "No other program we know of, offers so many useful, easily accessible features in such an intuitive and simple format. Best of all, we listen, and implement good suggestions that are consonant with the &krusader; Project's goal: making &krusader; the very best File Manager available."
msgid "In this chapter you will learn how to use the keyboard effectively, because most operations can be done more quickly by keyboard than with the mouse. It will take some time to learn the <link linkend=\"key_bindings\">Key-Bindings</link>, but mastering them saves you a lot of time. Please note that &krusader; can use <link linkend=\"configure-shortcuts\">Key-binding Profiles</link> to swap easily to other Key-binding setups, ⪚ of other commanders, or you can create your own key-bindings."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: keyboard-commands.docbook:35
#, no-c-format
msgid "After <link linkend=\"starting-krusader\"> starting</link> &krusader;, the keyboard action can begin. Use <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl;<keycap>L</keycap></keycombo> to jump to the <link linkend=\"list_panel\">Location Toolbar</link> where you can type the desired directory. After <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl;<keycap>Down arrow</keycap></keycombo> you are in the <link linkend=\"termemu\">Terminal emulator</link> and you can type any command you desire. Use <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl;<keycap>Up arrow</keycap></keycombo> to jump back to the active panel. If you want to jump to a file or directory that starts with <literal>f</literal>, then simply press <keycap>f</keycap> on the keyboard to use the <link linkend=\"quicksearch\">search bar</link>. Use the &Enter; key to execute the file or to open a directory that has the focus. Be sure to remember the Function Keys - <keycap>F3</keycap> to View, <keycap>F4</keycap> to Edit, <keycap>F5</keycap> to Copy, <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Alt;&Shift;<keycap>U</keycap></keycombo> to Unpack, &etc;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: keyboard-commands.docbook:51
#, no-c-format
msgid "You can also perform several operations with the <link linkend=\"folder-tabs\">Folder tabs</link>, including several <link linkend=\"edit-menu\">selection</link> operations. And at the end you can close &krusader; with <keycap>F10</keycap>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: keyboard-commands.docbook:57
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>Key-Bindings</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: primary
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: keyboard-commands.docbook:59
#, no-c-format
msgid "<primary>Key-Bindings</primary>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: keyboard-commands.docbook:65
#, no-c-format
msgid "Most of the key-bindings (shortcuts) are configurable in the <menuchoice> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Configure Shortcuts</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> menu, if you like to use other key-bindings then the default ones. You can even configure more actions to a Key-Binding (for the actions that do not have a key-binding set by default). Please note that some key-bindings are not &krusader; key-bindings (⪚ &plasma; key-bindings). The key-bindings that &krusader; uses by default are listed below."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: keyboard-commands.docbook:80
#, no-c-format
msgid "Function (FN) Keys"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: keyboard-commands.docbook:82
#, no-c-format
msgid "These are the Key-Bindings of the <link linkend=\"fnkeys\">FN Keys Bar</link>. These Key-Bindings are configurable since version 1.51."
msgid "A <trademark class=\"registered\">Safari</trademark>-like <link linkend=\"jump_back\">Jump-Back</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keycombo
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: keyboard-commands.docbook:758
#, no-c-format
msgid "&Ctrl; <keycap>L</keycap>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: keyboard-commands.docbook:763
#, no-c-format
msgid "Go to the <link linkend=\"list_panel\">Location Toolbar</link> (origin) as in <trademark class=\"registered\">Firefox</trademark> and &konqueror;."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keycombo
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: keyboard-commands.docbook:771
#, no-c-format
msgid "&Ctrl; <keycap>M</keycap>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: keyboard-commands.docbook:776
#, no-c-format
msgid "<link linkend=\"list_panel\">Open media list</link>."
msgid "Go from the command line/terminal emulator to the active panel."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: keyboard-commands.docbook:990
#, no-c-format
msgid "Go from the active panel to the <link linkend=\"list_panel\">Location Toolbar</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keycombo
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: keyboard-commands.docbook:997
#, no-c-format
msgid "&Ctrl; <keycap>Home</keycap>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1002
#, no-c-format
msgid "Jump to the Home directory."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1007
#, no-c-format
msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>Left</keycap></keycombo> or <keycombo> <keycap>Right arrow</keycap> </keycombo>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1015
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Focus a file or directory on the left panel, press <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>Left arrow</keycap></keycombo> and the right <link linkend=\"panels\">panel</link> changes: "
"<itemizedlist> "
"<listitem> "
"<para>on a file: the right panel gets the same path as the left <link linkend=\"panels\">panel</link>.</para>"
" </listitem>"
" "
"<listitem> "
"<para>on a directory: refreshes the right panel with the contents of the directory.</para>"
" </listitem>"
" </itemizedlist>"
"For the right panel: press <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>Right arrow</keycap></keycombo> and the left panel will change."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keycombo
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1039
#, no-c-format
msgid "&Ctrl;&Backspace;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1044
#, no-c-format
msgid "Jump to the Root directory."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keycombo
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1050
#, no-c-format
msgid "&Ctrl; <keycap>PageUp</keycap>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1055
#, no-c-format
msgid "Up one directory."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keycombo
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1061
#, no-c-format
msgid "&Ctrl; <keycap>=</keycap>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1066
#, no-c-format
msgid "Go to the directory from other panel."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keycombo
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1072
#, no-c-format
msgid "&Ctrl; <keycap>Return</keycap>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1077
#, no-c-format
msgid "When <link linkend=\"media_button\">media menu</link> is open (un)mounts the highlighted device."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1085
#, no-c-format
msgid "&Ctrl;+&Shift; keys"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keycombo
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1093
#, no-c-format
msgid "&Ctrl;&Shift; <keycap>D</keycap>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: link
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1100
#, no-c-format
msgid "Disconnect remote connection."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keycombo
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1108
#, no-c-format
msgid "&Ctrl;&Shift; <keycap>F</keycap>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1114
#, no-c-format
msgid "Activate <link linkend=\"remote-connections\">search bar</link> to find entries in the active tab."
msgid "Open current folder in a <link linkend=\"folder-tabs\">new tab.</link>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1399
#, no-c-format
msgid "General &Ctrl; keys"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keycombo
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1407
#, no-c-format
msgid "&Ctrl; <keycap>A</keycap>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1412
#, no-c-format
msgid "Select all."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keycombo
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1418
#, no-c-format
msgid "&Ctrl; <keycap>PageDown</keycap>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1423
#, no-c-format
msgid "Move to the lower part in the current directory."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keycombo
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1430
#, no-c-format
msgid "&Ctrl; <keycap>F1..F12</keycap>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keycombo
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1442
#, no-c-format
msgid "&Ctrl;&Shift; <keycap>F1..F12</keycap>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1457
#, no-c-format
msgid "Other keys"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keycap
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1465
#, no-c-format
msgid "<keycap>foo</keycap>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1469
#, no-c-format
msgid "<link linkend=\"quicksearch\">Quick search</link>, quick select or <link linkend=\"quickfilter\">quick filter</link>. See <link linkend=\"konfig-panel-general\">this configuration page</link> on how to configure the default mode."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1474
#, no-c-format
msgid "	"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: link
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1478
#, no-c-format
msgid "Switch between the panels"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1485
#, no-c-format
msgid "&Enter;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1488
#, no-c-format
msgid "<link linkend=\"executing_files\">On a file:</link> open/execute that file"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1491
#, no-c-format
msgid "<link linkend=\"browsing-archives\">On an archive file:</link> browse the archive as if it was a directory."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1499
#, no-c-format
msgid "&Esc;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: link
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1503
#, no-c-format
msgid "Will make the menu bar lose the focus if it has it."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keycap
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1511
#, no-c-format
msgid "Delete"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: link
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1516
#, no-c-format
msgid "Delete (or move to Trash)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keycombo
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1524
#, no-c-format
msgid "&Shift; <keycap>Delete</keycap>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: link
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1530
#, no-c-format
msgid "Delete permanently."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keycap
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1537
#, no-c-format
msgid "Space"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1541
#, no-c-format
msgid "<link linkend=\"selecting-files\">On a file:</link> toggle the selection of the file down one position without affecting the selection of other files/directories."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1550
#, no-c-format
msgid "&Backspace;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1553
#, no-c-format
msgid "One directory up."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keycap
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1559
#, no-c-format
msgid "Insert"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1563
#, no-c-format
msgid "Does the same as the <keycap>Space</keycap> key <link linkend=\"selecting-files\">and goes down one position to toggle the next file.</link>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keycap
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1571
#, no-c-format
msgid "Menu"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1575
#, no-c-format
msgid "Right-click menu."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keycap
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1581
#, no-c-format
msgid "<keycap>Home</keycap>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1585
#, no-c-format
msgid "Cursor jumps to the top of the list."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keycap
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1591
#, no-c-format
msgid "<keycap>End</keycap>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: keyboard-commands.docbook:1595
#, no-c-format
msgid "Cursor jumps to the last file in the list."
msgid "Konfigurator is &krusader;s configuration center. When running &krusader;, use <menuchoice> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Configure &krusader;</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, and it will start Konfigurator. There you can modify the way &krusader; works and customize it to your own needs. At any time, pressing the <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> button applies the changes, pressing <guibutton>Close</guibutton> closes Konfigurator, and pressing <guibutton>Defaults</guibutton> re-applies &krusader;'s \"factory\" settings. Konfigurator is divided into pages, each containing items related to that page. For some changes to the &GUI;, you have to close and restart &krusader;."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:43
#, no-c-format
msgid "Since &krusader;-1.80.0 the <link linkend=\"key_bindings\">Key-Bindings</link> and <link linkend=\"mainwindow\">Main Toolbar</link>-<link linkend=\"actions_toolbar\">Actions Toolbar</link> have received their own configuration windows and so they are not a part anymore of Konfigurator, you can configure them now via the <link linkend=\"settings-menu\"><guimenu>Settings</guimenu> menu</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:49
#, no-c-format
msgid "Startup"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:51
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>Startup configuration</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: phrase
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:57
#, no-c-format
msgid "<phrase>Startup configuration</phrase>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:61
#, no-c-format
msgid "The startup page determines the way that &krusader; looks (and works) when it is launched. It is divided into two main parts:"
msgid "<guilabel>Startup Profile</guilabel>: Starts the selected <link linkend=\"panel_profiles\">Panel profile</link> at startup. <guilabel><Last session></guilabel> is a special Panel Profile, it is saved automatically when closing &krusader;."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:83
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Show splashscreen</guilabel>: Displays a splash screen when starting &krusader;."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:89
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Single Instance Mode</guilabel>: Allows only one &krusader; instance to run."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:94
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Fallback Icon Theme</guilabel>: Allows you to configure a fallback icon theme for &krusader;. Whenever icon is not found in system icon theme, this theme will be used as a fallback. If the fallback theme does not contain the icon, Breeze or Oxygen will be used if any of these are present."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:107
#, no-c-format
msgid "User Interface"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:110
#, no-c-format
msgid "Determines which parts of the user interface are visible after start-up."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:114
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Save last position, size and panel settings</guilabel>: When launched, &krusader; resizes itself to the size it was when last shut-down. &krusader; also appears in the same location on the screen, having panels sorted and aligned as they were. If this option is unchecked, you can use the menu <menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Save Position</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> option to manually set &krusader; size and position at start-up."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:131
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Update default panel settings</guilabel>: If checked, the default panel settings will be updated after start-up."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:137
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Start to tray</guilabel>: if checked, &krusader; starts to tray (if minimize to tray is set), without showing the main window."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:143
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Save component settings on exit</guilabel>: If checked, restores the user interface components to their condition when last shut-down."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:149
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Show function keys</guilabel>: If checked, the <link linkend=\"fnkeys\">FN Keys Bar</link> is visible after start-up."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:155
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Show statusbar</guilabel>: If checked, the <link linkend=\"mainwindow\">Statusbar</link> is visible after start-up. Available only if the <guilabel>Save component settings on exit</guilabel> item is unchecked."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:161
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Show command line</guilabel>: If checked, the <link linkend=\"cmdline\">Command Line</link> is visible after start-up. Available only if the <guilabel>Save component settings on exit</guilabel> item is unchecked."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:167
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Show embedded terminal</guilabel>: If checked, the <link linkend=\"termemu\">Terminal emulator</link> is visible after start-up. Available only if the <guilabel>Save component settings on exit</guilabel> item is unchecked."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:178
#, no-c-format
msgid "Panel"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:179
#, no-c-format
msgid "Here you can determine the look and feel of panel - which means finetuning the application to your needs. The page is divided into six tabs: <guilabel>General</guilabel>, <guilabel>View</guilabel>, <guilabel>Buttons</guilabel>, <guilabel>Selection Mode</guilabel>, <guilabel>Media Menu</guilabel>, and <guilabel>Layout</guilabel>:"
msgid "<guilabel>Edit Mode by default</guilabel>: If checked, show editable path in Navigator bar by default."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:200
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Show full path by default</guilabel>: If checked, always show full path in Navigator bar by default."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:206
#, no-c-format
msgid "Operation"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:209
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Autoselect Directories</guilabel>: When <link linkend=\"edit-menu\">you select a group of files</link> (either by using <guilabel>Select Group</guilabel> or by using <guilabel>Select All</guilabel>), &krusader; checks this option. If checked, the directories matching the select criteria are also selected. Otherwise, only files are selected."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:218
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Rename selects extension</guilabel>: When <link linkend=\"renaming\">you rename a file</link>, the whole text is selected. If you want total commanderlike renaming of just the name, without extension, deselect this item."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:226
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Unselect files before copy/move</guilabel>: If checked, &krusader; remove the selection marks from files or folders before <link linkend=\"copying\">copying or moving</link> them to the new location."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:233
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Filter dialog remembers settings</guilabel>: If checked, the filter dialog will be opened with the last filter settings that where applied to the panel."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:241
#, no-c-format
msgid "Tabs"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:244
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Use fullpath tab names</guilabel>: If checked, display the full path in the <link linkend=\"folder-tabs\">Folder tabs</link>; otherwise only the last part of the path is displayed."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:251
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Show new/close tab buttons</guilabel>: If checked, &krusader; displays new and close buttons on <link linkend=\"folder-tabs\">tabs</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:256
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Tab Bar position</guilabel>: Lets you choose <link linkend=\"folder-tabs\">Tab bar</link> position (<guimenuitem>Bottom</guimenuitem> or <guimenuitem>Top</guimenuitem>)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:260
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Show Tab Bar on single tab</guilabel>: If checked, &krusader; displays the Tab Bar even if there is only one <link linkend=\"folder-tabs\">tab</link> on the panel."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:267
#, no-c-format
msgid "Search bar"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:270
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Start by typing</guilabel>: allows to select if <link linkend=\"quicksearch\">quick search</link> feature is used. When checked, you can open search bar and start searching by typing something while viewing folder contents in the active panel."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:277
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Case sensitive</guilabel>: When you use the <link linkend=\"quicksearch\">search</link> or <link linkend=\"quickfilter\">filter</link> feature: If checked (the &UNIX; default), all files beginning with capital letters appear before files beginning with lower case letters; otherwise, all files beginning with a specified letter (capital or otherwise) will be displayed together."
msgid "<guilabel>Directory navigation with Right Arrow</guilabel>: If checked, pressing the <keycap>Right arrow</keycap> key enters directory if no search text editing intention is captured."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:297
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Position</guilabel>: Lets you choose <link linkend=\"quicksearch\">search</link> and <link linkend=\"quickfilter\">filter</link> bar position (<guimenuitem>Bottom</guimenuitem> or <guimenuitem>Top</guimenuitem>)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:302
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Default mode</guilabel>: Lets you choose the search bar default mode between <link linkend=\"quicksearch\">Search</link>, <guilabel>Select</guilabel> and <link linkend=\"quickfilter\">Filter</link>. You can change the mode later using the search bar itself."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:309
#, no-c-format
msgid "Bookmark Search"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:312
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Always show search bar</guilabel>: If checked, make <link linkend=\"bookman\">bookmark search bar</link> always visible."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:317
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Search in special items</guilabel>: If checked, <link linkend=\"bookman\">bookmark search</link> is also applied to special items in bookmark menu like <guimenuitem>Trash</guimenuitem>, <guimenuitem>Popular URLs</guimenuitem>, <guimenuitem>Jump Back</guimenuitem>, &etc;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:324
#, no-c-format
msgid "Status/Totalsbar"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:327
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Show size in bytes too</guilabel>: If checked, &krusader; displays size in bytes on statusbar or totalsbar."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:332
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Show space information</guilabel>: If checked, &krusader; displays free/total disk space in the Status-/Totalsbar."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:339
#, no-c-format
msgid "View"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:345
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>View font</guilabel>: Allows you to change the font used inside the file lists."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:350
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Tooltip delay (msec)</guilabel>: Allows you to configure the delay in milliseconds between the moment you have stopped mouse pointer above an item in a file list and the moment when the tooltip will be shown."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:355
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Use human readable file size</guilabel>: If checked, the file size appears in kB, Mb &etc;, and not in bytes (default)."
msgid "<guilabel>Show hidden files</guilabel>: If checked, &krusader; displays the \"dot-files\" which are otherwise hidden."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:373
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Load the user defined folder icons</guilabel>: If checked, &krusader; loads the user defined folder icons."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:378
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Always show current item</guilabel>: If checked, &krusader; shows current item border decoration in inactive panel."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:384
#, no-c-format
msgid "Sort method"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:387
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Krusader (default)</guilabel>: the comparison used so far. Uses comparison using locale rules (even context rules)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:393
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Alphabetical</guilabel>: strings are compared character by character (no context rules from locale applied). Alphabet characters are compared using locale rules, special characters are compared by the character code."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:401
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Alphabetical and numbers</guilabel>: the same as above, but if the names contains numbers, the numbers are compared numerically instead of alphabetically."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:408
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Character code</guilabel>: comparison by character code (quick)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:414
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Character code and numbers</guilabel>: the same as above, but with numerical comparison of numbers."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:423
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Case sensitive sorting</guilabel>: If checked (the &UNIX; default), all files beginning with capital letters appear before files beginning with non-capital letters; otherwise, all files beginning with a specified letter (capital or otherwise) appear together."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:432
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Always sort dirs by name</guilabel>: Sorts directories by name, regardless of the sort column."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:438
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Show directories first</guilabel>: If checked directories have precedence in folder lists."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:443
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Locale aware sorting</guilabel>: Sorts files and directories according to the current locale settings."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:450
#, no-c-format
msgid "View modes"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:453
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Default view mode</guilabel>: Allows you to change the default view mode. You can choose <guimenuitem>Detailed View</guimenuitem> or <guimenuitem>Brief View</guimenuitem>. On tabs of both view modes you can define the following options."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:458
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Default icon size</guilabel>: Allows you to change the size of the icons in the file lists. The available sizes are 16x16, 22x22, 32x32 and 48x48 pixels."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:465
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Use icons in the filenames</guilabel>: If checked, show the icons in file names and folders."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:470
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Show previews by default</guilabel>: If checked, show the previews of file contents."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:475
#, no-c-format
msgid "To configure the columns use the right click menu in the panel when viewing files. The left and right panel use their own columns independently. The following columns are available:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:480
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Name</guilabel>: Shows the filename without the part after the last dot, this latter part is displayed in the <guilabel>Ext</guilabel> column. When the <guilabel>Ext</guilabel> column is made hidden, the complete filename is shown in the <guilabel>Name</guilabel> column like ⪚ &konqueror; does."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:487
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Ext</guilabel>: Shows the last part of the filename (the part after the last dot) in the <guilabel>Ext</guilabel> column, and not as a complete filename in the <guilabel>Name</guilabel> column like ⪚ &konqueror; does."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:495
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Type</guilabel>: Shows the MIME type field."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:500
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Size</guilabel>: Shows the size field."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:505
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Modified</guilabel>: Shows the modified date and time field."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:510
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Perms</guilabel>: Shows the full permissions ⪚ \"rwxr-xr-x\" or as octal numbers '0755' instead with enable/disable <guilabel>Numeric Permissions</guilabel> in <guilabel>Panel</guilabel> <guilabel>View</guilabel> Tab."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:519
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>rwx</guilabel>: Shows only the rights of the current user ⪚ \"-rw\"."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:524
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Owner</guilabel>: Shows the owner field."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:529
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Group</guilabel>: Shows the group field."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:537
#, no-c-format
msgid "Uncheck the columns not in use. This allows more space for columns in use."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:542
#, no-c-format
msgid "Buttons"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:543
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Toolbar buttons have icons</guilabel>: If checked, &krusader; displays icons on toolbar buttons."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:546
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Show Media Button</guilabel>: If checked, &krusader; displays media button."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:549
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Show Back Button</guilabel>: If checked, &krusader; displays back button."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:552
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Show Forward Button</guilabel>: If checked, &krusader; displays forward button."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:555
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Show History Button</guilabel>: If checked, &krusader; displays history button."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:558
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Show Bookmarks Button</guilabel>: If checked, &krusader; displays bookmarks button."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:561
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Show Panel Toolbar</guilabel>: If checked, &krusader; displays the Panel Toolbar."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:564
#, no-c-format
msgid "You can make the buttons on the <guilabel>Panel Toolbar</guilabel> visible or hidden:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:568
#, no-c-format
msgid "Visible Panel Toolbar buttons"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:577
#, no-c-format
msgid "Equal button (=)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:581
#, no-c-format
msgid "Up button (..)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:585
#, no-c-format
msgid "Home button (~)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:589
#, no-c-format
msgid "Root button (/)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:592
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Toggle-button for sync-browsing</guilabel>: If checked, shows the <link linkend=\"panel_toolbar\">Sync-browsing</link> button."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:600
#, no-c-format
msgid "Selection Mode"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:601
#, no-c-format
msgid "Here you can configure the selection modes."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:607
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>&krusader; Mode</guilabel>: The way &krusader; has worked from day one. Both mouse keys allow selecting files. To select more than one file, hold the &Ctrl; key and click the &LMB;. Right-click menu appears with a short click on the &RMB;."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:616
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Konqueror Mode</guilabel>: pressing the &LMB; selects files -- you can click and select multiple files. Right-click menu appears with a short click on the &RMB;."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:625
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Total commander Mode</guilabel>: Pressing the &RMB; selects multiple files and the right-click menu appears with <guilabel>pressing and holding</guilabel> the &RMB;. The Left Mouse Button does not select, but sets the current file without affecting the current selection."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:636
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Ergonomic Mode</guilabel>: The &LMB; does not select, but sets the current file without affecting the current selection. The &RMB; invokes the context-menu. You can select with &Ctrl; key and the left button."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:642
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Custom Selection Mode</guilabel>: Create your own selection style!"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:649
#, no-c-format
msgid "Details"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:652
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Double-click selects (classic)</guilabel>: A single click on a file will select and focus, a double click opens the file or steps into the directory."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:658
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Obey global selection policy</guilabel>: Pressing the &LMB; selects files -- Use global setting: &plasma; System Settings -> Input Devices -> Mouse."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:666
#, no-c-format
msgid "Custom Selection Mode items:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:670
#, no-c-format
msgid "Based on &plasma;'s selection mode"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:675
#, no-c-format
msgid "Left mouse button selects"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:680
#, no-c-format
msgid "Left mouse button preserves selection"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:686
#, no-c-format
msgid "&Shift;/&Ctrl;-Left mouse button selects"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:692
#, no-c-format
msgid "Right mouse button selects"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:697
#, no-c-format
msgid "Right mouse button preserves selection"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:703
#, no-c-format
msgid "&Shift;/&Ctrl;-Right mouse button selects"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:709
#, no-c-format
msgid "Spacebar moves down"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:714
#, no-c-format
msgid "Insert moves down"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:719
#, no-c-format
msgid "Right-clicking pops context menu immediately"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:728
#, no-c-format
msgid "Media Menu"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:729
#, no-c-format
msgid "Using this tab you can select the <link linkend=\"media_button\">Media button</link> menu contents:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:732
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Show Mount Path</guilabel>: show the mount path of partition if checked."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:736
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Show File System Type</guilabel>: show the file system type of partition if checked."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:740
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Show Size:</guilabel> allows selection of the size representation in media menu. Can be <guimenuitem>Always</guimenuitem> (default, always show the size of partition), <guimenuitem>When Device has no Label</guimenuitem> (show the size for partitions with no label only) or <guimenuitem>Never</guimenuitem> (never show the size in media menu)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:746
#, no-c-format
msgid "Layout"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:747
#, no-c-format
msgid "You can choose the layout and frame settings:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:750
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Layout:</guilabel> allows to define layout. The default options are <guimenuitem>Default</guimenuitem>, <guimenuitem>Compact</guimenuitem>, and <guimenuitem>Classic</guimenuitem>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:754
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Frame Color:</guilabel> defines frame color. Can be <guimenuitem>Defined by Layout</guimenuitem>, <guimenuitem>None</guimenuitem>, or <guimenuitem>Statusbar</guimenuitem>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:758
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Frame Shape:</guilabel> defines frame color. Can be <guimenuitem>Defined by Layout</guimenuitem>, <guimenuitem>None</guimenuitem>, or <guimenuitem>Statusbar</guimenuitem>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:762
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Frame Shadow:</guilabel> defines frame color. Can be <guimenuitem>Defined by Layout</guimenuitem>, <guimenuitem>None</guimenuitem>, or <guimenuitem>Statusbar</guimenuitem>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:769
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>Colors</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:770
#, no-c-format
msgid "This page configures the colors of the <link linkend=\"list_panel\">List Panel</link> and the <link linkend=\"synchronizer\">Synchronizer</link>. The <guilabel>KDE default colors</guilabel> is the default color configuration."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:784
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Use the default KDE colors</guilabel>: this is the default, it uses &plasma; color defined in the &systemsettings;."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:790
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Use Alternate Background color</guilabel>: If checked, the <guilabel>Background</guilabel> color and the <guilabel>Alternate background</guilabel> color alternates line by line. When you do not use the &plasma; default colors, you can configure the alternate colors in the <guilabel>Colors</guilabel> box."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:801
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Show current item even if not focused</guilabel>: If checked, shows the last cursor position in the non active list panel. This option is only available when you do not use the &plasma; default colors."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:809
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Dim the colors of the inactive panel</guilabel>: If checked, the colors of the inactive panel are dimmed. These settings can be configured in the <guilabel>Inactive</guilabel> tab of the <guilabel>Colors</guilabel> box. This option is only available when you do not use the &plasma; default colors."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:824
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Colors</guilabel>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:827
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configure the colors the way you like, you can see the result in the <guilabel>Preview</guilabel> section. The following items of the active and inactive panel can be configured:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:835
#, no-c-format
msgid "Foreground"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:840
#, no-c-format
msgid "Directory foreground"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:845
#, no-c-format
msgid "Executable foreground"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:850
#, no-c-format
msgid "Symbolic link foreground"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:855
#, no-c-format
msgid "Invalid symlink foreground"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:860
#, no-c-format
msgid "Background"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:865
#, no-c-format
msgid "Alternate background"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:870
#, no-c-format
msgid "Selected foreground"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:875
#, no-c-format
msgid "Selected background"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:880
#, no-c-format
msgid "Alternate selected background"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:885
#, no-c-format
msgid "Current foreground"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:890
#, no-c-format
msgid "Selected current foreground"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:895
#, no-c-format
msgid "Current background"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:899
#, no-c-format
msgid "The following items of the <link linkend=\"synchronizer\">Synchronizer</link> can be configured:"
msgid "Here you see a preview of the configured colors."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:966
#, no-c-format
msgid "Color schemes"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:969
#, no-c-format
msgid "With the <guibutton>Import Color Scheme</guibutton> and <guibutton>Export Color Scheme</guibutton> buttons you can load and save a Color Scheme profile. This allows &krusader; to use <trademark class=\"copyright\">Total Commander</trademark>, <application>Midnight Commander</application>, foo-commander or your own custom color profile. The Color Schemes are stored in <filename>/usr/share/krusader</filename>, the <filename>foo.color</filename> is a binary file that holds the color scheme."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:980
#, no-c-format
msgid "<application>Midnight Commander</application> and <trademark class=\"copyright\">Total Commander</trademark> Color scheme files are provided. Please <link linkend=\"help_krusader\">upload your favorite Color schemes</link> so that they become available for the &krusader; community. Thanks!"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:992
#, no-c-format
msgid "Here you configure the basic operations. The page is divided into three tabs: <guilabel>General</guilabel>, <guilabel>Viewer/Editor</guilabel>, and <guilabel>Atomic extensions</guilabel>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:998
#, no-c-format
msgid "The following options determine basic aspects of operation:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:1001
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Warn on exit</guilabel>: if checked, &krusader; warns you every time when exit action is triggered."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:1007
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Minimize to tray</guilabel>: If checked, the &krusader; icon will appear in the system tray. When you minimize &krusader;, it will not appear in the taskbar. It also will not exit if you close the main window. Instead you can quit &krusader; by selecting <guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem> from the <guimenu>File</guimenu> menu or the context menu of the tray icon."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:1017
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Use MIME type magic</guilabel>: MIME type magic is a mechanism which allows &krusader; to inspect the files in the panels and determine their type even if the file has no identifying extension. For example, if you take an image file - <filename>image1.jpg</filename> - and rename it to <filename>image1</filename>, &krusader; will still know it is an image file and work with it accordingly. However, this mode of operation is slower (while refreshing the panel, or changing directories), so try &krusader; with and without MIME type magic and decide what is best for you."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:1031
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Temp Directory</guilabel>: this option selects the base directory for &krusader;'s temporary files. The actual files will be created in separate directories under the 'Temp directory', so that each user running &krusader; will have their own temporary subdirectories under the chosen directory."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:1039
#, no-c-format
msgid "You must choose a temporary directory to which all users running &krusader; have full permissions!"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:1046
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Delete mode</guilabel> (<guilabel>Delete files/Move to trash</guilabel>): when &krusader; deletes files it can either <emphasis>really</emphasis> delete them or move them to the trash folder, thereby making them available via &plasma;'s trash."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:1052
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>External Terminal</guilabel>: choose which terminal emulator will be used when &krusader; opens a console window (via <keycap>F9</keycap>, or <menuchoice><guimenu>Tools</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Start Terminal</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menu option)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:1059
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Embedded Terminal sends Chdir on panel change</guilabel>: if unchecked, there will be no <command>cd</command> command sent to the Terminal Emulator if the panel folder changes."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:1064
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Toggle Fullscreen Embedded Terminal</guilabel>: if checked, &krusader; shows fullscreen terminal in <application>Midnight Commander</application> style (Terminal is shown instead of &krusader; window)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:1072
#, no-c-format
msgid "Viewer/Editor"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:1073
#, no-c-format
msgid "Here you can change the viewer and editor settings:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:1077
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Internal editor and viewer opens each file in separate window</guilabel>: check this item if you want each file to be opened in separate window."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:1083
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Default viewer mode</guilabel>:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:1087
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Generic mode</guilabel>: use the systems default viewer."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:1091
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Text mode</guilabel>: view the file in text-only mode."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:1095
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Hex mode</guilabel>: view the file in hex-only mode."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:1099
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Lister mode</guilabel>: Fast text/hexadecimal viewer for huge filesizes. &krusader; lister never loads the whole file into memory, just a little part of it, and uses caching for faster scrolling. Remote files are downloaded, but during the download, viewing the downloaded part is possible. If a file constantly changes, then it can also be viewed, lister will always see its current state."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:1106
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Use lister if the text file is bigger than: 10 MB (default value)</guilabel>: checks whether a text file is bigger than 10 MB (configurable), and if yes, then &krusader; Lister is used instead of &plasma;'s default viewer."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:1112
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Use Okteta as Hex viewer</guilabel>: if checked (default option), use &plasma; hex editor <ulink url=\"http://docs.kde.org/stable/en/kdesdk/okteta/index.html\">Okteta</ulink> to view raw data. To use this option you should install <application>Okteta</application> package first."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:1121
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Editor</guilabel>: choose what editor will be used when editing a file (via <keycap>F4</keycap>). Default the internal viewer is used, this is the &plasma;'s default viewer."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:1129
#, no-c-format
msgid "Atomic extensions"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:1130
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Atomic extensions</guilabel>: predefined atomic extensions like <literal role=\"extension\">.tar.gz</literal> are shown as one part in the <guilabel>Ext</guilabel> Column of the <link linkend=\"list_panel\">List Panel</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:1136
#, no-c-format
msgid "Advanced"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:1137
#, no-c-format
msgid "This page handles more advanced issues, so you should double-check your actions here: modifying settings here"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: remark
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:1139
#, no-c-format
msgid "makes &krusader; a more powerful and dangerous tool."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:1142
#, no-c-format
msgid "The page is divided into three parts:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:1160
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Automount filesystems</guilabel>: this makes &krusader; try to mount a file system before entering it. For example, if you click on <filename class=\"directory\">/mnt/cdrom</filename> (and <filename class=\"directory\"> /mnt/cdrom</filename> appears in <filename class=\"directory\">/etc/fstab</filename> as a mount point), &krusader; will check if it is mounted. If not, it will try and mount it for you and then enter, so that you would see the contents of your cdrom. Note, however, that &krusader; will NOT unmount when exiting <filename class=\"directory\"> /mnt/cdrom</filename>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:1188
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>MountMan will not (un)mount the following mount points</guilabel>: If you have file systems that you do not want to accidentally unmount (or mount) then enter a list of mount points separated by commas (⪚ <literal>/, /boot, /tmp</literal>) and <link linkend=\"mount-man\">MountMan</link> will not try to (un)mount them."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:1203
#, no-c-format
msgid "Confirmations"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:1206
#, no-c-format
msgid "By checking the options in this section, &krusader; will ask for confirmation before doing a specific action; otherwise, the following actions will be done without warning:"
msgid "<guilabel>Icon Cache Size</guilabel>: &krusader; uses an icon cache, so it will not have to reload icons that have been used before. Of course, as the cache grows bigger, it can store more icons and further speed operations, but the memory footprint of &krusader; will become bigger."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:1243
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Arguments of updatedb</guilabel>: sets additional arguments for <command>updatedb</command>, please read the manpages for more information."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:1255
#, no-c-format
msgid "Archives"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:1256
#, no-c-format
msgid "This page configures some aspects of archive handling in &krusader;."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:1262
#, no-c-format
msgid "krarc ioslave"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:1265
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Enable Write Support</guilabel>: this option allows you to enable writing files into an archive."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:1269
#, no-c-format
msgid "The down side is that if a power failure occurs during the process, the files that were moved might already be deleted, but not yet packed into the archive. Moving archives into themselves will delete them."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:1280
#, no-c-format
msgid "Archive handling"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:1283
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Browse Archives As Directories</guilabel>: if checked, &krusader; will handle the archives transparently and let you open them as folders; otherwise, &krusader; will attempt to invoke an application which opens archives of that type."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:1315
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Test archives after packing</guilabel>: this option automatically runs a test on a newly packed archive. It is safer, but takes longer."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:1321
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Test archives before unpacking</guilabel>: this option automatically runs a test before unpacking. Some corrupted archives might cause a crash; therefore, it is better to test archives before unpacking."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:1333
#, no-c-format
msgid "Dependencies page"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:1334
#, no-c-format
msgid "This page configures the full path of the external applications. It is even possible to configure the full path of &krusader;!"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:1338
#, no-c-format
msgid "General tab"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:1340
#, no-c-format
msgid "Here you can configure the full path of the following external applications:"
msgid "By default &kompare; (part of the kdesdk package) is used as external diff utility but you can also use your favorite diff utility ⪚ <ulink url=\"http://furius.ca/xxdiff/\"><application>xxdiff</application></ulink> or <ulink url=\"http://kdiff3.sourceforge.net\"><application>KDiff3</application></ulink>, just fill in the full path and enjoy."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:1495
#, no-c-format
msgid "Packers tab"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:1497
#, no-c-format
msgid "In the <guilabel>Packers</guilabel> tab you will see a list of archive formats. Some are filled and some are empty. The ones that are available (filled) are supported by &krusader;. For them, &krusader; will handle the archives transparently and let you open them as folders (provided you have checked the <guilabel>Browse Archives As Directories</guilabel> item in the <link linkend=\"konfig-archives\">Archives</link> section); otherwise, &krusader; will attempt to invoke an application which opens archives of that type. If a certain archive item is empty, it means that &krusader; could not find the appropriate executables in the configured path. The next archives are supported: ace, arj, bzip2, deb, gzip, iso, lha, lzma, rar, rpm, tar, xz, zip and 7z."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:1515
#, no-c-format
msgid "packer"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: replaceable
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:1527
#, no-c-format
msgid "usr/bin/7z"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: replaceable
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:1541
#, no-c-format
msgid "usr/bin/arj"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: replaceable
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:1555
#, no-c-format
msgid "usr/bin/bzip2"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: replaceable
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:1569
#, no-c-format
msgid "/bin/cpio"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: replaceable
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:1583
#, no-c-format
msgid "/bin/dpkg"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: replaceable
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:1597
#, no-c-format
msgid "/usr/bin/gzip"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: replaceable
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:1611
#, no-c-format
msgid "/usr/bin/lha"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: replaceable
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:1625
#, no-c-format
msgid "/usr/bin/lzma"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: replaceable
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:1639
#, no-c-format
msgid "/usr/bin/rar"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: replaceable
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:1653
#, no-c-format
msgid "/bin/tar"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: replaceable
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:1667
#, no-c-format
msgid "/usr/bin/unace"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: replaceable
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:1681
#, no-c-format
msgid "/usr/bin/unarj"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: replaceable
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:1695
#, no-c-format
msgid "/usr/bin/unrar"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: replaceable
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:1709
#, no-c-format
msgid "/usr/bin/unzip"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: replaceable
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:1723
#, no-c-format
msgid "/usr/bin/zip"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: replaceable
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:1737
#, no-c-format
msgid "/usr/bin/xz"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:1746
#, no-c-format
msgid "&krusader; may not be compatible with ACE despite our best efforts. Unace uses closed source and contains additional lines that make Unace get into infinite loop if the stdin is redirected to somewhere else. It works in the same manner as 'su', where you cannot enter the password only from the stdin. &krusader; >= 1-51 emulates the command line environment to enable co-operation with Unace, but we have noticed that Unace always changes its output format from release to release, making co-operation almost impossible."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:1758
#, no-c-format
msgid "Checksum Utilities tab"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:1760
#, no-c-format
msgid "Here you can configure the full path of the following external <link linkend=\"checksum\">Checksum Utilities</link>:"
msgid "Here you can configure the terminal for UserActions and the font for the output-collection. The default terminal is <command>konsole --noclose -e</command>. To set up, configure and manage your UserActions use ActionMan (<link linkend=\"useractions\">UserActions</link> &URL;)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:1989
#, no-c-format
msgid "Protocols"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:1990
#, no-c-format
msgid "This page links the MIMEs to protocols. ⪚ protocol \"tar\" is linked to MIME \"application/x-tar\"."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: konfigurator.docbook:1993
#, no-c-format
msgid "In the <guilabel>Links</guilabel> you will see ⪚"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: locate.docbook:20
#, no-c-format
msgid "Locate &GUI; Frontend"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: primary
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: locate.docbook:22
#, no-c-format
msgid "Locate"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: locate.docbook:24
#, no-c-format
msgid "&krusader; has a &GUI; front end for the <command>locate</command> command (findutils). Locate is used for fast file searching not from a directory but a database. The package contains among other files, <command>locate</command> and <command>updatedb</command>. <command>updatedb</command> goes through the local file system and stores the file entries in the database. <command>cron</command> often calls <command>updatedb</command> every night (set with <application>KCron</application>). Choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Locate</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> or <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl;&Shift; <keycap>L</keycap></keycombo> to start this feature. <link linkend=\"konfig-advanced\">Konfigurator</link> can set additional arguments for <command>updatedb</command>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: locate.docbook:44
#, no-c-format
msgid "Checkbox Options"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: locate.docbook:47
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Show only the existing files</guilabel>: if the database contains entries which no longer exist any more (deleted, moved since the last <command>updatedb</command>), <command>locate</command> does not list them. It checks the existence of each file before the listing in the results window (slow)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: locate.docbook:57
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Case Sensitive</guilabel>: unchecking it allows lower and upper case search."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: locate.docbook:62
#, no-c-format
msgid "Action buttons"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: locate.docbook:65
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>Locate</guibutton>: executes <command>locate <replaceable>foo foo</replaceable></command> and places its output into the results window."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: locate.docbook:72
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>Stop</guibutton>: stops the locating process."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: locate.docbook:77
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>UpdateDB</guibutton>: starts <command>updatedb</command> for updating the locate database after entering the root password."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: locate.docbook:83
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>Close</guibutton>: closes the locate window."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: locate.docbook:88
#, no-c-format
msgid "Results window"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: locate.docbook:91
#, no-c-format
msgid "Double-click on an item: steps to its directory, makes the item visible and closes the locate dialog."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: locate.docbook:95
#, no-c-format
msgid "Right click: edits/views/finds the menu."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: locate.docbook:98
#, no-c-format
msgid "<keycap>F3</keycap>: views the current item."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: locate.docbook:102
#, no-c-format
msgid "<keycap>F4</keycap>: edits the current item."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: locate.docbook:106
#, no-c-format
msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo>: finds files in the results window."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: locate.docbook:112
#, no-c-format
msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>N</keycap></keycombo>: shows the next search result."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: locate.docbook:118
#, no-c-format
msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>P</keycap></keycombo>: shows the previous search result."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: locate.docbook:126
#, no-c-format
msgid "The results window supports dragging items to other windows and copy to clipboard (<keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl;<keycap>C</keycap></keycombo>)."
msgid "Krusader is an advanced twin panel (commander style) file manager for Plasma and other desktops in the *nix world, similar to Midnight or Total Commander. It provides all the file management features you could possibly want. Plus: extensive archive handling, mounted filesystem support, &FTP;, advanced search module, viewer/editor, directory synchronization (disabled by default), file content comparisons, powerful batch renaming and much much more. It supports the following archive formats: ace, arj, bzip2, deb, gzip, iso, lha, rar, rpm, tar, xz, zip, and 7-zip and can handle other KIOSlaves such as smb:// or fish:// It is (almost) completely customizable, very user friendly, fast and looks great on your desktop! :-) You should give it a try."
msgid "<filename>~/.local/share/krusader/krbookmarks.xml</filename> or <filename>krusader/krbookmarks.xml</filename> in the directory which can be determined using the <userinput>qtpaths --paths GenericDataLocation</userinput> command"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: man-krusader.1.docbook:149
#, no-c-format
msgid "<filename>~/.local/share/krusader/useractions.xml</filename> or <filename>krusader/useractions.xml</filename> in the directory which can be determined using the <userinput>qtpaths --paths GenericDataLocation</userinput> command"
msgid "<filename>~/.local/share/kxmlgui5/krusader/krusaderui.rc</filename> or <filename>kxmlgui5/krusader/krusaderui.rc</filename> in the directory which can be determined using the <userinput>qtpaths --paths GenericDataLocation</userinput> command"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: man-krusader.1.docbook:157
#, no-c-format
msgid "Platforms"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: man-krusader.1.docbook:158
#, no-c-format
msgid "All POSIX: Linux, Solaris, All BSD Platforms: FreeBSD, MacOS-X"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: man-krusader.1.docbook:160
#, no-c-format
msgid "KDE 2.x"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: man-krusader.1.docbook:162
#, no-c-format
msgid "krusader v1.01 stable but there are no planned changes."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: man-krusader.1.docbook:164
#, no-c-format
msgid "KDE 3.x"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: man-krusader.1.docbook:166
#, no-c-format
msgid "Krusader v1.01 needs KDElibs 2"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: man-krusader.1.docbook:168
#, no-c-format
msgid "Krusader v1.02 - 1.40 needs KDElibs 3"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: man-krusader.1.docbook:170
#, no-c-format
msgid "Krusader 1.40 prefers >= KDE 3.2"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: man-krusader.1.docbook:172
#, no-c-format
msgid "Krusader v1.50 - v1.51: KDE 3.2 - KDE 3.3"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: man-krusader.1.docbook:174
#, no-c-format
msgid "Krusader v1.60.0- v1.70.0: KDE 3.3 - KDE 3.4"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: man-krusader.1.docbook:176
#, no-c-format
msgid "Krusader 1.70.x-1.80.x: KDE 3.4 - KDE 3.5"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: man-krusader.1.docbook:178
#, no-c-format
msgid "KDE 4.x"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: man-krusader.1.docbook:180
#, no-c-format
msgid "Krusader 2.0-2.4: KDE 4"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: man-krusader.1.docbook:182
#, no-c-format
msgid "KDE Frameworks 5"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: man-krusader.1.docbook:184
#, no-c-format
msgid "Krusader 2.5 and newer"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: man-krusader.1.docbook:186
#, no-c-format
msgid "The latest version of Krusader can be found at the <ulink url=\"https://krusader.org/\">Krusader website</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: man-krusader.1.docbook:190
#, no-c-format
msgid "Features"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: man-krusader.1.docbook:191
#, no-c-format
msgid "OFM filemanager features."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: man-krusader.1.docbook:193
#, no-c-format
msgid "Strong keyboard orientation."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: man-krusader.1.docbook:195
#, no-c-format
msgid "Powerful internal viewer and editor."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: man-krusader.1.docbook:197
#, no-c-format
msgid "Advanced search module that can search in archives. Supports: ace, arj, bzip2, deb, gzip, iso, lha, rar, rpm, tar, xz, zip, and 7-zip."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: man-krusader.1.docbook:201
#, no-c-format
msgid "Directory comparison and filtering."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: man-krusader.1.docbook:203
#, no-c-format
msgid "&FTP;/Samba client with a connection manager with SFTP/SCP support."
msgid "For more features read <ulink url=\"http://docs.kde.org/development/en/extragear-utils/krusader/features.html\">http://docs.kde.org/development/en/extragear-utils/krusader/features.html</ulink>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: man-krusader.1.docbook:223
#, no-c-format
msgid "License"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: man-krusader.1.docbook:224
#, no-c-format
msgid "Krusader is distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public License."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: man-krusader.1.docbook:226
#, no-c-format
msgid "License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: man-krusader.1.docbook:228
#, no-c-format
msgid "See the built-in help for details on the License and the lack of warranty."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: man-krusader.1.docbook:230
#, no-c-format
msgid "The copyright for the project and its name are still held by Shie Erlich and Rafi Yanai."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: man-krusader.1.docbook:233
#, no-c-format
msgid "i18n"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: man-krusader.1.docbook:234
#, no-c-format
msgid "Krusader is translated into many languages."
msgid "Read the <ulink url=\"http://l10n.kde.org/docs/translation-howto/\">KDE translation howto</ulink> if you want translate Krusader in your native language."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: man-krusader.1.docbook:241
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>FAQ</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: man-krusader.1.docbook:242
#, no-c-format
msgid "The latest version of the KRUSADER FAQ can be found on <ulink url=\"http://docs.kde.org/development/en/extragear-utils/krusader/faq.html\">KDE documentation site</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: man-krusader.1.docbook:245
#, no-c-format
msgid "See Also"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: member
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: man-krusader.1.docbook:247
#, no-c-format
msgid "The Krusader Handbook, at the krusader help menu."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: member
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: man-krusader.1.docbook:249
#, no-c-format
msgid "kf5options(7)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: member
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: man-krusader.1.docbook:251
#, no-c-format
msgid "qt5options(7)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: man-krusader.1.docbook:255
#, no-c-format
msgid "Authors"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: man-krusader.1.docbook:256
#, no-c-format
msgid "Krusader is developed by a dedicated team of individuals, known as the Krusader Krew."
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: menu-commands.docbook:20
#, no-c-format
msgid "Menu Commands"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: primary
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: menu-commands.docbook:22
#, no-c-format
msgid "Commands"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: secondary
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: menu-commands.docbook:23
#, no-c-format
msgid "Menu"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: menu-commands.docbook:26
#, no-c-format
msgid "File Menu"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: menuchoice
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: menu-commands.docbook:30
#, no-c-format
msgid "<shortcut> <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Shift; <keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>New Text File</guimenuitem>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: menu-commands.docbook:40
#, no-c-format
msgid "Creates a new text file in the current directory, unless another directory is specified. The new file is opened for editing after it is created."
msgid "<link linkend=\"test-archive\">Tests archive</link> for corruption."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: menuchoice
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: menu-commands.docbook:192
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Compare by Content</guimenuitem>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: menu-commands.docbook:198
#, no-c-format
msgid "Compares two current files by content - one from each panel via an external graphical diff utility. By default &kompare; is used, but you can also use ⪚ <ulink url=\"http://furius.ca/xxdiff/\"><application>xxdiff</application></ulink> or <ulink url=\"http://kdiff3.sourceforge.net\"><application>KDiff3</application></ulink> , change it in the <link linkend=\"konfig-dependencies\">Konfigurator Dependencies page</link>."
msgid "This menu option starts <ulink url=\"http://www.krename.net\"><application>Krename</application></ulink>, a very powerful external batch renamer."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: menu-commands.docbook:221
#, no-c-format
msgid "Krename Features"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: menu-commands.docbook:223
#, no-c-format
msgid "Renaming a list of files based on a set of expressions"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: menu-commands.docbook:227
#, no-c-format
msgid "Copying/moving a list of files to another directory"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: menu-commands.docbook:231
#, no-c-format
msgid "Convert filenames to upper/lower case"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: menu-commands.docbook:234
#, no-c-format
msgid "Adding numbers to filenames"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: menu-commands.docbook:237
#, no-c-format
msgid "Finding and replacing parts of the filename"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: menu-commands.docbook:241
#, no-c-format
msgid "Renaming MP3/OGG Vorbis files based on their ID3 tags"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: menu-commands.docbook:245
#, no-c-format
msgid "Setting access and modification dates"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: menu-commands.docbook:248
#, no-c-format
msgid "Changing permissions and file ownership"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: menu-commands.docbook:251
#, no-c-format
msgid "A plugin API which allows you to extend KRename's features"
msgid "The <link linkend=\"splitter\">Split file</link> function splits a file up into multiple smaller files so that it can be stored on several smaller media (like <hardware>diskettes, zip-drives, ...</hardware>) or sent by e-mail."
msgid "The <link linkend=\"splitter\">Combine files</link> function combines multiple files into one file after the <link linkend=\"splitter\">Split file</link> function was used."
msgid "Opens a dialog which allows you to select files in the active panel. In the <guilabel>Search for</guilabel> dialog place the main search criteria. Enter a filename, a wildcard ( <literal role=\"extension\">*.o.*</literal>, <literal role=\"extension\">*.c</literal> &etc;) or both - separated by a space. When using <literal>'text'</literal>, the results are the same as <literal>'*text*'</literal>. You can exclude files from the search with '|' (⪚ <literal role=\"extension\">'*.cpp *.h | *.moc.cpp'</literal>). With the <link linkend=\"profiles\">profile handler</link> you can manage your selections for future usage. A double-click on a profile is the same as entering the selection and pressing the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button. More options for <guilabel>Select Group</guilabel> dialog are explained in the <link linkend=\"krusearcher\">Search dialog</link>, which are basically almost the same dialogs."
msgid "Selects all files in the active panel. You can also select all directories by activating the <guilabel>Autoselect directories</guilabel> option in the <link linkend=\"konfig-panel\">Konfigurator Panel page</link>."
msgid "Inverts the selection status of all the files in the active panel (&ie; selected files will become unselected and deselected files will become selected)."
msgid "Navigates to the next viewed directory in the active panel. Becomes available only if <menuchoice><guimenu>Go</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Back</guimenuitem></menuchoice> was used beforehand."
msgid "Sets the current directory as a \"jump back\" point. To navigate to this directory quickly, select the <guimenuitem>Jump Back</guimenuitem> command from the <guimenu>Go</guimenu> menu."
msgid "Returns to a previous \"jump back\" point."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: menu-commands.docbook:794
#, no-c-format
msgid "View Menu"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: menu-commands.docbook:795
#, no-c-format
msgid "The action in this submenu usually affects the current &krusader; session. If you want to make permanent changes use <link linkend=\"konfigurator\">Konfigurator Startup page</link>."
msgid "Allows you to install a custom filter on the &krusader; panel. Only files that match the filter pattern(s) and directories will be displayed. Do not forget to deactivate the custom filter after use, or some files may not be visible."
msgid "Backups current file in current directory and asks the user for a new filename. By default <literal role=\"extension\">.old</literal> is appended to the original filename."
msgid "When this action is turned on, the main sorting key in the &krusader; panel becomes the file extension (the part of the filename after the last '.'). This is useful for grouping files of the same type closer together."
msgid "When this action is turned on, the main sorting key in the &krusader; panel becomes the file size. This is useful for determining the largest files in a particular directory."
msgid "When this action is turned on, the main sorting key in the &krusader; panel becomes the last modified date for each file. This is useful for finding files you recently worked on."
msgid "The <link linkend=\"synchronizer\">Synchronize Directories</link> function compares the left and right panels and shows the differences between them. After the compare function, you can move files/directories so that they can be synchronized."
msgid "<shortcut> <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>N</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> <guimenuitem>New Net Connection</guimenuitem>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: menu-commands.docbook:1276
#, no-c-format
msgid "Opens the <link linkend=\"remote-connections\">New Network Connection</link> dialog to start a &FTP;, SMB, FISH or SFTP connection to a remote host. If you leave the user name and password fields empty, you will login as anonymous. You can <link linkend=\"bookman\">Bookmark</link> these remote sessions."
msgid "Opens a terminal window in the default directory (usually your home directory). You can choose your favorite terminal application in the <link linkend=\"konfig-general\">Konfigurator General page</link>."
msgid "Starts &krusader; in <link linkend=\"root-mode\">Root mode</link> at the same location. Root mode &krusader; requires <command>kdesu</command> by default, if <command>kdesu</command> is not available or if you prefer ⪚ <command>gksu</command> when using <ulink url=\"http://www.gnome.org\"><application>GNOME</application></ulink> you can change this behaviour in the <link linkend=\"konfig-dependencies\">Konfigurator Dependencies page</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: menu-commands.docbook:1338
#, no-c-format
msgid "Be careful when using &krusader; with ROOT PRIVILEGES."
msgid "Opens a new tab that is a duplicate of the active tab in the active panel."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: menuchoice
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: menu-commands.docbook:1426
#, no-c-format
msgid "<shortcut> <keycombo action=\"simul\"> &Ctrl;&Shift; <keycap>O</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Move Current Tab to Other Side</guimenuitem>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: menu-commands.docbook:1437
#, no-c-format
msgid "Moves current tab to the other side of &krusader; window."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: menuchoice
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: menu-commands.docbook:1442
#, no-c-format
msgid "<shortcut> <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>W</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Close Current Tab</guimenuitem>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: menu-commands.docbook:1452
#, no-c-format
msgid "Closes the current tab in the active panel. This command is only available if there is more than one tab in the active panel."
msgid "Toggles full screen mode of the terminal emulator. This option is only available when <guilabel>Show Terminal Emulator</guilabel> is activated."
msgid "Saves the current size and position of the &krusader; main window. This action can be automated with <guilabel>Save last position, size and panel settings</guilabel> in <link linkend=\"konfigurator\">Konfigurator Startup page</link>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: menu-commands.docbook:1616
#, no-c-format
msgid "Settings Menu"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: menuchoice
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: menu-commands.docbook:1620
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guisubmenu>Toolbars</guisubmenu> <guimenuitem>Show Main Toolbar</guimenuitem>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: menu-commands.docbook:1627
#, no-c-format
msgid "Shows the <link linkend=\"mainwindow\">Main Toolbar</link> if checked."
msgid "Toggles the <link linkend=\"queue\">Queue Manager</link> mode. If checked then pressing <keycap>F2</keycap> or the corresponding button in the copy/move dialog immediately starts the job even if there are running jobs in queue. If unchecked then the job will be put into the queue if the queue is not empty. Otherwise the job will be started immediately."
msgid "Opens a dialog which allows you to configure the &krusader; key bindings."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: menu-commands.docbook:1778
#, no-c-format
msgid "With the <guibutton>Import shortcuts</guibutton> and <guibutton>Export shortcuts</guibutton> buttons you can load and save a Key-binding profile. This allows &krusader; to have the <trademark class=\"copyright\">Total Commander</trademark>, <application>Midnight Commander</application>, foo-commander, or your custom Key-bindings. The only limitation is that global &plasma; key-bindings and some &krusader; key-bindings cannot be changed yet, as well as some features in foo-commander that we either do not have or need. The Key-bindings are stored in <filename>/usr/share/krusader</filename>, <filename>foo.keymap.info</filename> contains a description, <filename>foo.keymap</filename> is an ini file that holds the Key-bindings. Until &krusader;-1.70.1 this was a binary file, &krusader; is backwards compatible for importing this legacy binary format. If a <filename>*.keymap.info</filename> text file exists, &krusader; will display it, showing additional information regarding the loaded Key-bindings file. Here you have a chance to exit without importing the proposed Key-bindings file."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: menu-commands.docbook:1802
#, no-c-format
msgid "A <trademark class=\"copyright\">Total Commander</trademark> Key-bindings file is provided. Please <link linkend=\"help_krusader\"> upload your favorite Key-bindings schemes</link> so that they become available for the &krusader; community. Thanks!"
msgid "Opens a dialog which allows you to configure the <link linkend=\"mainwindow\">Main Toolbar</link> or the <link linkend=\"actions_toolbar\">Actions Toolbar</link>. You can add action buttons of your favourite <link linkend=\"useractions\">UserActions</link> to the desired toolbar."
msgid "Opens <link linkend=\"konfigurator\">Konfigurator</link> - the &krusader; configuration center."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: menu-commands.docbook:1843
#, no-c-format
msgid "Help Menu"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: menu-commands.docbook:1844
#, no-c-format
msgid "Additionally, &krusader; has the common &kde; <guimenu>Help</guimenu> menu items, for more information read the sections about the <ulink url=\"help:/fundamentals/ui.html#menus-help\">Help Menu</ulink> of the &kde; Fundamentals."
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: mount.docbook:20
#, no-c-format
msgid "MountMan: work with your mounted file systems"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: primary
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: mount.docbook:22
#, no-c-format
msgid "Mount"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: mount.docbook:24
#, no-c-format
msgid "MountMan is a tool which helps you manage your mounted file systems. Once invoked, it displays a list of every mounted file system. For each file system, MountMan displays its name (which is the actual device name - &ie; <filename class=\"directory\">/dev/sda1</filename> for a first partition on first <hardware>HDD</hardware>), its type (ext4, ext3, ntfs, vfat, ReiserFS...) and its mount point on your system (the directory on which the file system is mounted)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: mount.docbook:31
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you want filter out non-removable devices from the list, just check the item <guilabel>Show only removable devices</guilabel> at the left of the device list."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: mount.docbook:36
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>MountMan</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: phrase
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: mount.docbook:42
#, no-c-format
msgid "<phrase>MountMan</phrase>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: mount.docbook:46
#, no-c-format
msgid "MountMan also displays usage information using total size, free size, and percentage of available space free. If those numbers say <guilabel>N/A</guilabel>, that usually means that the file system is not mounted. Left clicking on a file system displays a pie chart on the left of the window, graphically displaying the usage information for the file system. Clicking on a non-mounted file system will display <guilabel>not mounted</guilabel> instead of the graph."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: mount.docbook:57
#, no-c-format
msgid "<keycap>Double-clicking</keycap> on a file system will close MountMan and open that file system inside &krusader;'s active panel."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: mount.docbook:63
#, no-c-format
msgid "<keycap>Right-clicking</keycap> on a file system will open a small menu which displays what actions can be performed on that file system. At the moment, you can only mount, unmount and eject (if clicking on a removable file system, ⪚, a &CD-ROM;)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: mount.docbook:72
#, no-c-format
msgid "We plan to expand MountMan in the next evolution of &krusader;. It will be able to format partitions, edit <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>, create new file systems and more.... By the way, we have started working on it, see \"Quickmode for MountMan\"."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: mount.docbook:78
#, no-c-format
msgid "Quickmode for MountMan"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: mount.docbook:80
#, no-c-format
msgid "To activate Quickmode for MountMan, click lateral button with arrow on the MountMan button on the <link linkend=\"mainwindow\">Main Toolbar</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: mount.docbook:82
#, no-c-format
msgid "General idea: display a list of all possible mount points. Each time the menu is displayed, it determines if a mount point is mounted or not and associates the correct action (mount or umount). This offers a quick interface to MountMan. It is working, and currently uses KMountMan::mount and unmount. It uses the new &kf5-full; services for fstab-reading and this will enable us to remove a lot of code from the \"old\" MountMan."
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: mouse-commands.docbook:20
#, no-c-format
msgid "Mouse Commands"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: primary
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: mouse-commands.docbook:22
#, no-c-format
msgid "Commands"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: secondary
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: mouse-commands.docbook:23
#, no-c-format
msgid "Mouse"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: mouse-commands.docbook:26
#, no-c-format
msgid "Mouse Usage"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: mouse-commands.docbook:27
#, no-c-format
msgid "In this chapter you will be guided in using &krusader; effectively with a mouse and to configure mouse gestures through KHotKeys. By simply clicking the mouse you can select different sections of &krusader;. Another chapter describes the selection modes, and how you can configure them: <link linkend=\"konfig-selection_modes\">Selection Mode</link>"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: occupied-space.docbook:20
#, no-c-format
msgid "Calculate Occupied Space"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: primary
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: occupied-space.docbook:22
#, no-c-format
msgid "Occupied Space"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: occupied-space.docbook:25
#, no-c-format
msgid "There are two ways to calculate the occupied space of files/directories."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: occupied-space.docbook:29
#, no-c-format
msgid "Pressing the configurable shortcut for the <guilabel>Calculate occupied space</guilabel> on a directory under the cursor instantly calculates the occupied size."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: occupied-space.docbook:34
#, no-c-format
msgid "To calculate how much disk space is occupied by the selected files and directories in the active panel select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Calculate Occupied Space</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. After a small delay, a dialog box will be displayed with total occupied space and the number of files and directories you selected. The space occupied by every selected directory will be shown as if the user just pressed configurable shortcut on those directories. If the active panel is browsing an archive, the numbers will apply to the unpacked size of the selected files and directories, not their compressed size. After the calculation the selection state will be toggled and the cursor will move one step downwards."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: occupied-space.docbook:52
#, no-c-format
msgid "Calculating the occupied space on remote file systems is supported."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: occupied-space.docbook:55
#, no-c-format
msgid "Performing this operation on a very large file system (thousands of files) may be time-consuming. You can cancel the calculation process at any time by clicking the <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> button."
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: profiles.docbook:20
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>Profiles</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: primary
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: profiles.docbook:22
#, no-c-format
msgid "<primary>Profiles</primary>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: profiles.docbook:24
#, no-c-format
msgid "With profiles you can save and restore your favorite settings. Several features support profiles, you can have ⪚ different panel profiles (work, home, remote connections, &etc;), search profiles, synchroniser profiles, &etc;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: profiles.docbook:30
#, no-c-format
msgid "Panel Profiles"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: profiles.docbook:31
#, no-c-format
msgid "A panel profile contains the following: all the tab paths (left or right), the current tab (left or right) and the active panel (left or right). All this information is stored in the <link linkend=\"config_files\">krusaderrc</link> file. You can have several panel profiles, ⪚ file management, &FTP; management, home, work, &etc; The panel profile can be <link linkend=\"c_panel_profiles\">saved and restored</link> in the <guimenu>Window</guimenu> menu. The <link linkend=\"konfig-startup\">default startup profile</link> will be used when starting &krusader;, but you can override it with a <link linkend=\"starting-krusader\">command-line option</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: profiles.docbook:48
#, no-c-format
msgid "Color Profiles"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: profiles.docbook:49
#, no-c-format
msgid "Colormaps can be saved and restored with <link linkend=\"konfig-color\">Color Profiles</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: profiles.docbook:53
#, no-c-format
msgid "Key-binding Profiles"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: profiles.docbook:54
#, no-c-format
msgid "Keymaps can be saved and restored with <link linkend=\"configure-shortcuts\">Key-binding Profiles</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: profiles.docbook:59
#, no-c-format
msgid "Search Profiles"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: profiles.docbook:60
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you regularly perform the same search operation, you can save the search settings (⪚ include files, exclude files, &etc;) in a <link linkend=\"krusearcher\">Search Profile</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: profiles.docbook:66
#, no-c-format
msgid "Synchronizer Profiles"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: profiles.docbook:67
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you regularly perform the same synchronize operation, you can save the synchronize settings in a <link linkend=\"synchronizer\">Synchronizer Profile</link>."
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: remote-connections.docbook:20
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>Remote Connections</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: primary
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: remote-connections.docbook:22
#, no-c-format
msgid "<primary>Remote Connections</primary>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: remote-connections.docbook:24
#, no-c-format
msgid "Remote connections are easily made by typing the &URL; in the <link linkend=\"list_panel\">Location Toolbar</link>; these are actually KIO Slaves. Please note that the &krusader; panel does not support all KIO Slave ⪚ <command>http://</command> will not work in the panel, but will work in the <link linkend=\"krviewer\">viewer</link>. Some examples:"
msgid "You can bookmark these &URL;s, however, please read the <link linkend=\"bookman\">Bookman</link> section regarding <emphasis>securely save passwords</emphasis>. For connecting to multiple locations, bookmark these &URL;s and open them one by one, or open them all together by using <link linkend=\"panel_profiles\">Panel profiles</link>. To switch from one to another location, just open a <link linkend=\"folder-tabs\">Folder tabs</link> for each."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: remote-connections.docbook:100
#, no-c-format
msgid "There are three ways to start a remote connection:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: remote-connections.docbook:103
#, no-c-format
msgid "Type the &URL; in the <link linkend=\"list_panel\">Location Toolbar</link>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: remote-connections.docbook:107
#, no-c-format
msgid "Select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> <guimenuitem>New Net Connection</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> which will pop-up a dialog that will ask for the remote site details. This dialog is handy if you are not used to type remote &URL;s in the Location Toolbar. Leaving the password and user name fields empty will log you in as anonymous. Note: we are planning to rewrite this dialog window."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: remote-connections.docbook:120
#, no-c-format
msgid "You can bookmark a directory on a remote host and return to this directory from the bookmark button on the top corner of your panel just like in a web browser."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: remote-connections.docbook:125
#, no-c-format
msgid "After you log on to a remote server you can browse it just like your local hard drive with the following exceptions:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: remote-connections.docbook:129
#, no-c-format
msgid "You cannot execute files on remote servers."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: remote-connections.docbook:132
#, no-c-format
msgid "Permissions cannot always be calculated on remote servers (depends on server and access method) so you might get a <guilabel>?</guilabel> on the permissions columns for some files."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: remote-connections.docbook:137
#, no-c-format
msgid "Disk usage information is not available for most remote filesystems."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: remote-connections.docbook:141
#, no-c-format
msgid "To change the charset of the remote host use <menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Select Remote Charset</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> ."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: remote-connections.docbook:147
#, no-c-format
msgid "You can close the current Active Remote Connection by two separate methods:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: remote-connections.docbook:157
#, no-c-format
msgid "Manually: Add the disconnect button to the <link linkend=\"mainwindow\">Main Toolbar</link> and click on it."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: remote-connections.docbook:161
#, no-c-format
msgid "Automatically: Change the &URL; in the <link linkend=\"list_panel\">Location Toolbar</link> ."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: remote-connections.docbook:166
#, no-c-format
msgid "&krusader; is a file manager that supports remote connections via KIO Slaves, but if you are looking for even more advanced remote connections features, ⪚ an advanced &FTP; client we recommend you to use ⪚ <ulink url=\"http://kasablanca.berlios.de/\">Kasablanca</ulink> or <ulink url=\"http://kftpgrabber.sourceforge.net/\"><application>Kftpgrabber</application></ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: remote-connections.docbook:176
#, no-c-format
msgid "LAN connections via fish:/ protocol (zeroconf)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: primary
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: remote-connections.docbook:178
#, no-c-format
msgid "Remote LAN Connections (zeroconf)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: remote-connections.docbook:181
#, no-c-format
msgid "This section is contributed by Andrew Svet (z-vet), feedback about this chapter is appreciated. Thanks!"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: remote-connections.docbook:185
#, no-c-format
msgid "This works on a <trademark class=\"registered\">Debian</trademark> system, so it will work on <trademark class=\"registered\">Debian</trademark> and derivatives (<trademark class=\"registered\">Kubuntu</trademark> &etc;), though it should work on other Linuxes as well. We assume that you have <link linkend=\"gloss-ssh\">SSH</link> installed, configured and working on every machine on LAN you want to connect to/from. There are plenty of very good tutorials about <link linkend=\"gloss-ssh\">SSH</link> on the net, ⪚ at <ulink url=\"http://www.linuxhomenetworking.com/wiki/index.php/Quick_HOWTO_:_Ch17_:_Secure_Remote_Logins_and_File_Copying\">linuxhomenetworking.com</ulink> or just google for it. We use the default <link linkend=\"gloss-ssh\">SSH</link> port (22) for this chapter. Remember to change it if you use different one. All modifications, editing &etc; must be done as root."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: remote-connections.docbook:196
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Let's start with installing all the packages we need: <screen>\n"
"</screen> Everything is installed, now let's do some configuration. First, we need our services to be announced on LAN. That is why we installed avahi-daemon: it represents your machine on local network and allows other applications to publish services they provide. Avahi-daemon comes with example <filename>ssh.service</filename> configuration file found in <filename class=\"directory\">/usr/share/doc/avahi-daemon/examples</filename>. In order to get the service to be announced on LAN we need to copy this file to <filename class=\"directory\">/etc/avahi/services</filename> directory: <screen>\n"
"</screen> This file is just a copy of ssh.service. Edit the <filename>fish.service</filename> file and replace \"Remote Terminal on %h\" with \"Fish to %h\" and \"_ssh._tcp\" with \"_fish._tcp\". Here is how it looks after edit: <programlisting> \n"
" avahi is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it \n"
" under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as \n"
" published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the \n"
" License, or (at your option) any later version. \n"
"\n"
" avahi is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but \n"
" WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of \n"
" MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR \n"
"\n"
"<!-- See avahi.service(5) for more information about this configuration file --> \n"
"\n"
"<service-group> \n"
"\n"
" <name replace-wildcards=\"yes\">FISH to %h</name> \n"
"\n"
" <service> \n"
" <type>_fish._tcp</type> \n"
" <port>22</port> \n"
" </service> \n"
"\n"
"</service-group> \n"
"</programlisting> Save the modified file. Now we need to create a new file <filename>_fish._tcp</filename>, open a text editor and add the next lines: <programlisting>\n"
"Name=FISH Protocol (ssh) \n"
"Type=_fish._tcp \n"
"UserEntry=u \n"
"PathEntry=path \n"
"PasswordEntry=p\n"
"</programlisting> And save the file <filename>/usr/share/apps/zeroconf/_fish._tcp</filename> Do the same on each machine on your LAN, then restart avahi-daemon: <screen>\n"
"</screen> Then open &krusader; and type in location-toolbar-lnk: <filename>zeroconf:/</filename> to open the <link linkend=\"gloss-zeroconf\">zeroconf</link> connection. Enter the <guilabel>Fish Protocol</guilabel> directory. Inside you will find the links to each machine that announced <filename>fish:/</filename> on your LAN, the location-toolbar-lnk: will point to <filename>zeroconf:/_fish._tcp</filename> Double clicking on any of these machines, them will bring up the password prompt, asking you for your ssh key passphrase (if password was set). Enter your passphrase. Congratulations: you connected to remote machine using &krusader;!"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: search.docbook:20
#, no-c-format
msgid "KruSearcher: find what you are looking for"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: primary
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: search.docbook:22
#, no-c-format
msgid "Search"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: search.docbook:24
#, no-c-format
msgid "Welcome to &krusader;'s powerful search module - nicknamed KruSearcher. It is the most able tool (that we know of) for &Linux;, since it allows so many different ways to quickly find the file you are looking for. The search function is also available on remote file systems. It is divided into two levels, the general and the advanced. Let's take a look at the general page."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: search.docbook:43
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>General Search</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: phrase
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: search.docbook:49
#, no-c-format
msgid "<phrase>General Search</phrase>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: search.docbook:53
#, no-c-format
msgid "The page is divided into four parts: top (search for) part, bottom part - titled <guilabel>Containing text</guilabel>, left part - titled <guilabel>Search in</guilabel> and right part which is called <guilabel>Do not search in</guilabel>. Obviously, each part handles different aspects of the search. Let's look at them closely."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: search.docbook:60
#, no-c-format
msgid "Top Part:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: search.docbook:62
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Search for</guilabel>: here you enter the main search criteria. You can enter a file name, a wildcard ( <literal role=\"extension\">*.o.*</literal>, <literal role=\"extension\">*.c</literal> &etc;) or both - separated by a space. If you type <literal>'text'</literal> the results is the same as <literal>'*text*'</literal>. You can exclude files from the search with '|' (⪚ <literal role=\"extension\">'*.cpp *.h | *.moc.cpp'</literal>) . You can use quotation marks for names that contain spaces. Filter \"Program Files\" searches out those files/directories the name of which is <filename>Program Files</filename>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: search.docbook:78
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Case sensitive</guilabel>: unchecking it will allow lower and upper case search (&ie;: <literal role=\"extension\">*.c</literal> interprets as <literal role=\"extension\">*.c</literal> AND <literal role=\"extension\">*.C</literal>)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: search.docbook:86
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Of type</guilabel>: this box lets you search for a file not only by its name, but also by its MIME type. For example, you can search for all the audio files whose name begins with B. Usually this option defaults to 'all files', but you can choose to search for archives, directories, images, text files, videos and audio files."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: search.docbook:96
#, no-c-format
msgid "Left and Right Part:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: search.docbook:98
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Search in</guilabel> and <guilabel>Do not search in</guilabel>: Using those two parts, you can specify a search exactly the way you want it. For example, you might want to search for a file in the whole file system (beginning with <filename>/</filename>), but do not want to search inside <filename>/mnt</filename>. All you need to do is write <filename>/</filename> in the <guilabel>Search in</guilabel> box, and write <filename>/mnt</filename> in the <guilabel>Do not search in</guilabel> box. If you want to enter more than one directory in one of the list boxes, just type the first name and press &Enter;. The directory name will be copied to the bigger list box and you will be able to enter another name."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: search.docbook:115
#, no-c-format
msgid "The input line has an auto-completion feature, corresponding to &plasma; global settings. If you wish, you can click on the <guiicon>folder icon</guiicon>, and browse to the directory you wish to add."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: search.docbook:122
#, no-c-format
msgid "It is possible to define files and directories which will be filtered out from the search results using the <guilabel>Exclude Folder Names</guilabel> input field at the bottom of the <guilabel>Do not search in</guilabel> box."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: search.docbook:123
#, no-c-format
msgid "Items in the filtering list should be space-separated."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: search.docbook:124
#, no-c-format
msgid "Spaces in the filtering list items can be escaped or quoted. Example: <userinput>.git \"target build\" build\\ krusader</userinput>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: search.docbook:129
#, no-c-format
msgid "Bottom Part:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: search.docbook:131
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Text</guilabel>: entering text here makes &krusader; search for it inside the files ( <command>grep</command>). This way you can search for all header files ( <literal role=\"extension\">*.h</literal>) which include the word <literal>'testing 123'</literal>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: search.docbook:141
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>RegExp</guilabel> switch: toggle the regular expressions mode. A drop-down list that is shown after clicking down arrow on the right allows you to enter special symbols of regular expressions."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: search.docbook:146
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Encoding</guilabel>: allows you to choose the text encoding."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: search.docbook:151
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Match whole word only</guilabel>: allows you to specify that a complete match (letters and length) must be found."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: search.docbook:156
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Case sensitive</guilabel>: refers to your text being searched for in upper and lower case or the exact phrase you entered."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: search.docbook:162
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Search in sub folders</guilabel>: perform a recursive search and dive into every directory on the way."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: search.docbook:168
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Search in archives</guilabel>: &krusader; will search for your files inside every supported archive. This, however, takes longer to perform."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: search.docbook:173
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you check this checkbox, you will notice you cannot <command>grep</command> inside files anymore. This is done, since looking inside archived files forces &krusader; to extract them, which results in an extremely time-consuming search."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: search.docbook:181
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Follow links</guilabel>: if checked, &krusader; will follow soft-links during the search."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: search.docbook:187
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Profiles</guilabel>: if you have to regularly perform the same search operation, you can save the search settings ⪚ include files, exclude files, &etc;... Press the 'profile' button, and you can add/load/save/remove search profiles."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: search.docbook:195
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Query to clipboard</guilabel>: if checked, &krusader; will place search text to clipboard when a found file is opened."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: search.docbook:200
#, no-c-format
msgid "The above screen shot shows a search for all the files which end with <literal role=\"extension\">c, cpp</literal> or <literal role=\"extension\">h</literal> and include the string <literal>'testing 123'</literal>. &krusader; will search in <filename class=\"directory\">/root, /opt, /bin</filename> and <filename class=\"directory\">/usr</filename>, but not in <filename class=\"directory\">/usr/lib</filename> and <filename class=\"directory\">/usr/share</filename>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: search.docbook:210
#, no-c-format
msgid "Clicking the <guibutton>Search</guibutton> button starts the search and displays the results page. During the search, you may press the <guibutton>Stop</guibutton> button to stop the search. The <guibutton>Close</guibutton> button is not operational during a search, so you must first stop the search and then <guibutton>Close</guibutton> the window. When a result is found, double-clicking on it will take &krusader;'s active panel point to the found files - but will not close the search window, so you will be able to click on a different result."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: search.docbook:220
#, no-c-format
msgid "Sometimes, you need to narrow your search even more. Krusearcher allows a much finer search, and for that, let's look at the <guilabel>Advanced Page</guilabel>..."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: search.docbook:236
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>Advanced Search</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: phrase
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: search.docbook:242
#, no-c-format
msgid "<phrase>Advanced Search</phrase>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: search.docbook:246
#, no-c-format
msgid "This screen shot shows a search for files whose size is between 10KiB and 150KiB, which were modified between October 10th and November 1st, which belong to any user in the 'nobody' group, and are readable and writable by anyone in the 'nobody' group, but only readable to the rest of the world."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: search.docbook:251
#, no-c-format
msgid "The advanced page is divided into three parts: size, date and ownership."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: search.docbook:254
#, no-c-format
msgid "Size"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: search.docbook:256
#, no-c-format
msgid "Allows you to choose the size range of the file you are looking for. By checking the check boxes, you can search for a file which is bigger than XXX bytes (or KB, MB), smaller than XXX bytes or, by checking both search for a file which size is bigger than XXX but smaller than YYY."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: search.docbook:262
#, no-c-format
msgid "Date"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: search.docbook:264
#, no-c-format
msgid "This part offers three different ways of defining a date criteria:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: search.docbook:268
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Modified between</guilabel>: allows you to enter two dates. &krusader; will search for files with a modification date between the first date and the second one, inclusive."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: search.docbook:274
#, no-c-format
msgid "You can click on the date icon (near the input boxes) to open a standard date window - which allows you to easily browse through the calendar and search for the desired date. Clicking on a date will close the window and the date will appear in the input box."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: search.docbook:282
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Not modified after</guilabel>: choosing this option makes &krusader; search for files that were NOT modified after a given date, which is the same as searching for files older than that date."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: search.docbook:289
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Modified in the last/not modified in the last</guilabel>: in these input boxes, you do not enter a date but a number. This number represents days/weeks/months (as chosen in the near drop box). Entering the number 5 in the upper input box, makes &krusader; search for files that were modified in the last 5 days. Entering the number 2 in the lower input box makes &krusader; search for files that did NOT change in the last 2 days. The combination of both results in a search for files that were changed in the last 5 days, but NOT in the last 2 days."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: search.docbook:303
#, no-c-format
msgid "Ownership"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: search.docbook:307
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Belongs to user/group</guilabel>: by checking each of the corresponding check boxes, you can search for files which belong to a certain user and/or group. The drop box lists all the user names and group names in the system, just choose one and go ahead."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: search.docbook:315
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Permissions</guilabel>: divided into owner, group and all - it allows you to choose certain permissions for the file. You can choose to specify permissions for the owner, group, all or any combination. The question mark (?) is a wildcard - which means that any permission is valid."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: search.docbook:324
#, no-c-format
msgid "To clarify, the screen shot above (the ownership part) describes a search for files that belong to any user in group 'users', are readable, writable but not executable to any user in the group, are readable but not writable or executable to the rest of the world and have unknown permissions to its owner."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: search.docbook:332
#, no-c-format
msgid "Results"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: search.docbook:334
#, no-c-format
msgid "Clicking on the <guibutton>Search</guibutton> button to start the search and open the Results window. Here you can see the progress and the results of the search action. If you want you can stop the current search action with the <guibutton>Stop</guibutton> button. In the result list select the file and use <keycap>F3</keycap>/ <keycap>F4</keycap> to view/edit or use the right-click menu. When you click on a found item, the directory of the active panel will change if the selected item is not in the current panel directory. The results window supports dragging items to other windows and copy to clipboard (<keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl;<keycap>C</keycap></keycombo>). When you close the Krusearcher window, the selected item is selected in the active panel."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: search.docbook:350
#, no-c-format
msgid "Feed to listbox"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: search.docbook:352
#, no-c-format
msgid "When you click the <guibutton>Feed to listbox</guibutton> button after the results are displayed, then &krusader; ask for a Query Name, this name will be used in the Results-Tab in the List Panel that holds the search results. You can do whatever you want on the files in the new tab. The location toolbar will display ⪚ <filename>virt:/Search results 1</filename>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: search.docbook:361
#, no-c-format
msgid "The files in the Results-Tab are actually the original files. if you delete a file - it is removed!"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: splitter.docbook:20
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>File Splitter</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: primary
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: splitter.docbook:22
#, no-c-format
msgid "<primary>File Splitter</primary>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: splitter.docbook:24
#, no-c-format
msgid "This function splits one (large) file up into multiple smaller files so that they can be placed on smaller media (⪚ ZIP drives, ...) or sent by email. The multiple files can be combined again to recreate the original file. &krusader; and <trademark class=\"copyright\">Total Commander</trademark> split/combine functions are compatible. To split a file choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Split</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> or <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>P</keycap></keycombo>: a <guilabel>Split</guilabel> dialog will open to confirm the operation."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: splitter.docbook:38
#, no-c-format
msgid "If the name of the original file is <filename>foo</filename>, then the name of the smaller files will be <filename>foo.000 foo.001 foo.002</filename> &etc; There is no theoretical limit in the number of smaller files, but it is recommended to limit the number to a maximum of 1023 files. &krusader; creates a <filename>foo.crc</filename> file. This file contains the name, size and the crc checksum of the original file. It is possible to combine the file without the <filename>foo.crc</filename> file but in this case &krusader; cannot check if the original file was recreated correctly."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: splitter.docbook:51
#, no-c-format
msgid "An example of a <filename>foo.crc</filename> file:"
msgid "To combine the multiple files choose, select a partial file <filename>foo.xxx</filename> and choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Combine files</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> or <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>B</keycap></keycombo>. The target directory is the inactive panel and can be changed. The file names must be numbered in ascending order: <filename>foo.001, foo.002, foo.003</filename> &etc; or have letters in ascending order: (\" <userinput> <command>split</command> <option>-b</option> </userinput>letter method\") <filename>fileaa, fileab, fileac</filename> &etc; If the file <filename>foo.crc</filename> is found in the same directory as the partial files, &krusader; will use this file to check the combined file for errors."
msgid "This function compares two directories with all subdirectories and shows the differences between them. After selecting some options and the <guilabel>Compare</guilabel> function you can synchronize the files and directories. One panel could be an &FTP; server. Do not forget the <guilabel>Compare by content</guilabel> option if the file size stays equal. Choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Synchronize Directories</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> or <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>Y</keycap></keycombo> to start this feature. The <link linkend=\"konfig-color\">colors</link> are configurable. The synchronizer has its own <link linkend=\"synchronizer_keybindings\">keybindings</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:46
#, no-c-format
msgid "For local files: The synchronizer changes the date information to the original dates."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: phrase
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:56
#, no-c-format
msgid "<phrase>Synchronizer</phrase>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:62
#, no-c-format
msgid "Procedure:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:64
#, no-c-format
msgid "Set the <guilabel>Left directory</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Right directory</guilabel> that you want to compare."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:69
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configure the optional <guilabel>File Filter</guilabel>, <guilabel>General Filters</guilabel> and <guilabel>Advanced filters</guilabel>. The <guilabel>General Filters</guilabel> includes a <guilabel>Do not search in</guilabel> option which lets you exclude directories from comparison."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:78
#, no-c-format
msgid "Set the <link linkend=\"synccomp_checkb_options\">Checkbox options</link>: <guilabel>Recurse subdirectories</guilabel>, <guilabel>Follow symlinks</guilabel>, <guilabel>Compare by content</guilabel>, <guilabel>Ignore Date</guilabel>, <guilabel>Asymmetric</guilabel> and <guilabel>Ignore Case</guilabel>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:90
#, no-c-format
msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Compare</guibutton> button to compare the directories."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:95
#, no-c-format
msgid "By using <link linkend=\"synccomp_show_options\">Show options</link>, you can include/exclude particular file types. The files that are not on the list will be untouched by synchronization."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:102
#, no-c-format
msgid "If needed, you can change the <guilabel>Task</guilabel> operations determined by the Comparator with the <link linkend=\"synccomp_right-click\">right click menu</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:109
#, no-c-format
msgid "When you agree with the <guibutton>Compare</guibutton> results, click on the <guibutton>Synchronize</guibutton> button to show the synchronize dialog."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:115
#, no-c-format
msgid "After selecting the options of the <link linkend=\"synchronizer\">Synchronizer</link>, click on the <guibutton>Start</guibutton> button to start the synchronization process."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:121
#, no-c-format
msgid "A detailed explanation of all the functions and buttons is described in the following text."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:129
#, no-c-format
msgid "Comparator"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:133
#, no-c-format
msgid "Panel elements"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:137
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Left Directory</guilabel>: The left side base directory."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:142
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Right Directory</guilabel>: The right side base directory."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:147
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>File Filter</guilabel>: Filters the filenames at synchronizing. ⪚ <literal role=\"extension\">*.png</literal> selects only files the names of which end with <literal role=\"extension\">.png</literal>. Directories are listed if the directory name ends with <literal role=\"extension\">.png</literal> or if the directory contains files which end with <literal role=\"extension\">.png</literal>. Multiple include/exclude example: <literal role=\"extension\">'*.cpp *.h | *.moc.cpp'</literal> includes <literal role=\"extension\">*.cpp *.h</literal> and exclude <literal role=\"extension\">*.moc.cpp</literal>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:165
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>General filters</guilabel>: Search for, containing text"
msgid "You can make use of wild cards. Multiple patterns are separated by space (means logical OR) and patterns are excluded from the search using the pipe symbol. If the pattern is ended with a slash (*pattern*/), it means that pattern relates to recursive search of directories."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:192
#, no-c-format
msgid "pattern - means to search those files/directories whose name is a pattern, recursive search goes through all subdirectories independently of the value of the pattern."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:198
#, no-c-format
msgid "pattern/ - means to search all files/directories, but recursive search goes through/excludes the directories whose name is a pattern."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:203
#, no-c-format
msgid "You can use quotation marks for names that contain spaces. Filter \"Program Files\" searches out those files/directories the name of which is <filename>Program Files</filename>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:209
#, no-c-format
msgid "Examples:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: literal
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:213
#, no-c-format
msgid "<literal>*.o</literal>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: literal
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:218
#, no-c-format
msgid "*.h *.c??"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: literal
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:223
#, no-c-format
msgid "*.cpp *.h | *.moc.cpp"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: literal
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:229
#, no-c-format
msgid "* | CVS/ .svn/"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:233
#, no-c-format
msgid "Note: the search term 'text' is equivalent to '*text*'."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:240
#, no-c-format
msgid "Checkbox options"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:244
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Recurse subdirectories</guilabel>: The Synchronizer walks through subdirectories when comparing."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:250
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Follow symlinks</guilabel>: The Synchronizer follows the symbolic links to directories (not the files!)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:256
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Compare by content</guilabel>: The files the sizes of which are equal will be compared by content as well."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:262
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Ignore Date</guilabel>: Ignores the date information (useful for &FTP;, smb, archive, ... ) the date information is relevant *only* in the local file system."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:269
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<guilabel>Asymmetric</guilabel>: The <guilabel>Left Directory</guilabel> is the target directory, the <guilabel>Right Directory</guilabel> is the source directory. This function synchronizes the content of the left directory to the right directory. "
"<itemizedlist> "
"<listitem> "
"<para>The files that exist only on the left side will be deleted.</para>"
" </listitem>"
" "
"<listitem> "
"<para>The files that exist only on the right side will be copied to left.</para>"
" </listitem>"
" "
"<listitem> "
"<para>The files considered to be equal will be untouched.</para>"
" </listitem>"
" "
"<listitem> "
"<para>Those files considered to be different will be copied to left. Use this feature with care!</para>"
" </listitem>"
" </itemizedlist>"
"This function is useful if the date information is unusable, or to synchronize the left directory to the content of a file server (like a download). Alternatively, it is useful to make a backup from the right directory to the left directory. NOTE: Do NOT use this option to synchronize a desktop and a notebook (⪚ files that exist only on the left side will be deleted!)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:304
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Scroll Results</guilabel>: This is for slow &FTP; servers, ... When the Synchronizer has finished comparing a file, it puts the file into the end of the list at once and scrolls the window, if necessary. It is important, if you want to know what the Synchronizer is doing. If the &FTP; server is slow, the comparison of a directory may take a lot of time. By turning this option on, you can see that the comparator is \"alive\", but slow. For fast file systems, it can reduce the speed of comparing slightly."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:318
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Ignore Case</guilabel>: Case insensitive filename compare, this is useful when synchronizing &Windows; filesystems."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:323
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Ignore hidden files</guilabel>: Ignores files that start with a dot."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:330
#, no-c-format
msgid "When everything mentioned above is done, click on the <guibutton>Compare</guibutton> button to compare the directories, the results are displayed in the <guilabel>File List</guilabel>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:335
#, no-c-format
msgid "File List"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:337
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The <guilabel>File List</guilabel> has the following columns: \"Left name | Left size | Left time | Task | Right time | Right size | Right name\". Here you can check the compare results and modify the synchronization actions if desired. The text color defines the default copy direction determined by the comparator. "
"<itemizedlist> "
"<listitem> "
"<para>Green: Copy from left to right.</para>"
" </listitem>"
" "
"<listitem> "
"<para>Blue: Copy from right to left or delete on the right side in asymmetric mode.</para>"
" </listitem>"
" "
"<listitem> "
"<para>Red: Files which are different by the given criteria (no copy direction).</para>"
" </listitem>"
" "
"<listitem> "
"<para>Black: Files which are identical (no copy direction).</para>"
" </listitem>"
" </itemizedlist>"
" A double click on a file calls the &krusader;s <guilabel>Compare by content</guilabel> function. The Tasks (<=>) column defines the default copy direction, which can be modified by the user if needed. The results window supports dragging items to other windows ( drag [left], &Shift;+drag [right] ) and copy left/right selected items to clipboard (<keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl;<keycap>C</keycap></keycombo>)."
msgid "This column displays the task that is planned for the Synchronizer, this task can be modified with the <link linkend=\"synccomp_right-click\">right click menu</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:372
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>-></guibutton>: Copy from the left side to the right side. For directories: <command>mkdir</command> in the right side."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:378
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>=</guibutton>: The files are the same, do not do anything."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:383
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>!=</guibutton>: The file is excluded, or the Synchronizer does not know what to do."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:388
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton><-</guibutton>: copy from the right side to the left side. For directories: <command>mkdir</command> in the left side"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:394
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>DEL</guibutton>: delete files from the right side."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:402
#, no-c-format
msgid "Show options"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:404
#, no-c-format
msgid "Here you can include/exclude particular file types. Those files, that are not in the list, will be untouched at synchronization."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:409
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>-></guibutton>: Enable/Disable the copy task from left to right."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:414
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>=</guibutton>: Enable/Disable listing the equal files."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:419
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>!=</guibutton>: Enable/Disable listing the excluded / \"do not know what to do\" files."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:424
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton><-</guibutton>: Enable/Disable the copy task from right to left."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:429
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>Trash</guibutton>: Enable/Disable the file deleting from the left side task."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:434
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>Duplicates</guibutton>: Enable/Disable those files that exist on both sides."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:439
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>Singles</guibutton>: Enable/Disable those files that exist only on one side."
msgid "<guibutton>Synchronize</guibutton>: Shows the synchronize dialog."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:466
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>Close</guibutton>: Closes the Synchronizer window."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:474
#, no-c-format
msgid "The Status line may contain"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:478
#, no-c-format
msgid "The number of scanned directories while comparing."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:482
#, no-c-format
msgid "The filename when comparing by content (for big files)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:486
#, no-c-format
msgid "The number of files on the list."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:492
#, no-c-format
msgid "Right click menu on the <guilabel>File List</guilabel>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:495
#, no-c-format
msgid "The right click menu is split up in three sections:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:497
#, no-c-format
msgid "1. change the <guilabel>Task</guilabel> operations determined by the Comparator. Select one or multiple files. The change will be applied on the selection and not only on the right clicked item. If the selected item is a directory, the change will be applied on its files/subdirectories as well."
msgid "<guibutton>Exclude</guibutton>: Excludes a file/dir from synchronization ( task change to != )."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:516
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>Restore original operation</guibutton>: Task change to the original result of comparison."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:521
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>Reverse direction</guibutton>: Task change ( -> to <-, and <- to -> )."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:527
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>Copy from right to left</guibutton>: Task change to <-."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:532
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>Copy from left to right</guibutton>: Task change to ->."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:537
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>Delete ( left single )</guibutton>: Task change to DEL."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:542
#, no-c-format
msgid "2. change the selections"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:545
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>Select items</guibutton>: Opens a dialog which allows you to select items. This is the <guimenuitem>Select Group</guimenuitem> dialog from the <link linkend=\"edit-menu\">Edit menu</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:552
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>Unselect items</guibutton>: Opens a dialog which allows you to deselect items. This is the <guimenuitem>Unselect Group</guimenuitem> dialog from the <link linkend=\"edit-menu\">Edit menu</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:559
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>Invert selection</guibutton>: Invert the selection status of all items."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:564
#, no-c-format
msgid "3. others (note that the following operations work on the right-clicked file and not on the selection)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:568
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>View left file</guibutton>: Starts viewer on the left file."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:573
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>View right file</guibutton>: Starts viewer on the right file."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:578
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>Compare Files</guibutton>: Starts the diff utility (⪚ &kompare;) on the files."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:587
#, no-c-format
msgid "Other buttons"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:591
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>Profiles</guibutton>: If you have to synchronize the same directories often, you can save the settings ⪚ include files, exclude files, ... Press the <guibutton>Profile</guibutton> button, and you will be able to add / load / save / remove synchronizer profiles."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:601
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>Swap sides</guibutton>: Swaps the <guilabel>File List</guilabel>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:609
#, no-c-format
msgid "Synchronize with <application>kget</application>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:611
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you want to synchronize a local directory with an unstable &FTP; server, <application>kget</application> is a much better solution than simple file copying. After comparing you may right click on the result list and select <guimenuitem>Synchronize with KGet</guimenuitem> to execute the synchronization, after that the listed files will be downloaded with <application>kget</application> instead of &krusader;. Of course <application>kget</application> needs to be installed on your computer; otherwise, it will not be available."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:626
#, no-c-format
msgid "Synchronization"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:628
#, no-c-format
msgid "After pressing the <guibutton>Synchronize</guibutton> button the synchronization dialog appears."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:633
#, no-c-format
msgid "Check boxes"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:635
#, no-c-format
msgid "Here you confirm the copy and delete operations of the Synchronizer"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:639
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Right to left</guilabel>: copy X1 files ( Y1 bytes ) enable / disable the copy from right to left."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:645
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Left to right</guilabel>: copy X2 files ( Y2 bytes ) enable / disable the copy from left to right."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:651
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Left</guilabel>: delete X3 files ( Y3 bytes ) enable / disable the left side deleting."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:656
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Confirm overwrites</guilabel>: By switching this option on, Krusader will show the <guibutton>rename, skip, overwrite, skip all, overwrite all</guibutton> dialog box, before overwriting the file."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:667
#, no-c-format
msgid "Status labels"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:671
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Ready</guilabel>: A1/A2 files, B1/B2. This line is changed at synchronizing, showing that synchronizer finished with A1 files from A2 ( B1 bytes from B2 )."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: synchronizer.docbook:678
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Progress bar</guilabel>: Shows the progress on the synchronization (based on bytes)."
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:20
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>User Interface</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: primary
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:22
#, no-c-format
msgid "<primary>User Interface</primary>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:25
#, no-c-format
msgid "OFM User Interface"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:26
#, no-c-format
msgid "The OFM file manager concept contains <link linkend=\"features\">many features</link> that make them powerful enough to belong among the best file managers today. The interface is simple: left panel, right panel and a command line below. Because of interaction between these three items the file managing will become more efficient."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:32
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you would like to know <ulink url=\"http://www.softpedia.com/reviews/linux/Krusader-Review-18193.shtml\"> how &krusader; works</ulink> you can try it yourself, just install it on your computer. To accept an <ulink url=\"http://www.softpanorama.org/OFM/index.shtml\">Orthodox File Manager (OFM)</ulink> like &krusader;, the user needs to get used to <emphasis>new ideas</emphasis> that are actually already 20 years old. If you prefer to waste time and lose a lot of productivity, you can always continue to use one panel file managers that are based on &Windows; Explorer."
msgid "The User Interface is based on <ulink url=\"http://www.softpanorama.org/OFM/index.shtml\">Orthodox File Manager (OFM)</ulink> paradigm, a 20- year old principle that has proven its bones. It is known as simple, easy and powerful. In the following sections we will cover the basic functions of each part with the exception of:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:64
#, no-c-format
msgid "The <link linkend=\"menu-commands\">Menu Bar</link> which has a chapter of its own."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:69
#, no-c-format
msgid "The <link linkend=\"bookman\">Bookmarks</link> which has a chapter of its own."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:74
#, no-c-format
msgid "The <emphasis role=\"bold\">Status Bar</emphasis> shows the properties of the current file (that is being) in focus."
msgid "The &krusader; Main Toolbar is a standard &kde; toolbar that can be dragged around the application (please unlock it first by unchecking the <guimenuitem>Lock Toolbar Positions</guimenuitem> item in the right-click menu) or configured via a <keycap>Right-Click</keycap> menu. You can decide whether or not you want to display it each time you start &krusader; in the <link linkend=\"konfigurator\">Konfigurator Startup page</link>, and you can toggle its use in the current session in the <link linkend=\"settings-menu\">Settings menu</link>. The Main Toolbar contents can be configured from the <guimenuitem>Configure Toolbars</guimenuitem> in the <link linkend=\"settings-menu\">Settings menu</link>. Since various commands and options in &krusader; are context-dependent, some commands are not always available. The icon of an inappropriate or inactive action will be deactivated (grayed-out) disabling its use. <link linkend=\"bookman\">Bookmarks</link> can be placed into the Main Toolbar and the Actions Toolbar with the mouse using \"drag and drop\"."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:122
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>Job Toolbar</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: secondary
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:125
#, no-c-format
msgid "<secondary>Job Toolbar</secondary>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:127
#, no-c-format
msgid "By default, the &krusader; Job Toolbar (<link linkend=\"queue\">Queue Manager</link> or simply the JobMan) is located at the right part of the Main Toolbar. This toolbar allows you to view the job progress, to pause and resume the job list execution and to undo the last executed job."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:133
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>Actions Toolbar</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: secondary
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:136
#, no-c-format
msgid "<secondary>Actions Toolbar</secondary>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:138
#, no-c-format
msgid "<link linkend=\"useractions\">UserActions</link> and <link linkend=\"bookman\">Bookmarks</link> can be \"plugged\" into the <guilabel>Actions Toolbar</guilabel>. To show it, use <menuchoice> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Actions Toolbar</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> . To add user actions, use <menuchoice> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Configure Toolbars</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> and select Actions Toolbar. You can, for example, drag the Actions Toolbar to the right side using the mouse."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:155
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>Location Toolbar</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: secondary
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:158
#, no-c-format
msgid "<secondary>Location Toolbar</secondary>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:160
#, no-c-format
msgid "Below the <guibutton>Main Toolbar</guibutton> there is a <guibutton>Location Toolbar</guibutton> for each panel. It shows the path the panel is currently pointing to. When entering archives the path will be displayed in the following format: \"archive type:/directory/archive_filename/the directory inside the archive\". This format makes the paths uniform and easy to read. The <guibutton>Location Toolbar</guibutton> supports also KIO Slaves but not all of them, some can only be used with the <link linkend=\"krviewer\">viewer</link> and some can not be used. The user can enter a desired path by clicking on it."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: replaceable
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:178
#, no-c-format
msgid "/mnt/cdrom/"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:183
#, no-c-format
msgid "<userinput> <command>settings:/</command> </userinput>will browse and open entries of the &systemsettings;."
msgid "<userinput> <command>mtp:/</command> </userinput>uses the kio_mtp to access, upload and organize the multimedia stored on <trademark>Android</trademark>-based devices."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:204
#, no-c-format
msgid "And last but not least <link linkend=\"remote-connections\">Remote Connections</link> ."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:208
#, no-c-format
msgid "You can copy-paste a &URL; in the <guibutton>Location Toolbar</guibutton> or use a middle click. With the Right-Click menu you can configure the auto-complete function. An optional <guilabel>Clear Location Toolbar</guilabel> button is also available."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:214
#, no-c-format
msgid "Quick Navigation: &Ctrl; point with mouse in the middle of &URL; of the <guibutton>Location Toolbar</guibutton>. A pop-up window shows the next &URL; location. Pressing &Ctrl; + Left Mouse Button shows the location where the mouse was pointing to. This feature allows faster navigation in a big directory tree."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:224
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>Panel Toolbar</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: secondary
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:227
#, no-c-format
msgid "<secondary>Panel Toolbar</secondary>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:229
#, no-c-format
msgid "Each panel has a <link linkend=\"konfig-panel-buttons\">configurable Panel Toolbar</link>. The complete Panel Toolbar or specific buttons can be made visible or be hidden."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:235
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>OpenDir Button</guibutton>: opens the directory browser."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:240
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>Equals Button (=)</guibutton>: changes the panel directory to the other panel directory."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:245
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>Up Button (..)</guibutton>: changes the panel directory to the parent directory."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:250
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>Home Button (~)</guibutton>: changes the panel directory to the home directory."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:255
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>Root Button (/)</guibutton>: changes the panel directory to the root directory."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:260
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>Sync-browsing Button</guibutton>: when active, each directory change in the specific panel is performed in the other panel as well."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:269
#, no-c-format
msgid "Panels"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:270
#, no-c-format
msgid "The &krusader; panels are where most of the action takes place. Currently, there are two types of panels:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:274
#, no-c-format
msgid "<link linkend=\"list_panel\">List Panel</link>: shows the files and directories."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:278
#, no-c-format
msgid "<link linkend=\"sidebar\">Sidebar</link>: has several display modes: Preview, Tree, Quickselect, View and Disk Usage for the file or directory that has the focus. The Sidebar may be left open or closed, as desired."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:284
#, no-c-format
msgid "&krusader; is a \"twin-panel\" file manager so there are two panels: the \"Left\" panel and the \"Right\" panel, or a more important logical distinction, the *Active* panel and the *Inactive* panel. The active panel is the one that will accept your mouse and keyboard input. If you choose a command from the <guilabel>Menu-Bar</guilabel> or <guilabel>Toolbar</guilabel> the command will act upon the selected files/directories in the active panel. You can switch between panels using the 	 key or by clicking on the <guilabel>Information or Totals labels</guilabel>, or by selecting any file in a panel with the mouse. As always, default startup settings can be modified with the <link linkend=\"konfigurator\">Konfigurator Startup page</link>, and you control the current session with the <link linkend=\"settings-menu\">Settings menu</link>."
msgid "This is the default panel and the one you will probably use most of the time. This panel shows the contents of one directory which can be local (part of your mounted file systems, either a native file or the files inside an archive) or remote files (accessed via &FTP;, NFS or Samba). There are two modes: <link linkend=\"view-menu\">Detailed View</link> that shows the file names, file size, creation date and time and their attributes. And <link linkend=\"view-menu\">Brief View</link> that shows only the file names, the number of brief columns can be changed, by right clicking on the <guilabel>Name</guilabel> header. File copy/paste/cut via clipboard between &konqueror; and &krusader; <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>C</keycap></keycombo>, <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>V</keycap></keycombo>, <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>X</keycap></keycombo> is supported. <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Alt;&Ctrl; <keycap>R</keycap></keycombo> toggles the <guilabel>List Panel</guilabel> between horizontal and vertical mode."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:338
#, no-c-format
msgid "The following items are available:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:341
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis> <guilabel>Information Label</guilabel> </emphasis>: shows how much free space is physically available on the file system, the file system capacity and where the filesystem is mounted. If the information is not available (most often in the case of remote file system) a message will be displayed with the reason for unavailability instead of the information."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:350
#, no-c-format
msgid "The <guibutton>Media button</guibutton> on the left of the <guilabel>Information Label</guilabel> displays a list of all available media, where you can select the desired media (HDD partition, DVD, USB stick, &etc;). Pressing <keycombo>&Ctrl;<keycap>Return</keycap></keycombo> when the <guibutton>Media menu</guibutton> is opened mounts the highlighted media when it is unmounted, and unmounts it when it is mounted. The context menu of a medium gives several options like <guilabel>Mount</guilabel>, <guilabel>Open in a new tab</guilabel>, &etc; The <guibutton>Media menu</guibutton> is <link linkend=\"konfig-panel-mediamenu\"> configurable</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:366
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis> <guilabel>Column Headers</guilabel> </emphasis>: here you can change the sort order of the files and directories as desired. The default sort order is by <guilabel>Name</guilabel>. The sort order can be instantly changed by clicking on one of the <guilabel>Column Headers</guilabel>. To reverse the sort order, click a second time on the Column Header. An arrow will appear on the right of the Column Header text, showing the sort direction (Up arrow = A to Z sorting, Down arrow = Z to A sorting). Default <link linkend=\"useractions\">UserActions</link> set a keybinding for the Column Headers. The default <guilabel>Column Headers</guilabel> are: <guilabel>Name</guilabel>, <guilabel>Ext</guilabel>, <guilabel>Size</guilabel>, <guilabel>Modified</guilabel>, <guilabel>rwx</guilabel>. Predefined <link linkend=\"konfig-general\">Atomic extensions</link> like <literal role=\"extension\">.tar.gz</literal> are shown as one part in the <guilabel>Ext</guilabel> Column. More optional Column Headers are available with the &RMB;. The width <guilabel>Column Headers</guilabel> can be changed with the mouse by single clicking and moving the divider line to the desired width (keep the mouse button pressed). Both <guilabel>List Panels</guilabel> remember the sort order and column width. The <guilabel>Column Headers</guilabel> can be changed and saved individually to each panel."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:399
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis> <guilabel>File List</guilabel> </emphasis>: displays the files and directories in the browsed directory. The <link linkend=\"quicksearch\">search bar</link> allows you to search for files by typing their names, or the first few characters of a file name. Pressing &Enter; or double clicking on a file will open/execute that file. You can select/unselect files using the mouse, with the <keycap>Insert</keycap> key or the <link linkend=\"edit-menu\">Edit menu</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:413
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis> <guilabel>Totals Label</guilabel> </emphasis>: selecting or deselecting files will change the <emphasis> <guilabel>Totals Label</guilabel> </emphasis>: selecting or deselecting files will change the <emphasis> <guilabel>Totals Label</guilabel> </emphasis>at the bottom of the panel, which displays how many files you have selected (and how much total disk space they use) as well as the total file and disk usage of the current directory (as opposed to the information label that displays information for the whole file system). If a directory contains a lot of subdirectories, it may not be possible to drop the &URL; onto the panel (on which only directories are visible), but the &URL; can be dropped onto the \"Information Label\" or \"Totals Label\" instead. When a <link linkend=\"view-menu\">custom filter</link> is set, it will show the setting, example: [*.cpp]."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:433
#, no-c-format
msgid "When using the \"&kde; default <link linkend=\"konfig-color\">colors</link>\", then the selected files are shown in blue and the current file is surrounded by a fine-lined rectangle. By default an icon is shown according to the file type. Use <link linkend=\"konfig-panel\">Konfigurator Panel page</link> to change the default configuration to meet your individual needs."
msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>R</keycap></keycombo> will refresh the panel."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:450
#, no-c-format
msgid "Focus a file or directory on the left panel, press <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>Right arrow</keycap></keycombo> and the right panel changes:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:456
#, no-c-format
msgid "On a file: the right panel gets the same path as the left panel."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:460
#, no-c-format
msgid "On a directory: right panel opens the directory focused on the left panel."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:465
#, no-c-format
msgid "For the right panel: press <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>Left arrow</keycap></keycombo> and the left panel will change."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:473
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>Sidebar</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: primary
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:475
#, no-c-format
msgid "<primary>Sidebar</primary>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: secondary
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:476
#, no-c-format
msgid "Sidebar (3rd Panel)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:478
#, no-c-format
msgid "This is \"&krusader; is 3rd Hand\" or the 3rd Panel, click on the arrow-up button on the right of the <guilabel>Totals Label</guilabel> or <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Alt; <keycap>Down-Arrow</keycap></keycombo> to open the <guilabel>Sidebar</guilabel>. This panel has several display modes which can be activated by clicking on the appropriate button."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:488
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis> <guilabel>Preview Panel</guilabel> </emphasis>: gives a preview of the file that has the focus (currently selected file)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:495
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis> <guilabel>Tree Panel</guilabel> </emphasis>: is used to quickly browse the local directory tree. This panel behaves like the list panel but only one directory may be selected at a time and double clicking or pressing &Enter; on a directory will open that directory in the active panel. The panels fully support drag and drop (copy, move, link) mouse actions."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:507
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis> <guilabel>Quick Panel</guilabel> </emphasis>: is used to quickly select files, ⪚ enter <literal role=\"extension\">*.png</literal> and click on the <guibutton>Go</guibutton> button. The \"floppy\" button stores the current selection. The \"select group dialog\" is also available."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:518
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis> <guilabel>Viewer Panel</guilabel> </emphasis>: views a text file, views an image, &etc; A thumbnail view is generated whenever you open the <guilabel>Viewer Panel</guilabel>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:527
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emphasis> <guilabel>Disk Usage Panel</guilabel> </emphasis>: views the <link linkend=\"diskusage\">Disk Usage</link> of a directory."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:534
#, no-c-format
msgid "It is possible to change the sidebar placement using the rotation button which is located to the left of the arrow down button at the bottom part of the &krusader; tab. Each click on this button moves the sidebar on one position in the loop \"bottom-left-top-right\"."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:539
#, no-c-format
msgid "If needed you can resize the window ⪚ to better display a picture or view a file contents. Click on the arrow down button to close the <guilabel>3rd Hand Panel</guilabel>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:545
#, no-c-format
msgid "Folder History"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:546
#, no-c-format
msgid "Both panels remember recently visited folders. Click on the <guibutton>Folder history</guibutton> button (\"watch\" symbol) to open the folder history list. Here you can quickly change to previously visited folders. The currently focused folder is checked. On every new start of &krusader;, the history list is populated by the items from previous run (history is saved)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:556
#, no-c-format
msgid "Command Line / Terminal Emulator"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:557
#, no-c-format
msgid "This part of the <link linkend=\"gloss-gui\">GUI</link> can have four modes: Command Line, Terminal Emulator, show both and show none. You can choose your mode of operation either on start-up with the <link linkend=\"konfigurator\">Konfigurator Startup page</link>, or for the current session with the <link linkend=\"settings-menu\">Settings menu</link> ."
msgid "The traditional command line mode offers a single line of input to enter commands, it also features three buttons:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:581
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>command history</guibutton> (down arrow) to quick open previous used commands"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:586
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>Useraction expander</guibutton> (green plus button) to add easy <link linkend=\"useractions\">Useraction placeholders</link>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:592
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>run in terminal mode</guibutton> (console icon) button with the next options:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:594
#, no-c-format
msgid "Start and Forget"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:597
#, no-c-format
msgid "Display Separated Standard and Error Output"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:600
#, no-c-format
msgid "Display Mixed Standard and Error Output"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:603
#, no-c-format
msgid "Start in New Terminal"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:606
#, no-c-format
msgid "Send to Embedded Terminal Emulator"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:616
#, no-c-format
msgid "When you start typing your commands, the command line auto-completion feature will make its offers according to what you choose in the &systemsettings;. If you want to change the way auto-complete behaves in the current &krusader; session, <keycap>right click</keycap> on the command line and change it. To the left of the input line you can find the local path that the active panel is currently pointing to. This path is where your command will be executed. Typing <userinput> <command>cd</command> <replaceable> <directory></replaceable> </userinput> in the command line will also cause the active panel to point to this directory. Click <link linkend=\"cmdline_keybindings\">here</link> to view the command line keybindings."
msgid "The terminal emulator mode is in fact a small console and acts like one. You can change the active directory in the terminal by using the <userinput> <command>cd</command> </userinput> command. The terminal emulator will follow the active panel directory. You can drag a file from the <interface>List Panel</interface> and name of file will pasted into Terminal Emulator. If you drag multiple files, the names will pasted into Terminal Emulator. A full-screen terminal emulator can be used when <link linkend=\"konfig-general-general\">configured</link> or <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; &Shift;<keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> toggles between normal and full screen mode. If the command line is hidden, press <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>Arrow down</keycap></keycombo> to focus the terminal emulator. <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>Arrow up</keycap></keycombo> brings you back down. <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl;&Enter;</keycombo> and <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; &Shift; &Enter;</keycombo> paste the filename. You can close the emulator by typing <userinput> <command>exit</command> </userinput>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:674
#, no-c-format
msgid "Click <link linkend=\"termemu_keybindings\">here</link> to view the Terminal emulator keybindings."
msgid "This bar gets its name from the function (FN) keys it represents. For each button on this bar there is a corresponding function key that performs the same action. This bar is derived from the design of the first twin-panel file managers and the FN keys usually act the same way with two changes: the <keycap>F2</keycap> key is used to rename files and the <keycap>F9</keycap> key will open a terminal at the last local path that the active panel pointed to. <guilabel>Mkdir</guilabel> <keycap>F7</keycap> can create whole directory trees on the fly ⪚ <literal>foo/bar/test</literal>. You can choose to display <link linkend=\"faqu_resize\">or not</link> the <guilabel>FN keys bar</guilabel> when starting up &krusader; via the <link linkend=\"konfigurator\">Konfigurator Startup page</link>, and you can toggle its use in the current session with the <link linkend=\"settings-menu\">Settings menu</link>. The actions and <link linkend=\"key_bindings\">Key-Bindings</link> performed by the function keys are configurable since version 1.51, they will remain active with or without the <guilabel>FN keys bar</guilabel> displayed."
msgid "With <guibutton>Folder Tabs</guibutton> you can quickly change to multiple folders; each panel has its own <guibutton>Folder Tabs</guibutton>. The <guibutton>Folder Tabs</guibutton> positions are saved when closing &krusader;. To switch between <guibutton>Folder Tabs</guibutton>, click them with the mouse. Squeezed <guibutton>Folder Tabs</guibutton> have tooltips to display the full path. The following <guibutton>Folder Tabs</guibutton> operations are available:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:740
#, no-c-format
msgid "To <action>open a new tab</action> and keep the current tab opened: <keycap>Right-click</keycap> on a directory and select <guimenuitem>Open in New Tab</guimenuitem>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:747
#, no-c-format
msgid "To <action>lock a tab</action>, <keycap>Right-click</keycap> and select <guimenuitem>Lock Tab</guimenuitem>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:751
#, no-c-format
msgid "To <action>pin a tab</action>, <keycap>Right-click</keycap> and select <guimenuitem>Pin Tab</guimenuitem>. The pinned tab is a locked tab but with temporarily changeable address. It resets to pinned address on tab reactivation. To unpin the pinned tab right-click on it and choose the <guimenuitem>Unpin Tab</guimenuitem> item."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:755
#, no-c-format
msgid "To <action>duplicate a tab</action>: <keycap>Right-click</keycap> on the folder tab and select <guimenuitem>Duplicate Current Tab</guimenuitem>, or use <keycombo action=\"simul\"> &Ctrl;&Alt;&Shift; <keycap>N</keycap></keycombo>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:764
#, no-c-format
msgid "To <action>close a tab</action> (except for the last tab): <keycap>Right-click</keycap> on the tab and select <guimenuitem>Close Current Tab</guimenuitem>, or use the &MMB;, or use the Folder tab <guibutton>red cross</guibutton> button, or use <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>W</keycap></keycombo>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: user-interface.docbook:774
#, no-c-format
msgid "To <action>create a \"home\" tab</action>: click on the <guibutton>Home</guibutton> button."
msgid "To move tab on the other panel, drag it to the area of the other panel with the &LMB; (the mouse cursor will become an arrow pointing left or right) and drop it. You can also press <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl;&Shift; <keycap>O</keycap></keycombo>."
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useraction-xml.docbook:20
#, no-c-format
msgid "useractions.xml"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useraction-xml.docbook:21
#, no-c-format
msgid "This appendix gives several examples of <filename>useractions.xml</filename> files. With this you can begin to discover the power of the <link linkend=\"useractions\">UserActions</link> and start learning how to use them. Once you understand how to write UserActions you will find that &krusader; is an even more powerful, customizable tool."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useraction-xml.docbook:27
#, no-c-format
msgid "Please consider uploading your UserActions at <ulink url=\"https://store.kde.org\">store.kde.org</ulink> as we are collecting them. If your UserAction is selected by us it will be shipped with &krusader; at the next release."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useraction-xml.docbook:32
#, no-c-format
msgid "Runs <command>uptime</command>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: programlisting
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useraction-xml.docbook:33
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<!DOCTYPE KrusaderUserActions>\n"
" <KrusaderUserActions>\n"
" <action name=\"uptime\" >\n"
" <title>Up-time</title>\n"
" <tooltip>tells how long since the computer has been booted</tooltip>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:20
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>UserActions</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: primary
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:22
#, no-c-format
msgid "<primary>UserActions</primary>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:25
#, no-c-format
msgid "With ActionMan you can set up, configure and manage UserActions. Some general settings are configured with <link linkend=\"konfig-useractions\">Konfigurator</link>. With UserActions you can perform actions on files in the panel or to access &krusader; internal functions with parameters directly using placeholders. The actions integrate seamlessly into &plasma; action system, which means that the standard Edit Toolbar and Edit Shortcut dialogs will show UserActions, too. The UserActions are stored in <filename> ~/.local/share/krusader/useractions.xml</filename> or <filename>krusader/useraction.xml</filename> in the directory which can be determined using the <userinput>qtpaths --paths GenericDataLocation</userinput> command. Several <link linkend=\"useraction-xml\">examples</link> are included in the documentation. UserActions can be edited / added / imported / exported by using ActionMan. The default UserActions are stored in <filename> /usr/share/krusader/useraction-examples.xml</filename>. UserActions can appear nearly everywhere where \"normal\" KActions can be placed. The actions can even be placed in the menu bar, but for that the <filename>krusaderui.rc</filename> file must be edited. A few examples:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: link
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:50
#, no-c-format
msgid "Useractions Menu"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: link
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:54
#, no-c-format
msgid "User Menu"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: link
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:57
#, no-c-format
msgid "Actions Toolbar"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:60
#, no-c-format
msgid "right click menus"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:63
#, no-c-format
msgid "&etc;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:66
#, no-c-format
msgid "&krusader;'s UserActions tool is very powerful and customizable if you are familiar with writing UserActions in general."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:70
#, no-c-format
msgid "Several UserActions are provided by default. Please <link linkend=\"help_krusader\">upload your favorite UserActions</link> so that they become available for the &krusader; community. Thanks!"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:77
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>ActionMan</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: phrase
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:83
#, no-c-format
msgid "<phrase>ActionMan</phrase>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:87
#, no-c-format
msgid "Basically, UserActions are a method to call external programs with variable parameters. For example, you could have a UserAction with the following <command>xmms <option>--enqueue %aList(\"Selected\")%</option></command> to enqueue all selected items of the active panel to the current instance of xmms. Additionally, there is limited access to &krusader; internal functions requiring parameters. For example, <command>%aPanelSize(\"80\")%</command> will set the width of the active panel to 80% of the &krusader; mainwindow. Since the parameter of placeholders can contain other placeholders, few scripts are possible."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:105
#, no-c-format
msgid "Managing UserActions"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:107
#, no-c-format
msgid "Open Konfigurator and choose <menuchoice><guimenu>User Actions</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Start ActionMan</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, in which you can add, edit, remove, import and export UserActions."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:112
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guimenuitem>Add Action</guimenuitem>: If you add an new action, you get an empty input mask where you can enter all the properties you desire. The action will be added as soon as you press <guimenuitem>Apply</guimenuitem>. Afterwards, the name is shown in the list on the left."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:121
#, no-c-format
msgid "To edit a UserAction: Select the UserAction on the left. Then choose it if you want to edit its properties. The changes will only take effect when you press <guimenuitem>Apply</guimenuitem>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:127
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guimenuitem>To remove a UserAction</guimenuitem>: Select the UserAction on the left and click the <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Icon-edit-delete.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject>button."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:134
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guimenuitem>To import a UserAction</guimenuitem>: If you import some actions, they will be automatically added to your list. If there are name conflicts (the names have to be unique because these are the ID for &plasma; action system), you are asked to resolve them. For this, the list on the left will only show the actions where conflicts exist. You can now give them new names or remove them."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:144
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guimenuitem>Export Action</guimenuitem>: If you export a UserAction you have to give a filename in which to store it. If it does not exist, it will be created. If the file already contains UserActions, the action you are exporting will be added to that file."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:152
#, no-c-format
msgid "All actions you have defined are now shown in the user menu and in &plasma; dialogs for changing shortcuts and managing the toolbar. In addition, all actions available for the current item will also show up in the right click menu."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:158
#, no-c-format
msgid "Basic Properties"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:160
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guimenuitem>Identifier</guimenuitem>, <guimenuitem>Title</guimenuitem> and <guimenuitem>Command line</guimenuitem> are always required, all the other properties are optional."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:166
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guimenuitem>Identifier</guimenuitem>: A unique name of the UserAction, used to identify it for &plasma; action system."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:172
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guimenuitem>Icon button</guimenuitem>: The icon for your UserAction."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:177
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guimenuitem>Category</guimenuitem>: Categories are used for a better overview. They appear as submenu items in the <guimenuitem>Useractions</guimenuitem> menu."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:183
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guimenuitem>Title</guimenuitem>: The title displayed in the menus or dialogs."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:188
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guimenuitem>Tooltip</guimenuitem>: A tooltip for your UserAction, ⪚ displayed in the toolbar on mouseover."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:194
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guimenuitem>Description</guimenuitem>: A description of what the UserAction does. This is also displayed as <guimenuitem>What's This</guimenuitem> if you <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Shift; <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> click on your UserAction."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:203
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guimenuitem>Command</guimenuitem>: The command which will be executed. You can add placeholder using a GUI with the <guibutton>add</guibutton> button."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:210
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guimenuitem>Workdir</guimenuitem>: The working directory for the command which will be executed."
msgid "<guimenuitem>Local files (no URLs)</guimenuitem>: Tells the placeholder it should return local addresses."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:257
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guimenuitem>URLs (remote and local)</guimenuitem>: Tells the placeholder it should return &URL;s."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:272
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guimenuitem>Default shortcut</guimenuitem>: Configures a default shortcut for the UserAction."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:277
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guimenuitem>Enabled</guimenuitem>: if checked, the useraction is shown in the <link linkend=\"useractions\">User Menu</link>, otherwise the useraction will be hidden."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:283
#, no-c-format
msgid "Command-line syntax"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:285
#, no-c-format
msgid "Basically, everything you type in the command line will get executed (if you type \"ls -l\", \"ls -l\" gets executed). You have the possibility to get a character string from &krusader; which represents the current state of the panel. This is done using placeholders. A placeholder begins with a percent-sign ('%') and is followed by a panel indicator ('a' for the active, 'o' for the other, 'l' for the left and 'r' for the right panel. If the placeholder does not need a panel to operate on, you have to indicate this by an underscore ('_')). Then comes the name of the placeholder (see the list below), which may get some parameters enclosed in quotes. Finally, again the percent sign."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:297
#, no-c-format
msgid "This sounds very complicated, so let's make an example: '%aList(\"Selected\")%' is replaced by a list of all selected items in the active panel. So a command like 'xmms --enqueue %aList(\"All\", \" \", \"\", \"*.mp3\")%' will execute xmms with a list of all .mp3s in the current panel, separated by a single blank."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:303
#, no-c-format
msgid "Currently, these placeholders are implemented:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:306
#, no-c-format
msgid "<userinput>Path</userinput> - replaced by the panels path"
msgid "Parameter (optional): Omit the current path. Default: no"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:350
#, no-c-format
msgid "<userinput>List</userinput> - replaced by a list of all <first parameter>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:359
#, no-c-format
msgid "Parameter (optional): Separator between the items. Default: \" \""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:369
#, no-c-format
msgid "Parameter (optional): Filtermask (for all but \"Selected\"). Default: *"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:381
#, no-c-format
msgid "<userinput>Select</userinput> - manipulates the selection in a panel"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:386
#, no-c-format
msgid "Parameter: Filtermask"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:389
#, no-c-format
msgid "Parameter (optional): manipulate in which way; either \"Set\", \"Add\" or \"Remove\". Default: \"Set\""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:396
#, no-c-format
msgid "<userinput>Goto</userinput> - changes the panels' path to <first parameter>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:401
#, no-c-format
msgid "Parameter: A relative or absolute path, or an URL"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:405
#, no-c-format
msgid "Parameter (optional): Open the location in a new tab. Default: no"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:412
#, no-c-format
msgid "<userinput>Ask</userinput> - asks the user for some text and is replaced by the answer"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:417
#, no-c-format
msgid "Parameter: The Question"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:421
#, no-c-format
msgid "Parameter (optional): A default answer"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:425
#, no-c-format
msgid "Parameter (optional): A caption for the question box"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:431
#, no-c-format
msgid "<userinput>Clipboard</userinput> - manipulates the clipboard"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:436
#, no-c-format
msgid "Parameter: The text that should go to the clipboard (you may want to use \"%aCurrent%\" here)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:441
#, no-c-format
msgid "Parameter (optional): Append the text to the current content of the clipboard with this separator"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:448
#, no-c-format
msgid "<userinput>Copy</userinput> - copies a file, useful for quick, local backups"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:453
#, no-c-format
msgid "Parameter: What should be copied"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:457
#, no-c-format
msgid "Parameter: Where it should be copied"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:463
#, no-c-format
msgid "<userinput>Sync</userinput> - opens the Synchronizer with a given profile"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:468
#, no-c-format
msgid "Parameter: A profile for the Synchronizer"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:474
#, no-c-format
msgid "<userinput>NewSearch</userinput> - opens the search windows with a given profile"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:479
#, no-c-format
msgid "Parameter: A profile for the search module"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:485
#, no-c-format
msgid "<userinput>Profile</userinput> - loads a given panel profile"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:490
#, no-c-format
msgid "Parameter: A panel profile"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:496
#, no-c-format
msgid "<userinput>Each</userinput> - splits the commandline into a list. These commands are executed one after another."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:501
#, no-c-format
msgid "Parameter: A list item (all, all files, all dirs, all selected)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:507
#, no-c-format
msgid "<userinput>Move</userinput> - move from source to destination."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:512
#, no-c-format
msgid "Parameter: A source"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:515
#, no-c-format
msgid "Parameter: A destination"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:521
#, no-c-format
msgid "<userinput>PanelSize</userinput> - change the ratio between the two panels."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:526
#, no-c-format
msgid "Parameter (optional): A integer value, ⪚, 80 makes the active panel use 80% of &krusader;'s width (height in vertical mode), omitting the parameter means 50%."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:534
#, no-c-format
msgid "<userinput>Ask</userinput> - cancel the execution."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:538
#, no-c-format
msgid "Parameter (optional): A string for the cancel question."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:579
#, no-c-format
msgid "<userinput>ListFile</userinput> - is replaced by path/file name of a temporary file containing a list of items"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:584
#, no-c-format
msgid "Parameter: path/filename"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:590
#, no-c-format
msgid "<userinput>ColSort</userinput> - set the sorting on a column of a specific panel."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:595
#, no-c-format
msgid "Parameter: Column: Either \"Name\", \"Ext\", \"Type\", \"Size\", \"Modified\", \"Perms\", \"rwx\", \"Owner\" and \"Group\""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:600
#, no-c-format
msgid "Parameter: Sort sequence: Either \"Toggle\", \"Asc\", \"Desc\""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:606
#, no-c-format
msgid "<userinput>View</userinput> - set the view mode."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:610
#, no-c-format
msgid "Parameter: View mode: Either \"generic\", \"text\", \"hex\""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:614
#, no-c-format
msgid "Parameter: Window Mode: Either \"tab\", \"window\""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:620
#, no-c-format
msgid "A GUI-based helper for placeholder adding is provided. Spaces in Path, Current and List are by default, automatically escaped. There is one more important thing to know: All placeholders that interact with &krusader; internal functions are called at expand time (meaning directly when the placeholders are replaced). External programs are called at execution time (meaning after all placeholders are replaced)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:629
#, no-c-format
msgid "Advanced Properties"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:631
#, no-c-format
msgid "Here you can configure where your command should be visible (for the right click menu). In addition, it is possible to change the command executed and confirm it separately. You can also set a user under which the command should be executed."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:637
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configures if the action is valid for a Protocol, Path, MIME type or File name."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:641
#, no-c-format
msgid "Tweaking the command line before being executed."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: useractions.docbook:644
#, no-c-format
msgid "Set a different user for the execution (this has no effect in &krusader; internal functions)"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: vfs.docbook:20
#, no-c-format
msgid "Virtual file systems (VFS)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: primary
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: vfs.docbook:22
#, no-c-format
msgid "<primary>VFS</primary>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: vfs.docbook:24
#, no-c-format
msgid "A basic <link linkend=\"features\">OFM feature</link> is VFS, this an abstracted layer over all kinds of archived information (ZIP files, &FTP; servers, TAR archives, NFS filesystems, SAMBA shares, ISO CD/DVD images, RPM catalogs, &etc;), which allows the user to access all the information in these divergent types of filesystems transparently - just like entering an ordinary sub-directory. &krusader; supports several virtual file systems:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: vfs.docbook:35
#, no-c-format
msgid "<link linkend=\"remote-connections\">Remote connections VFS</link>: provides the capability of working with a remote connection session (&FTP;, NFS, Samba, FISH, SFTP) like with local filesystems. It is perfect for complex remote operations and almost as powerful as most standalone GUI remote clients."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: vfs.docbook:44
#, no-c-format
msgid "<link linkend=\"archives\">Archive VFS</link>: allows to browse archives in VFS as it was a directory (ace, arj, bzip2, deb, gzip, iso, lha, rar, rpm, tar, zip and 7-zip)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: vfs.docbook:50
#, no-c-format
msgid "<link linkend=\"archives\">Search VFS</link>: <guibutton>Feed to listbox</guibutton> places the search results in VFS."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: vfs.docbook:56
#, no-c-format
msgid "<link linkend=\"synchronizer\">Synchronizer VFS</link>: places the synchronizer results in VFS."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: vfs.docbook:61
#, no-c-format
msgid "Actions you perform on the files in VFS are performed on the 'real' files. You do not just delete files from the VFS - you delete them from your hard drive. Limitations: you cannot create directories inside a VFS."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: vfs.docbook:65
#, no-c-format
msgid "It is possible to keep the directory structure when doing a copy from a virtual folder to a non virtual folder, by selecting the \"Keep virtual directory structure\" check box of the copy dialog. Imagine the following virtual folder: <screen><prompt>$</prompt> <userinput>file:/home/myhome/mydir1/myfile1</userinput></screen> <screen><prompt>$</prompt> <userinput>file:/home/myhome/mydir1/myfile2</userinput></screen> <screen><prompt>$</prompt> <userinput>file:/home/myhome/mydir2/myfile3</userinput></screen> Then do the following steps:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: vfs.docbook:75
#, no-c-format
msgid "go to the virtual folder and select the files"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: vfs.docbook:78
#, no-c-format
msgid "select a destination folder (non virtual!)"
msgid "Pressing &Enter; on a selected file <emphasis>opens the file with the associated application</emphasis>. The editor-viewer is tabbed, configure it on the <link linkend=\"konfig-general\">Konfigurator General page</link>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:31
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>Viewer</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:32
#, no-c-format
msgid "To view a file as fast as possible according to its type, just put it under the cursor and press <keycap>F3</keycap>. &krusader;'s internal viewer is actually a part of &konqueror;, which can basically view every file type viewable by &konqueror; (⪚ display pictures, play music, show the content of an archive). This is called the 'Generic viewer', for which you need to configure the MIME types."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:40
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"The viewer works as follows: "
"<itemizedlist> "
"<listitem> "
"<para>It tries to view the file with the <emphasis>'Generic viewer'.</emphasis></para>"
" </listitem>"
" "
"<listitem> "
"<para>When the file type (MIME type) cannot be determined or when a file (⪚ a binary) does not have an associated action, it disables the 'generic viewer'. The file is treated as a text file, which is the <emphasis>'Text viewer'</emphasis>.</para>"
" </listitem>"
" "
"<listitem> "
"<para>The user can change in the <link linkend=\"kredit_krviewer_menu\">KrViewer menu</link> between: 'Generic viewer' (if available), 'Text viewer' and <emphasis>'Hex viewer'</emphasis>.</para>"
" </listitem>"
" </itemizedlist>"
"You can configure the default viewer mode on the <link linkend=\"konfig-general\">Konfigurator General page</link> ."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:62
#, no-c-format
msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\">&Shift; <keycap>F3</keycap></keycombo> views a &URL; on demand, ⪚:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:68
#, no-c-format
msgid "<userinput> <command>man:/</command> </userinput>views the manpages."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:74
#, no-c-format
msgid "<userinput> <command>man:/</command><replaceable>krusader</replaceable> </userinput>views manpage of &krusader;."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:80
#, no-c-format
msgid "<userinput> <command>info:/</command> </userinput>views the infopages."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:86
#, no-c-format
msgid "<userinput> <command>http://</command><replaceable>krusader.sourceforce.net/</replaceable> </userinput>views a webpage."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:92
#, no-c-format
msgid "<userinput> <command>ftp://</command><replaceable>ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/</replaceable> </userinput>views a &FTP; server."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:98
#, no-c-format
msgid "<userinput> <command>sftp://</command><replaceable>sftp.foo/</replaceable> </userinput>views a secure &FTP; server."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:104
#, no-c-format
msgid "<userinput> <command>file:/</command><replaceable>home/frank</replaceable> </userinput>views the home directory of Frank."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:110
#, no-c-format
msgid "<userinput> <command>tar:/</command><replaceable>home/frank/archive.tar.gz/</replaceable> </userinput>opens content browser window for the <literal role=\"extension\">tar.gz</literal> archive."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:117
#, no-c-format
msgid "KrViewer can have the following menus: <link linkend=\"katepart-menu-file\">File</link>, <link linkend=\"katepart-menu-edit\">Edit</link>, <link linkend=\"katepart-menu-view\">View</link>, <link linkend=\"katepart-menu-settings\">Settings</link> and <link linkend=\"kredit_krviewer_menu\">Krviewer</link>, depending on which file type is viewed. They will be discussed in the <link linkend=\"kredit\">Editor section</link>. The internal viewer can follow links on &HTML; pages. With <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl;&Shift; <keycap>E</keycap></keycombo> the viewer can start &krusader;'s internal editor (which is basically the same application)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:131
#, no-c-format
msgid "The embedded viewer is not written by us, it is supplied via &kf5; and KIO Slaves. We cannot and do not want to change it, using these libraries reduces the amount of written code. So we do not have to reinvent the wheel ;-)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:140
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>Editor</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: primary
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:142
#, no-c-format
msgid "<primary>Editor</primary>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:144
#, no-c-format
msgid "&krusader;'s internal editor has almost everything that you can expect of an editor. Editing is similar to viewing but with the <keycap>F4</keycap> key. The default editor is &krusader;'s internal editor. You can change the default editor in the <link linkend=\"konfig-general\">Konfigurator General page</link>, if you prefer to use an external editor."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:152
#, no-c-format
msgid "When you use &krusader;'s internal editor for the first time, it is recommended to look at each section of the <link linkend=\"katepart-menu-settings\">Settings</link> menu, and configure it the way you want it."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:160
#, no-c-format
msgid "Menu overview"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:163
#, no-c-format
msgid "There are different menus and menu items in simple and advanced mode. The advanced mode is enabled by checking the option <link linkend=\"katepart-appearance\"> Enable power user mode (&kde; 3 mode)</link> on the <guilabel>Appearance</guilabel> page in &kappname;s settings."
msgid "This saves the current document. If there has already been a save of the document then this will overwrite the previously saved file without asking for the user's consent. If it is the first save of a new document the save as dialog (described below) will be invoked."
msgid "Reloads the active file from disk. This command is useful if another program or process has changed the file while you have it open in &kappname;."
msgid "Opens a simple print dialog allowing the user to specify what, where, and how to print."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: menuchoice
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:245
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Export as HTML</guimenuitem>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:251
#, no-c-format
msgid "Export your file in &HTML; format so your document can be viewed as a web page. This item is only displayed when the plugin <guilabel>Exporter</guilabel> is loaded."
msgid "This command deletes the current selection and places it on the clipboard. The clipboard is a feature that works invisibly to provide a way to transfer data between applications."
msgid "This copies the currently selected text to the clipboard so that it may be pasted elsewhere. The clipboard is a feature that works invisibly to provide a way to transfer data between applications."
msgid "This will insert the contents of the clipboard at the cursor position. The clipboard is feature that works invisibly to provide a way to transfer data between applications."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: menuchoice
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:325
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Copy as HTML</guimenuitem>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:329
#, no-c-format
msgid "This copies the currently selected text to the clipboard as &HTML;. This item is only displayed when the plugin <guilabel>Exporter</guilabel> is loaded."
msgid "Toggles Selection Mode. When the Selection Mode is <guilabel>BLOCK</guilabel>, you can make vertical selections, ⪚ select column 5 to 10 in lines 9 to 15. The status bar shows the current state of the Selection Mode, either <guilabel>BLOCK</guilabel> or <guilabel>LINE</guilabel>."
msgid "Switch to a vi-like, modal editing mode. This mode supports the most used commands and motions from vim's normal and visual mode and has an optional vi mode statusbar. This status bar shows commands while they are being entered, output from commands and the current mode.The behavior of this mode can be configured in the <link linkend=\"katepart-pref-edit-vi-input-mode\">Vi Input Mode</link> section of the <guilabel>Editing</guilabel> page in &kappname;'s settings dialog."
msgid "Toggles the Insert/Overwrite modes. When the mode is <guilabel>INS</guilabel>, you insert characters where the cursor is. When the mode is <guilabel>OVR</guilabel>, writing characters will replace the current characters if your cursor is positioned before any character. The status bar shows the current state of the Overwrite Mode, either <guilabel>INS</guilabel> or <guilabel>OVR</guilabel>."
msgid "This opens the incremental search bar at the bottom of the editor window. On the left side of the bar is a button with an icon to close the bar, followed by a small text box for entering the search pattern."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:411
#, no-c-format
msgid "When you start entering characters of your search pattern, the search starts immediately. If there is a match in the text this is highlighted and the background color of the entry field changes to light green. If the search pattern does not match any string in the text, this is indicated by a light red background color of the entry field and <guilabel>Not found</guilabel> is displayed at the right side of the bar."
msgid "Use the <guilabel>Next</guilabel> or <guilabel>Previous</guilabel> button to jump to the next or previous match in the document."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:418
#, no-c-format
msgid "You can choose whether the search should be case sensitive. Selecting <guilabel>Match Case</guilabel> will limit finds to entries that match the case (upper or lower) of each of the characters in the search pattern."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:422
#, no-c-format
msgid "Click on the button with a green arrow icon at the right side of the incremental search bar to switch to the power search and replace bar."
msgid "This repeats the last find operation, if any, without calling the incremental search bar, and searching backwards instead of forwards through the document."
msgid "This command opens the power search and replace bar. On the upper left side of the bar is a button with an icon to close the bar, followed by a small text box for entering the search pattern."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:469
#, no-c-format
msgid "You can control the search mode by selecting <guilabel>Plain text</guilabel>, <guilabel>Whole words</guilabel>, <guilabel>Escape sequences</guilabel> or <guilabel>Regular expression</guilabel> from the drop down box."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:473
#, no-c-format
msgid "If <guilabel>Escape sequences</guilabel> or <guilabel>Regular expression</guilabel> are selected, the <guibutton>Add...</guibutton> menuitem at the bottom of the context menu of the text boxes will be enabled and allows you to add escape sequences or regular expression items to the search or replace pattern from predefined lists."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:479
#, no-c-format
msgid "Enter the text to replace with in the text box labeled <guilabel>Replace</guilabel> and click the <guibutton>Replace</guibutton> button to replace only the highlighted text or the <guibutton>Replace All</guibutton> button to replace the search text in the whole document."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:483
#, no-c-format
msgid "You can modify the search and replace behavior by selecting different options at the bottom of the bar. Selecting <guilabel>Match Case</guilabel> will limit finds to entries that match the case (upper or lower) of each of the characters in the search pattern. <guilabel>Selection Only</guilabel> will search and replace within the current selection only. The <guilabel>Find All</guilabel> button highlights all matches in the document and shows the number of found matches in a small popup."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:491
#, no-c-format
msgid "Click on the button with a green arrow icon at the right side of the power search and replace bar to switch to the incremental search bar."
msgid "Finds previous occurrence of selected text."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: menuchoice
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:524
#, no-c-format
msgid "<shortcut> <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl;<keycap>G</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Go to Line...</guimenuitem>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:531
#, no-c-format
msgid "This opens the goto line bar at the bottom of the window which is used to have the cursor jump to a particular line (specified by number) in the document. The line number may be entered directly into the text box or graphically by clicking on the up or down arrow spin controls at the side of the text box. The little up arrow will increase the line number and the down arrow decrease it. Close the bar with a click on the button with an icon on the left side of the bar."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:546
#, no-c-format
msgid "The View Menu"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:548
#, no-c-format
msgid "The <guimenu>View</guimenu> menu allows you to manage settings specific to the active editor, and to manage frames."
msgid "Create another window containing the current document. All changes to the document in one window are reflected in the other window and vice versa."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: menuchoice
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:570
#, no-c-format
msgid "<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\"><keycap>F7</keycap></keycombo></shortcut> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Switch to Command Line</guimenuitem>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:578
#, no-c-format
msgid "Displays the Katepart command line at the bottom of the window. In the command line, type <userinput>help</userinput> to get help and <userinput>help list</userinput> to get a list of commands."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: menuchoice
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:585
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Show the Javascript Console</guimenuitem>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:588
#, no-c-format
msgid "This opens a tool view that allows you to run Javascript code interactively. For more information, see <ulink url=\"help:/katepart/advanced-editing-tools-scripting.html\">Extending &kate; with Scripts</ulink>"
msgid "<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\"><keycap>F10</keycap></keycombo></shortcut> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Dynamic Word Wrap</guimenuitem>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:617
#, no-c-format
msgid "The text lines will be wrapped at the view border on the screen."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: menuchoice
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:625
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guimenu>View</guimenu> <guisubmenu>Dynamic Word Wrap Indicators</guisubmenu>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:631
#, no-c-format
msgid "Choose when and how the dynamic word wrap indicators should be displayed. This is only available if the <guilabel>Dynamic Word Wrap</guilabel> option is checked."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: menuchoice
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:640
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Static Word Wrap Marker</guimenuitem>"
msgid "If this option is checked, a vertical line will be drawn at the word wrap column as defined in the <menuchoice> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Configure Editor...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> in the Editing tab. Please note that the word wrap marker is only drawn if you use a fixed pitch font."
msgid "This is a toggle item. Setting it on checked will make the Icon Border visible in the left side of the active editor, and vice versa. The Icon Border indicates the positions of the marked lines in the editor."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: menuchoice
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:674
#, no-c-format
msgid "<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\"><keycap>F11</keycap></keycombo></shortcut> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Line Numbers</guimenuitem>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:681
#, no-c-format
msgid "This is a toggle Item. Setting it on checked will make a pane displaying the line numbers of the document visible in the left border of the active editor, and vice versa."
msgid "If this option is checked, the view will show marks on the vertical scrollbar. The marks are equivalent to the marks on the <link linkend=\"katepart-menu-view-show-icon-border\">Icon Border</link>."
msgid "This will move the cursor to beginning of the first above line with a bookmark. The menuitem text will include the line number and the first piece of text on the line. This item is only available when there is a bookmark in a line above the cursor."
msgid "This will move the cursor to beginning of the next line with a bookmark. The menuitem text will include the line number and the first piece of text on the line. This item is only available when there is a bookmark in a line below the cursor."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:842
#, no-c-format
msgid "At the bottom of this menu, a list of bookmarks appears if any bookmarks are available for this window."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:852
#, no-c-format
msgid "The Tools Menu"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: menuchoice
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:856
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guimenu>Tools</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Read Only Mode</guimenuitem>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:860
#, no-c-format
msgid "Set the current document to Read Only mode. This prevents any text addition and any changes in the document formatting."
msgid "Choose the filetype scheme you prefer for the active document. This overwrites the global filetype mode set in <menuchoice> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Configure Editor...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> in the Filetypes tab for your current document only."
msgid "Choose the Highlighting scheme you prefer for the active document. This overwrites the global highlighting mode set in <menuchoice> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Configure Editor...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> for your current document only."
msgid "Choose the style of indentation you want for your active document. This overwrites the global indentation mode set in <menuchoice> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Configure Editor...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> for your current document only."
msgid "You can overwrite the default encoding set in <menuchoice> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Configure Editor...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> in the <guilabel>Open/Save</guilabel> page to set a different encoding for your current document. The encoding you set here will be only valid for your current document."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: menuchoice
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:920
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guimenu>Tools</guimenu> <guisubmenu>End of Line</guisubmenu>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:924
#, no-c-format
msgid "Choose your preferred end of line mode for your active document. This overwrites the global end of line mode set in <menuchoice> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Configure Editor...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> for your current document only."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: menuchoice
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:933
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guimenu>Tools</guimenu> <guisubmenu>Add Byte Mark Order (BOM)</guisubmenu>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:937
#, no-c-format
msgid "Checking this action you can explicitly add a byte order mark for unicode encoded documents. The byte order mark (BOM) is a Unicode character used to signal the endianness (byte order) of a text file or stream, for more information see <ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Byte_Order_Mark\">Byte Order Mark</ulink>."
msgid "<guimenuitem>Reuse Word Below</guimenuitem> (<keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>9</keycap></keycombo>) and <guimenuitem>Reuse Word Above</guimenuitem> (<keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl; <keycap>8</keycap></keycombo>) complete the currently typed text by searching for similar words backward or forward from the current cursor position. <guimenuitem>Shell Completion</guimenuitem> pops up a completion box with matching entries."
msgid "<action>This initiates the spellchecking program - a program designed to help the user catch and correct any spelling errors.</action> Clicking on this entry will start the checker and bring up the speller dialog box through which the user can control the process. There are four settings lined up vertically in the center of the dialog with their corresponding labels just to the left. Starting at the top they are:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1005
#, no-c-format
msgid "Unknown word:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1006
#, no-c-format
msgid "Here, the spellchecker indicates the word currently under consideration. This happens when the checker encounters a word not in its dictionary - a file containing a list of correctly spelled words against which it compares each word in the editor."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1012
#, no-c-format
msgid "Replace with:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1013
#, no-c-format
msgid "If the checker has any similar words in its dictionary the first one will be listed here. The user can accept the suggestion, type in his or her own correction, or choose a different suggestion from the next box."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1019
#, no-c-format
msgid "Language:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1020
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you have installed multiple dictionaries, here you can select which dictionary/language should be used."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1025
#, no-c-format
msgid "On the right side of the dialog box are 6 buttons that allow the user to control the spellcheck process. They are:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guibutton
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1030
#, no-c-format
msgid "Add to Dictionary"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1031
#, no-c-format
msgid "Pressing this button adds the <guilabel>Unknown word </guilabel> to the checker's dictionary. This means that in the future the checker will always consider this word to be correctly spelled."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1037
#, no-c-format
msgid "Suggest"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1038
#, no-c-format
msgid "The checker may list here a number of possible replacements for the word under consideration. Clicking on any one of the suggestions will cause that word to be entered in the <guilabel>Replace with</guilabel> box, above."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guibutton
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1044
#, no-c-format
msgid "Replace"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1045
#, no-c-format
msgid "This button has the checker replace the word under consideration in the document with the word in the <guilabel>Replace with</guilabel> box."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guibutton
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1050
#, no-c-format
msgid "Replace All"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1051
#, no-c-format
msgid "This button causes the checker to replace not only the current <guilabel>Unknown word:</guilabel> but to automatically make the same substitution for any other occurrences of this <guilabel>Unknown word</guilabel> in the document."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guibutton
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1057
#, no-c-format
msgid "Ignore"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1058
#, no-c-format
msgid "Activating this button will have the checker move on without making any changes."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guibutton
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1062
#, no-c-format
msgid "Ignore All"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1063
#, no-c-format
msgid "This button tells the checker to do nothing with the current <guilabel>Unknown word:</guilabel> and to pass over any other instances of the same word."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1065
#, no-c-format
msgid "This only applies to the current spellcheck run. If the checker is run again later it will stop on this same word."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1071
#, no-c-format
msgid "Three more buttons are located horizontally along the bottom of the spellcheck dialog. They are:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guibutton
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1076
#, no-c-format
msgid "Help"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1077
#, no-c-format
msgid "This invokes the &kde; help system with the help page for this dialog."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guibutton
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1082
#, no-c-format
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1083
#, no-c-format
msgid "This button ends the spellcheck process, and returns to the document."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guibutton
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1088
#, no-c-format
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1089
#, no-c-format
msgid "This button cancels the spellcheck process, all modifications are reverted, and you will return to your document."
msgid "Displays a drop down box with all available dictionaries for spellchecking at the bottom of the editor window. This allows easy switching of the spellcheck dictionary ⪚ for automatic spellcheck of text in different languages."
msgid "This cleans the indentation for the current selection or for the line the cursor is currently in. Cleaning the indentation ensures that all your selected text follows the indentation mode you choose."
msgid "This removes one space (if any exist) from the beginning of the line where the text cursor is located or from the beginning of any selected lines."
msgid "Joins the selected lines, or the current line and the line below with one white space character as a separator. Leading/trailing white space on joined lines is removed in the affected ends."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: menuchoice
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1226
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guimenu>Tools</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Apply Word Wrap</guimenuitem>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1230
#, no-c-format
msgid "Apply static word wrapping on all the document. That means that a new line of text will automatically start when the current line exceeds the length specified by the <guilabel>Wrap words at</guilabel> option in the Editing tab in <menuchoice> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu><guimenuitem>Configure Editor...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1239
#, no-c-format
msgid "If the <link linkend=\"katepart-pref-plugins\">plugin</link> Insert File is enabled, you will find here an additional menu item <guimenuitem>Insert File...</guimenuitem>."
msgid "&krusader;'s internal viewer is actually part of &konqueror;, which can basically view every file type viewable by &konqueror; (⪚ display pictures, play music, show the content of an archive)."
msgid "This group contains all pages related to the editor component of &kappname;. Most of the settings here are defaults, they can be overridden by <link linkend=\"katepart-pref-open-save-modes-filetypes\">defining a filetype</link>, by <ulink url=\"help:/katepart/config-variables.html\">Document Variables</ulink> or by changing them per document during an editing session."
msgid "If this option is checked, the text lines will be wrapped at the view border on the screen."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1419
#, no-c-format
msgid "Dynamic word wrap indicators (if applicable)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1420
#, no-c-format
msgid "Choose when the Dynamic word wrap indicators should be displayed, either <guilabel>Off</guilabel>, <guilabel>Follow Line Numbers</guilabel> or <guilabel>Always on</guilabel>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1425
#, no-c-format
msgid "Align dynamically wrapped lines to indentation depth:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1428
#, no-c-format
msgid "Enables the start of dynamically wrapped lines to be aligned vertically to the indentation level of the first line. This can help to make code and markup more readable."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1431
#, no-c-format
msgid "Additionally, this allows you to set a maximum width of the screen, as a percentage, after which dynamically wrapped lines will no longer be vertically aligned. For example, at 50%, lines whose indentation levels are deeper than 50% of the width of the screen will not have vertical alignment applied to subsequent wrapped lines."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1443
#, no-c-format
msgid "Whitespace Highlighting"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1447
#, no-c-format
msgid "Highlight tabulators"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1448
#, no-c-format
msgid "The editor will display a » symbol to indicate the presence of a tab in the text."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1452
#, no-c-format
msgid "Highlight trailing spaces"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1453
#, no-c-format
msgid "The editor will display dots to indicate the presence of extra whitespace at the end of lines."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1461
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1466
#, no-c-format
msgid "Show indentation lines"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1468
#, no-c-format
msgid "If this is checked, the editor will display vertical lines to help identifying indent lines."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1472
#, no-c-format
msgid "Highlight range between selected brackets"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1474
#, no-c-format
msgid "If this is enabled, the range between the selected matching brackets will be highlighted."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1484
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>Borders</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1488
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Borders</guilabel>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1492
#, no-c-format
msgid "Show folding markers (if available)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1494
#, no-c-format
msgid "If this option is checked, the current view will display marks for code folding, if code folding is available."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1498
#, no-c-format
msgid "Show icon border"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1500
#, no-c-format
msgid "If this is checked, you will see an icon border on the left hand side. The icon border shows bookmark signs for instance."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1504
#, no-c-format
msgid "Show line numbers"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1506
#, no-c-format
msgid "If this is checked, you will see line numbers on the left hand side."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1510
#, no-c-format
msgid "Show scrollbar marks"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1512
#, no-c-format
msgid "If this option is checked the current view will show marks on the vertical scrollbar. These marks will for instance show bookmarks."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1521
#, no-c-format
msgid "Sort Bookmarks Menu"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1526
#, no-c-format
msgid "By creation"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1528
#, no-c-format
msgid "Each new bookmark will be added to the bottom, independently from where it is placed in the document."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1532
#, no-c-format
msgid "By position"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1534
#, no-c-format
msgid "The bookmarks will be ordered by the line numbers they are placed at."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1546
#, no-c-format
msgid "Fonts & Colors"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1548
#, no-c-format
msgid "This section of the dialog lets you configure all fonts and colors in any color scheme you have, as well creating new schemes or deleting existing ones. Each scheme has settings for colors, fonts and normal and highlight text styles."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1554
#, no-c-format
msgid "&kappname; will preselect the currently active scheme for you, if you want to work on a different scheme start by selecting that from the <guilabel>Schema</guilabel> combobox. With the <guibutton>New</guibutton> and <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button you can create a new scheme or delete existing ones."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1558
#, no-c-format
msgid "At the bottom of the page you can select the <guilabel>Default schema for &kappname;</guilabel>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1561
#, no-c-format
msgid "Colors"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1565
#, no-c-format
msgid "Text Area Background"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1571
#, no-c-format
msgid "Normal text"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1572
#, no-c-format
msgid "This is the default background for the editor area, it will be the dominant color on the editor area."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1577
#, no-c-format
msgid "Selected text"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1578
#, no-c-format
msgid "This is the background for selected text. The default is the global selection color, as set in your &plasma; color preferences."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1584
#, no-c-format
msgid "Current line"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1585
#, no-c-format
msgid "Set the color for the current line. Setting this a bit different from the Normal text background helps to keep focus on the current line."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1591
#, no-c-format
msgid "Bookmark"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1592
#, no-c-format
msgid "This combobox lets you set overlay colors for various mark types. The color is mixed into the background color of a marked line, so that a line with more marks or a marked line that is current has a background that is a mix of more colors. The mark colors are also used if you enable display of scrollbar marks."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1604
#, no-c-format
msgid "Additional Elements"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1608
#, no-c-format
msgid "Left border background"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1609
#, no-c-format
msgid "This color is used for the marks, line numbers and folding marker borders in the left side of the editor view when they are displayed."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1614
#, no-c-format
msgid "Line numbers"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1615
#, no-c-format
msgid "This color is used to draw the line numbers on the left side of the view when displayed."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1619
#, no-c-format
msgid "Bracket highlight"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1620
#, no-c-format
msgid "This color is used to draw the background of matching brackets."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1624
#, no-c-format
msgid "Word wrap markers"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1625
#, no-c-format
msgid "This color is used to draw a pattern to the left of dynamically wrapped lines when those are aligned vertically, as well as for the static word wrap marker."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1630
#, no-c-format
msgid "Tab and space markers"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1631
#, no-c-format
msgid "This color is used to draw white space indicators when enabled."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1635
#, no-c-format
msgid "Spelling mistake line"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1636
#, no-c-format
msgid "sets the color of the line that is used to indicate spelling mistakes."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1647
#, no-c-format
msgid "Fonts"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1648
#, no-c-format
msgid "Here you can choose the font for the schema. You can choose from any font available on your system, and set a default size. A sample text displays at the bottom of the dialog, so you can see the effect of your choices."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1656
#, no-c-format
msgid "Normal Text Styles"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1657
#, no-c-format
msgid "The normal text styles are inherited by the highlight text styles, allowing the editor to present text in a very consistent way, for example comment text is using the same style in almost all of the text formats that &kappname; can highlight."
msgid "The name in the list of styles is using the style configured for the item, providing you with an immediate preview when configuring a style."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1664
#, no-c-format
msgid "Each style lets you select common attributes as well as foreground and background colors. To unset a background color, rightclick to use the context menu."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1670
#, no-c-format
msgid "Highlighting Text Styles"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1671
#, no-c-format
msgid "Here you can edit the text styles used by a specific highlight definition. The editor preselects the highlight used by your current document. To work on a different highlight, select one in the <guilabel>Highlight</guilabel> combobox above the style list."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1679
#, no-c-format
msgid "Each style lets you select common attributes as well as foreground and background colors. To unset a background color, rightclick to use the context menu. In addition you can see if a style is equal to the default style used for the item, and set it to that if not."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1683
#, no-c-format
msgid "You will notice that many highlights contain other highlights represented by groups in the style list. For example most highlights import the Alert highlight, and many source code formats imports the Doxygen highlight. Editing colors in those groups only affects the styles when used in the edited highlight format."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1694
#, no-c-format
msgid "Editing"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1701
#, no-c-format
msgid "Static Word Wrap"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1702
#, no-c-format
msgid "Word wrap is a feature that causes the editor to automatically start a new line of text and move (wrap) the cursor to the beginning of that new line. &kappname; will automatically start a new line of text when the current line reaches the length specified by the <link linkend=\"katepart-pref-wrap-words-at\">Wrap Words At:</link> option."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1710
#, no-c-format
msgid "Enable static word wrap"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1712
#, no-c-format
msgid "Turns static word wrap on or off."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1716
#, no-c-format
msgid "Show static word wrap markers (if applicable)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1727
#, no-c-format
msgid "Wrap words at:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1729
#, no-c-format
msgid "If the <link linkend=\"katepart-pref-word-wrap\">Enable static word wrap</link> option is selected this entry determines the length (in characters) at which the editor will automatically start a new line."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1739
#, no-c-format
msgid "Misc"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1743
#, no-c-format
msgid "Remove trailing spaces while editing"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1744
#, no-c-format
msgid "&kappname; will automatically eliminate extra spaces at the ends of lines of text."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1748
#, no-c-format
msgid "Auto brackets"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1748
#, no-c-format
msgid "When the user types a left bracket ([, (, or {) &kappname; automatically enters the right bracket (}, ), or ]) to the right of the cursor."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1754
#, no-c-format
msgid "Copy/Cut the current line if no selection"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1755
#, no-c-format
msgid "If this option is enabled and the text selection is empty, copy and cut action are performed for the line of text at the actual cursor position."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1760
#, no-c-format
msgid "Allow scrolling past the end of the document"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1761
#, no-c-format
msgid "This option lets you scroll past the end of the document. This can be used to vertically centre the bottom of the document, or put it on top of the current view."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1772
#, no-c-format
msgid "Cursor & Selection"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1777
#, no-c-format
msgid "Text Cursor Movement"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1781
#, no-c-format
msgid "Smart home and smart end"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1783
#, no-c-format
msgid "When selected, pressing the home key will cause the cursor to skip white space and go to the start of a line's text."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1788
#, no-c-format
msgid "Wrap cursor"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1790
#, no-c-format
msgid "When on, moving the insertion cursor using the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Left</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">Right</emphasis> keys will go on to previous/next line at beginning/end of the line, similar to most editors."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1793
#, no-c-format
msgid "When off, the insertion cursor cannot be moved left of the line start, but it can be moved off the line end, which can be very handy for programmers. When this option is chosen, moving the cursor with the arrow keys off the end of a line (to the right) causes it to jump down to the beginning of the next line. Likewise when the cursor is moved past the beginning of a line (to the left) it jumps up to the end of the preceding line. When this option is not selected, moving the cursor right past the end of a line merely causes it to continue horizontally in the same line and trying to move it left past the beginning does nothing."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1805
#, no-c-format
msgid "PageUp/PageDown moves cursor"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1807
#, no-c-format
msgid "This option changes the behavior of the cursor when the user presses the <keycap>Page Up</keycap> or <keycap>Page Down</keycap> key. If unselected the text cursor will maintain its relative position within the visible text in &kappname; as new text becomes visible as a result of the operation. So if the cursor is in the middle of the visible text when the operation occurs it will remain there (except when one reaches the beginning or end.) With this option selected, the first key press will cause the cursor to move to either the top or bottom of the visible text as a new page of text is displayed."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1818
#, no-c-format
msgid "Autocenter cursor (lines):"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1820
#, no-c-format
msgid "Sets the number of lines to maintain visible above and below the cursor when possible."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1829
#, no-c-format
msgid "Text Selection Mode"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1833
#, no-c-format
msgid "Normal"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1835
#, no-c-format
msgid "Selections will be overwritten by typed text and will be lost on cursor movement."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1840
#, no-c-format
msgid "Persistent"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1842
#, no-c-format
msgid "Selections will stay even after cursor movement and typing."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1853
#, no-c-format
msgid "Indentation"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1858
#, no-c-format
msgid "Default Indentation mode:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1860
#, no-c-format
msgid "Select the automatic indentation mode you want to use as default. It is strongly recommended to use <userinput>None</userinput> or <userinput>Normal</userinput> here, and use filetype configurations to set other indentation modes for text formats like C/C++ code or &XML;."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1868
#, no-c-format
msgid "Indent using"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1872
#, no-c-format
msgid "Tabulators"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1874
#, no-c-format
msgid "When this is enabled the editor will insert tabulator characters when you press the 	 key or use <ulink url=\"help:/katepart/kate-part-autoindent.html\">automatic indentation</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1880
#, no-c-format
msgid "Spaces"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1882
#, no-c-format
msgid "When this is enabled the editor will insert a calculated number of spaces according to the position in the text and the <option>tab-width</option> setting when you press the 	 key or use <ulink url=\"help:/katepart/kate-part-autoindent.html\">automatic indentation</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1889
#, no-c-format
msgid "Tabulators and Spaces"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1891
#, no-c-format
msgid "When this is enabled, the editor will insert spaces as describe above when indenting or pressing 	 at the beginning of a line, but insert tabulators when the 	 key is pressed in the middle or end of a line."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1897
#, no-c-format
msgid "Tab width:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1899
#, no-c-format
msgid "This configures the number of spaces that are displayed in place of a tabulator character."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1904
#, no-c-format
msgid "Indentation width:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1906
#, no-c-format
msgid "The indentation width is the number of spaces which is used to indent a line. If configured to indent using tabulators, a tabulator character is inserted if the indentation is divisible by the tab width."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1916
#, no-c-format
msgid "Indentation Properties"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1920
#, no-c-format
msgid "Keep Extra Spaces"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1921
#, no-c-format
msgid "If this option is disabled, changing the indentation level aligns a line to a multiple of the width specified in <guilabel>Indentation width</guilabel>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1926
#, no-c-format
msgid "Adjust indentation of code pasted from the clipboard"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1928
#, no-c-format
msgid "If this option is selected, pasted code from the clipboard is indented. Triggering the <guimenuitem>Undo</guimenuitem> action removes the indentation."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1937
#, no-c-format
msgid "Indentation Actions"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1941
#, no-c-format
msgid "Backspace key in leading blank space unindents"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1943
#, no-c-format
msgid "If this option is selected, the &Backspace; key decreases the indentation level if the cursor is located in the leading blank space of a line."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1948
#, no-c-format
msgid "Tab key action (if no selection exists)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1950
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you want 	 to align the current line in the current code block like in emacs, make 	 a shortcut to the action <guimenuitem>Align</guimenuitem>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1956
#, no-c-format
msgid "Always advance to the next tab position"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1958
#, no-c-format
msgid "If this option is selected, the 	 key always inserts white space so that the next tab position is reached. If the option <guilabel>Insert spaces instead of tabulators</guilabel> on the <guilabel>General</guilabel> tab in the <guilabel>Editing</guilabel> page is enabled, spaces are inserted; otherwise, a single tabulator is inserted."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1965
#, no-c-format
msgid "Always increase indentation level"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1967
#, no-c-format
msgid "If this option is selected, the 	 key always indents the current line by the number of character positions specified in <guilabel>Indentation width</guilabel>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1973
#, no-c-format
msgid "Increase indentation level if in leading blank space"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:1975
#, no-c-format
msgid "If this option is selected, the 	 key either indents the current line or advances to the next tab position. If the insertion point is at or before the first non-space character in the line, or if there is a selection, the current line is indented by the number of character positions specified in <guilabel>Indentation width</guilabel>. If the insertion point is located after the first non-space character in the line and there is no selection, white space is inserted so that the next tab position is reached: if the option <guilabel>Insert spaces instead of tabulators</guilabel> on the <guilabel>General</guilabel> tab in the <guilabel>Editing</guilabel> page is enabled, spaces are inserted; otherwise, a single tabulator is inserted."
msgid "If enabled, a word completion box automatically pops up during typing showing a list of text entries to complete the current text under the cursor."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2018
#, no-c-format
msgid "Minimal word length to complete"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2019
#, no-c-format
msgid "While typing text, the word completion searches for words in the document starting with the already typed text. This option configures the minimal amount of characters that are needed to make the word completion active and pop up a completion box."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2030
#, no-c-format
msgid "Vi Input Mode"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2037
#, no-c-format
msgid "Use VI input mode"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2039
#, no-c-format
msgid "When selected, the vi input mode will be enabled when opening a new view. You can still toggle the vi input mode on/off for a particular view in the <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> menu."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2045
#, no-c-format
msgid "Let Vi commands override Kate shortcuts"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2047
#, no-c-format
msgid "When selected, Vi commands will override &kappname;'s built-in commands. For example: <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl;<keycap>R</keycap></keycombo> will redo, and override the standard action (showing the search and replace dialog)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2053
#, no-c-format
msgid "Hide the Vi mode status bar"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2055
#, no-c-format
msgid "By default, an extra status bar will be used when the Vi input mode is enabled. This status bar shows commands while they are being typed and messages/errors produced by Vi commands."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2058
#, no-c-format
msgid "Checking this option will hide this extra status line."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2065
#, no-c-format
msgid "Key Mapping"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2066
#, no-c-format
msgid "Key mapping is used to change the meaning of typed keys. This allows you to move commands to other keys or make special keypresses for doing a series of commands."
msgid "This will prepend <keycap>I--</keycap> to a line when pressing <keycap>F2</keycap>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2081
#, no-c-format
msgid "Spellcheck"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2082
#, no-c-format
msgid "These configuration options are described in the documentation for the &systemsettings; module <ulink url=\"help:/kcontrol/spellchecking\">Spell Checker</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2089
#, no-c-format
msgid "Open/Save"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2097
#, no-c-format
msgid "File Format"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2102
#, no-c-format
msgid "Encoding:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2104
#, no-c-format
msgid "This defines the standard encoding to use to open/save files, if not changed in the open/save dialog or by using a command line option."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2110
#, no-c-format
msgid "Encoding Detection"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2112
#, no-c-format
msgid "Select an item from the drop down box, either to disable autodetection or use <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> to enable autodetection for all encodings. But as this may probably only detect utf-8/utf-16, selecting a region will use custom heuristics for better results. If neither the encoding chosen as standard above, nor the encoding specified in the open/save dialog, nor the encoding specified on command line match the content of the file, this detection will be run."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2123
#, no-c-format
msgid "Fallback Encoding"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2125
#, no-c-format
msgid "This defines the fallback encoding to try for opening files if neither the encoding chosen as standard above, nor the encoding specified in the open/ save dialog, nor the encoding specified on command line match the content of the file. Before this is used, an attempt will be made to determine the encoding to use by looking for a byte order marker at start of file: if one is found, the right unicode encoding will be chosen; otherwise encoding detection will run, if both fail fallback encoding will be tried."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2136
#, no-c-format
msgid "End of line:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2138
#, no-c-format
msgid "Choose your preferred end of line mode for your active document. You have the choice between &UNIX;, DOS/&Windows; or Macintosh."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2143
#, no-c-format
msgid "Automatic end of line detection"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2145
#, no-c-format
msgid "Check this if you want the editor to autodetect the end of line type. The first found end of line type will be used for the whole file."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2151
#, no-c-format
msgid "Enable byte order marker"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2153
#, no-c-format
msgid "The byte order mark is a special sequence at the beginning of unicode encoded documents. It helps editors to open text documents with the correct unicode encoding. For more information see <ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Byte_Order_Mark\">Byte Order Mark</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2167
#, no-c-format
msgid "Automatic Cleanups on Load/Save"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2171
#, no-c-format
msgid "Remove trailing spaces"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2173
#, no-c-format
msgid "The editor will automatically eliminate extra spaces at the ends of lines of text while loading/saving the file."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2185
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>Advanced</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2188
#, no-c-format
msgid "Folder Config File"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2192
#, no-c-format
msgid "Search depth for config file:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2194
#, no-c-format
msgid "The editor will search the given number of folder levels upwards for &kappname; config file and load the settings line from it. Further information about these hidden folder config files you find in the <ulink url=\"help:/katepart/config-variables.html\">document variables section</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2206
#, no-c-format
msgid "Backup on Save"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2207
#, no-c-format
msgid "Backing up on save will cause &kappname; to copy the disk file to <prefix><filename><suffix> before saving changes. The suffix defaults to <emphasis role=\"bold\">~</emphasis> and prefix is empty by default."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2213
#, no-c-format
msgid "Local files"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2215
#, no-c-format
msgid "Check this if you want backups of local files when saving."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2220
#, no-c-format
msgid "Remote files"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2222
#, no-c-format
msgid "Check this if you want backups of remote files when saving."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2226
#, no-c-format
msgid "Prefix"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2228
#, no-c-format
msgid "Enter the prefix to prepend to the backup file names."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2232
#, no-c-format
msgid "Suffix"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2234
#, no-c-format
msgid "Enter the suffix to add to the backup file names."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2238
#, no-c-format
msgid "Disable swap file syncing"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2240
#, no-c-format
msgid "&kappname; is able to recover (most of) what was written after last save in case of a crash or power failure. A swap file (.swp.<filename>) is created after the first editing action on a document. If the user doesn’t save the changes and &kappname; crashes, the swap file remains on the disk. When opening a file, &kappname; checks if there is a swap file for the document and if it is, it asks the user whether he wants to recover the lost data or not. The user has the possibility to view the differences between the original file and the recovered one, too. The swap file is deleted after every save and on normal exit."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2248
#, no-c-format
msgid "&kappname; syncs the swap files on the disk every 15 seconds, but only if they have changed since the last sync. The user can disable the swap files syncing if he wants, by checking the <guilabel>Disable swap file syncing</guilabel> box, but this can lead to more data loss."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2263
#, no-c-format
msgid "Modes & Filetypes"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2264
#, no-c-format
msgid "This page allows you to override the default configuration for documents of specified MIME types. When the editor loads a document, it will try if it matches the file masks or MIME types for one of the defined filetypes, and if so apply the variables defined. If more filetypes match, the one with the highest priority will be used."
msgid "The filetype with the highest priority is the one displayed in the first drop down box. If more filetypes were found, they are also listed."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2278
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>New</guilabel>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2279
#, no-c-format
msgid "This is used to create a new filetype. After you click on this button, the fields below get empty and you can fill the properties you want for the new filetype."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2284
#, no-c-format
msgid "Delete"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2285
#, no-c-format
msgid "To remove an existing filetype, select it from the drop down box and press the Delete button."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2292
#, no-c-format
msgid "Properties of <replaceable>current filetype</replaceable>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2298
#, no-c-format
msgid "Name:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2299
#, no-c-format
msgid "The name of the filetype will be the text of the corresponding menu item. This name is displayed in the <menuchoice><guimenu>Tools</guimenu><guimenuitem>Filetypes</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2305
#, no-c-format
msgid "Section:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2306
#, no-c-format
msgid "The section name is used to organize the file types in menus. This is also used in the <menuchoice><guimenu>Tools</guimenu><guimenuitem>Filetypes</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> menu."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2312
#, no-c-format
msgid "Variables:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2313
#, no-c-format
msgid "This string allows you to configure &kappname;'s settings for the files selected by this MIME type using &kappname; variables. You can set almost any configuration option, such as highlight, indent-mode, etc."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2317
#, no-c-format
msgid "Press <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> to see a list of all available variables and their descriptions. Select the checkbox on the left to enable a particular variable and then set the value of the variable on the right. Some variables provide a drop-down box to select possible values from while others require you to enter a valid value manually."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2322
#, no-c-format
msgid "For complete information on these variables, see <ulink url=\"help:/katepart/config-variables.html\">Configuring with Document Variables</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2328
#, no-c-format
msgid "Highlighting:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2329
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you create a new file type, this drop down box allows you to select a filetype for highlighting."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2334
#, no-c-format
msgid "Indentation Mode:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2335
#, no-c-format
msgid "The drop down box specifies the indentation mode for new documents."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2340
#, no-c-format
msgid "File extensions:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2341
#, no-c-format
msgid "The wildcards mask allows you to select files by filename. A typical mask uses an asterisk and the file extension, for example <filename>*.txt; *.text</filename>. The string is a semicolon-separated list of masks."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2347
#, no-c-format
msgid "MIME types:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2348
#, no-c-format
msgid "Displays a wizard that helps you easily select MIME types."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2352
#, no-c-format
msgid "Priority:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2353
#, no-c-format
msgid "Sets a priority for this file type. If more than one file type selects the same file, the one with the highest priority will be used."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guibutton
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2360
#, no-c-format
msgid "Download Highlighting Files..."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2362
#, no-c-format
msgid "Click this button to download new or updated syntax highlight descriptions from the &kappname; website."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2375
#, no-c-format
msgid "Extensions"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2376
#, no-c-format
msgid "The <guilabel>Plugins</guilabel> tab lists all available plugins and you can check those you want to use. Click on the <guibutton>Information</guibutton> button to open the <guilabel>About</guilabel> dialog of this plugin."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2379
#, no-c-format
msgid "Once a configurable plugin is checked, the <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button is enabled and you can click it in order to configure the highlighted plugin."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2383
#, no-c-format
msgid "Editor Component Plugins"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2392
#, no-c-format
msgid "AutoBrace"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2393
#, no-c-format
msgid "The autobrace plugin supersedes the &kappname; internal <quote>Auto Brackets</quote> feature. It automatically inserts a closing brace <keycap>}</keycap> at the beginning of the next line after ending a line with an opening one <keycap>{</keycap> and pressing the &Enter; key."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2405
#, no-c-format
msgid "Data Tools"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2406
#, no-c-format
msgid "Enables data tools like thesaurus and spell check (if installed). Data tools are only available when text is selected, or when the right mouse button is clicked over a word. If no data tools are offered even when text is selected, you need to install them. If this plugin is enabled and data tools are installed, additional items appear at the end of the context menu."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2414
#, no-c-format
msgid "Exporter"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2415
#, no-c-format
msgid "This command allows you to export the current document with all highlighting information into a HTML document using <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Export as HTML</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Additionally you can use <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Copy as HTML</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to copy the currently selected text as HTML to the system clipboard."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2428
#, no-c-format
msgid "IconInserter"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2429
#, no-c-format
msgid "The icon inserter plugin is only of use for &kde; developers: It adds an item <guimenuitem>Insert KIcon-Code</guimenuitem> into the context menu of the editor. If activated, the &plasma;'s icon chooser opens (showing application icons, action icons &etc;..). If you click on it, the file name without file extension will be inserted as text. Useful only for setting icons via &kf5; through the KIcon() class."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2437
#, no-c-format
msgid "Insane (not ZEN) HTML coding (light edition)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2438
#, no-c-format
msgid "A plugin, which does zen-coding like selector completion. For more information see <ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Zen_Coding\"> Zen Coding</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2443
#, no-c-format
msgid "Insert File"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: viewer-editor.docbook:2444
#, no-c-format
msgid "This plugin allows you to insert any readable file at the cursor position. If enabled, the <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> menu has an additional menu item <guimenuitem>Insert File</guimenuitem>."
msgid "Use the current layout set of launchers for this dock. This group provides launchers <b>synchronization</b> between different docks in the <b>same layout</b>"
msgid "Use the global set of launchers for this dock. This group provides launchers <b>synchronization</b> between different docks and between <b>different layouts</b>"
msgid "Import and load default layout on startup."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: main.cpp:102
#, kde-format
msgctxt "command line"
msgid "Print available layouts"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: main.cpp:103
#, kde-format
msgctxt "command line"
msgid "Load specific layout on startup."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: main.cpp:103
#, kde-format
msgctxt "command line: load"
msgid "layout_name"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: main.cpp:104
#, kde-format
msgctxt "command line"
msgid "Import and load a layout."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: main.cpp:104 main.cpp:105
#, kde-format
msgctxt "command line: import"
msgid "file_name"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: main.cpp:105
#, kde-format
msgctxt "command line"
msgid "Import full configuration."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: main.cpp:106
#, kde-format
msgctxt "command line"
msgid "Single layout memory mode. Only one layout is active at any case."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: main.cpp:107
#, kde-format
msgctxt "command line"
msgid "Multiple layouts memory mode. Multiple layouts can be active at any time based on Activities running."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: main.cpp:148
#, kde-format
msgid "Available layouts that can be used to start Latte:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: main.cpp:154
#, kde-format
msgid "There are no available layouts, during startup Default will be used."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: main.cpp:171
#, kde-format
msgctxt "layout missing"
msgid "This layout doesnt exist in the system."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: main.cpp:196
#, kde-format
msgid "An instance is already running!, use --replace to restart Latte"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: main.cpp:205
#, kde-format
msgid "The configuration cannot be imported"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: main.cpp:215
#, kde-format
msgid "The layout cannot be imported"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: main.cpp:268
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Latte is a dock based on plasma frameworks that provides an elegant and intuitive experience for your tasks and plasmoids. It animates its contents by using parabolic zoom effect and tries to be there only when it is needed.\n"
"\n"
"\"Art in Coffee\""
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: packageplugins/shell/dockpackage.cpp:44
#, kde-format
msgid "Latte Dock defaults"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: packageplugins/shell/dockpackage.cpp:45
#, kde-format
msgid "Latte Dock panel"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: packageplugins/shell/dockpackage.cpp:47
#, kde-format
msgid "Dock configuration UI"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: packageplugins/shell/dockpackage.cpp:48
#, kde-format
msgid "Dock secondary configuration UI"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: packageplugins/shell/dockpackage.cpp:49
#, kde-format
msgid "Config model"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: packageplugins/shell/dockpackage.cpp:50
#, kde-format
msgid "Splitter"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: packageplugins/shell/dockpackage.cpp:51
#, kde-format
msgid "Latte Trademark"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: packageplugins/shell/dockpackage.cpp:52
#, kde-format
msgid "Info View Window"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: packageplugins/shell/dockpackage.cpp:54
#, kde-format
msgid "default layout file"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: packageplugins/shell/dockpackage.cpp:55
#, kde-format
msgid "plasma layout file"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: packageplugins/shell/dockpackage.cpp:56
#, kde-format
msgid "unity layout file"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: packageplugins/shell/dockpackage.cpp:57
#, kde-format
msgid "extended layout file"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: packageplugins/shell/dockpackage.cpp:59
#, kde-format
msgid "default preset file"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: packageplugins/shell/dockpackage.cpp:60
#, kde-format
msgid "plasma preset file"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: packageplugins/shell/dockpackage.cpp:61
#, kde-format
msgid "unity preset file"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: packageplugins/shell/dockpackage.cpp:62
#, kde-format
msgid "extended preset file"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: packageplugins/shell/dockpackage.cpp:63
#, kde-format
msgid "multiple layouts hidden file"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settingsdialog.cpp:142
#, kde-format
msgid "File"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settingsdialog.cpp:145
#, kde-format
msgid "Help"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settingsdialog.cpp:149
#, kde-format
msgid "Quit Latte"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settingsdialog.cpp:153
#, kde-format
msgid "About Latte"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: settingsdialog.cpp:430
+#: settingsdialog.cpp:431
#, kde-format
msgctxt "import layout/configuration"
msgid "Import Layout/Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: settingsdialog.cpp:439
+#: settingsdialog.cpp:440
#, kde-format
msgctxt "import latte layout"
msgid "Latte Dock Layout file v0.2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: settingsdialog.cpp:440
+#: settingsdialog.cpp:441
#, kde-format
msgctxt "import latte layouts/configuration"
msgid "Latte Dock Full Configuration file (v0.1, v0.2)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: settingsdialog.cpp:456
+#: settingsdialog.cpp:457
#, kde-format
msgid "Import: Configuration file version v0.1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: settingsdialog.cpp:458
+#: settingsdialog.cpp:459
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"You are going to import an old version <b>v0.1</b> configuration file.<br>"
"<b>Be careful</b>, importing the entire configuration <b>will erase all</b> your current configuration!!!<br>"
"<br>"
" <i>Alternative, you can <b>import safely</b> from this file<br>"
"<b>only the contained layouts...</b></i>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: settingsdialog.cpp:463
+#: settingsdialog.cpp:464
#, kde-format
msgctxt "import full configuration"
msgid "Full Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: settingsdialog.cpp:465
+#: settingsdialog.cpp:466
#, kde-format
msgctxt "import only the layouts"
msgid "Only Layouts"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: settingsdialog.cpp:491
+#: settingsdialog.cpp:492
#, kde-format
msgid "Import: Configuration file version v0.2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: settingsdialog.cpp:493
+#: settingsdialog.cpp:494
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"You are going to import a <b>v0.2</b> configuration file.<br>"
"<b>Be careful</b>, importing <b>will erase all</b> your current configuration!!!<br>"
msgid "To import an existing data file, enter its filename here. You will then describe the contents of the file below. You can leave the filename blank to construct a catalog file with a valid header, but no data."
"This button will compute the field-of-view (FOV) angle for a specific eyepiece/telescope combination. You must first specify the focal lengths of the telescope and eyepiece, and the FOV angle of the eyepiece in the above entry fields.\n"
"\n"
"The computed FOV angle (in arcminutes) will be displayed in the \"Field of view\" edit box."
"Enter the telescope focal length, in millimeters.\n"
"\n"
"This is one of the data fields required for defining a field-of-view (FOV) symbol which matches the field-of-view of a camera mounted on a telescope."
"Enter the physical size of the CCD chip or film negative.\n"
"\n"
"This is one of the data fields required for defining a field-of-view (FOV) symbol which matches the field-of-view of a camera mounted on a telescope."
"This button will compute the field-of-view (FOV) angle for a specific camera/telescope combination. You must first specify the focal length of the telescope and the size of the CCD chip or film negative.\n"
"\n"
"The computed FOV angle (in arcminutes) will be displayed in the \"Field of view\" edit box."
"This button will compute the Half Power Beam Width (HPBW) angle for a specific radiotelescope and observing wavelength combination, assuming no multibeam receiver is available at the telescope. You must first specify the diameter of the radiotelescope and the observing wavelength.\n"
"\n"
"The computed HPBW angle (in arcminutes) will be displayed in the \"Field of view\" edit box."
"<p>Frame rotation with respect to Celestial Pole. Zero degrees indicates that <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">UP</span> is pointing directly at the pole. 90 degrees indicates that <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">UP</span> is rotated 90 degrees clockwise with respect to the pole.</p>"
"<p>KStars can make use of Astrometry.net to plate solve images to aid with telescope alignment. You can use the online solver without any changes. To use the offline solver, you need to verify that certain programs are installed and that astrometry is configured properly. KStars for Mac includes Astrometry.net</p>"
"<p>To plate solve, you also need to put index files in the following folder. You can install the files that you need inside Ekos. You can also download them from the internet. See the documentation at this link: <a href=\"http://astrometry.net/doc/readme.html\"><span style=\" text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;\">Astrometry Readme</span></a> for details on how to get files. Note that you do not need all of the index files, the ones you need depend on your field size.</p>"
"<p>Your data directory was not found. You can click the button below to copy a default KStars data directory to the correct location, or if you have a KStars directory already some place else, you can exit KStars and copy it to that location yourself.</p>"
msgid "Installing this in your data directory will enable the CCD Simulator in KStars to take realistic images. This is useful for testing sequences, plate solving, and learning to use KStars. Just click the button to install or unzip the zip file and place the gsc folder in the data directory."
"<p>You may now download optional data files to enhance KStars, such as Messier object images, or a more complete NGC/IC catalog. Press the <b>Download Extra Data</b> button to proceed. </p>"
"<p>You can also use this tool later, by selecting <b>Download New Data</b> from the <b>File</b> menu.</p>"
msgid "Are you sure you want to clear all of the solution points?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:1476
#, kde-format
msgid "Clear Solution Points"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:1492
#, kde-format
msgid "Are you sure you want to clear all the alignment points?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:1493
#, kde-format
msgid "Clear Align Points"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:1642
#, kde-format
msgid "The Mount Model Tool is Reset."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:1679
#, kde-format
msgid "Please Check the Alignment Points."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:1686
#, kde-format
msgid "In the Align Module, \"Nothing\" is Selected for the Solver Action. This means that the mount model tool will not sync/align your mount but will only report the pointing model errors. Do you wish to Continue?"
msgid "Blind solver takes a very long time to solve but can reliably solve any image any where in the sky given enough time."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:2791
#, kde-format
msgid "Use existing settings"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:2792
#, kde-format
msgid "Mount must be pointing close to the target location and current field of view must match the image's field of view."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:2795
#, kde-format
msgid "No metadata is available in this image. Do you want to use the blind solver or the existing solver settings?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:2797
#, kde-format
msgid "Astrometry solver"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:2853
#, kde-format
msgid "Solver iteration #%1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:2891
#, kde-format
msgid "Solver RA (%1) DEC (%2) Orientation (%3) Pixel Scale (%4)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:2900
#, kde-format
msgid "Current focal length is %1 mm while computed focal length from the solver is %2 mm. Please update the mount focal length to obtain accurate results."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:3025
#, kde-format
msgid "WCS information updated. Images captured from this point forward shall have valid WCS."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:3041
#, kde-format
msgid "Solution coordinates: RA (%1) DEC (%2) Telescope Coordinates: RA (%3) DEC (%4)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:3047
#, kde-format
msgid "Target is within %1 degrees of solution coordinates."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:3103
#, kde-format
msgid "Setting position angle to %1 degrees E of N..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:3140
#, kde-format
msgid "Maximum number of iterations reached. Solver failed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:3172
#, kde-format
msgid "Target is within acceptable range. Astrometric solver is successful."
msgid "Slewing to calibration position, please wait until telescope completes slewing."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:4189
#, kde-format
msgid "Load Image"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:4357
#, kde-format
msgid "World Coordinate System (WCS) is enabled. CCD rotation must be set either manually in the CCD driver or by solving an image before proceeding to capture any further images, otherwise the WCS information may be invalid."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:4366
#, kde-format
msgid "World Coordinate System (WCS) is disabled."
msgid "Failed to process World Coordinate System: %1. Try again."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:5118
#, kde-format
msgid "Celestial pole is located outside of the field of view. Would you like to sync and slew the telescope to the celestial pole? WARNING: Slewing near poles may cause your mount to end up in unsafe position. Proceed with caution."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:5135
#, kde-format
msgid "Warning: Celestial pole is located outside the field of view. Move the mount closer to the celestial pole."
msgid "Accuracy threshold in arcseconds between solution and target coordinates. Plate solver shall be repeatedly executed until the solution coordinates are below the accuracy threshold"
"<p>Use astrometry solver on remote machine running INDI server. You must select <b>Astrometry</b> driver from Auxiliary drivers in your Ekos devices profile for this option to be enabled.</p>"
"<p>The results from Astrometric Solutions from the Capture and Solve Tool, the Load and Slew Tool, and the Mount Model Tool will be displayed below.</p>"
"<p>Remove the selected row from the solutions table. This can be useful for getting rid of results that did not actually solve from the table and/or results that you do not need any more. It can clean up clutter on both the graph and table.</p>"
"<p>Launch the mount model tool. This tool enables you to create pre-programmed list of points to go to and solve. It can aid in building a pointing model for better accuracy.</p>"
msgid "<p>This tool provides a simple method to polar align a German equatorial mount. <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Unpark</span> your mount, <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Point</span> toward the celestial pole. Select mount direction and magnitude and then click <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Start</span> to begin the process.</p>"
msgid "<p>Adjust mount's Altitude and Azimuth knobs until the selected star is centered within the crosshair. Click <b>Refresh</b> to begin continuous capture. You are <b>Done</b> when star is centered.</p>"
"<p>This tool can help your mount build a better pointing model by moving the mount to different points in the sky and solving captured images. This can increase the accuracy of your GOTOs. To qualify, your mount must be capable of improving its internal pointing model after each <b>Sync</b> commanded by Ekos. If this is not the case, then this tool is not suitable for your mount.</p>"
"<p>The Number of points the wizard should generate. If this number is less than 5, it will generate them at the same DEC. After that they will be evenly distributed over RA and DEC. Note, if Fixed DEC is selected, all of the points will be at the same DEC.</p>"
"<p>Automatically generate the specified number of alignment points in the table below. They will be generated based on the options selected in this wizard.</p>"
"<p>Select the type of objects/points added by the wizard.</p>"
"<p><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Note:</span> all of the options except Fixed DEC start with a grid of RA/DEC points.</p>"
"\n"
"<ul>\n"
"<li><b>Any Stars:</b> The wizard searches for the nearest star.</li>"
"\n"
"<li><b>Any object:</b> The wizard searches for the nearest object of any type.</li>"
"\n"
"<li><b>Named Stars</b> The wizard searches for the nearest star in the currently visible star list. Note that the first named star might be fairly far from the intended point and also sometimes the same star could be the closest one for multiple points.</li>"
"\n"
"<li><b>Fixed DEC:</b> The wizard generates all points at the chosen DEC.</li>"
"\n"
"<li><b>Fixed Grid:</b> The wizard just uses the original grid without trying to pair it with objects.</li>"
"<p>These are the common names for the named stars that are currently up at your location. If you select a star, it will be added to the table below.</p>"
"<p>These are the Greek names for the brighter stars that are currently up at your location. If you select a star, it will be added to the table below.</p>"
"<p>Clear the entire table of alignment points below. Note that this will not affect your mount in any way. It will not clear your pointing model. It just clears the list of points so that if you run the mount model routine again, these points will not be included.</p>"
"<p>Remove the selected row from the alignment point table below. Note that it does <b>not</b> command your mount to clear that point from the model, it just means that if you run the mount model routine, that point will not be included in the list.</p>"
"<p>Add an empty row to the alignment list so that you can manually add an RA and DE for a position you would like the telescope to slew to when doing the mount model routine.</p>"
"<p>Open the Find Object dialog so that you can select an object to get an RA and DEC automatically that you would like the telescope to slew to when doing the mount model routine.</p>"
"<p>Sort the alignment points, starting with the point closest to the current telescope position, to try to minimize the distance between each slew.</p>"
"<p>This is a table of alignment points that you would like the mount model routine to use in aligning your telescope. If you would like to add or remove points, you may use the buttons above. If you would like to run, pause, or stop the mount model routine, you may use the buttons below. You can directly edit an RA or DE for a particular point directly in the cells. Just be sure to follow the format hh:mm:ss. The object name is just provided for convenience and is not used. If you want to change the order of the alignment points, you can drag the row up or down using the vertical header for that row on the left. </p>"
"<p>Start or pause the mount model routine. It will slew to and astrometrically solve the list of points in the table above using the settings in the align module. If the routine was previously paused, it will pick up where it left off. If it was stopped or it had finished it will start the routine over again.</p>"
"<p>Stop the mount model routine. It will <b>not</b> clear any points from your telescope's pointing model. It will stop the routine and any points currently being solved. If you run the mount model again after hitting stop, it will start the routine over again with the first point.</p>"
"</body></html>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/offlineastrometryparser.cpp:64
#, kde-format
msgid "Failed to find astrometry.net binaries. Please ensure astrometry.net is installed and try again."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/offlineastrometryparser.cpp:65
#, kde-format
msgid "Missing astrometry files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/offlineastrometryparser.cpp:91
#, kde-format
msgid "Detected Astrometry.net version %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/offlineastrometryparser.cpp:96
#, kde-format
msgid "Setting astrometry option --no-fits2fits"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/offlineastrometryparser.cpp:101
#, kde-format
msgid "Turning off option --no-fits2fits"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/offlineastrometryparser.cpp:186
#, kde-format
msgid "Index file %1 is missing. Astrometry.net would not be able to adequately solve plates until you install the missing index files. Download the index files from http://www.astrometry.net"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/offlineastrometryparser.cpp:190
#, kde-format
msgid "Index files %1 to %2 are missing. Astrometry.net would not be able to adequately solve plates until you install the missing index files. Download the index files from http://www.astrometry.net"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/offlineastrometryparser.cpp:210
#: ekos/align/opsastrometrycfg.cpp:47
#: ekos/align/opsastrometryindexfiles.cpp:206
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Astrometry configuration file corrupted or missing: %1\n"
"Please set the configuration file full path in INDI options."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/offlineastrometryparser.cpp:232
#: ekos/align/opsastrometryindexfiles.cpp:228
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to find data dir in astrometry configuration file."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/offlineastrometryparser.cpp:282
#, kde-format
msgid "Error starting solver: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/offlineastrometryparser.cpp:300
#, kde-format
msgid "Starting solver..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/offlineastrometryparser.cpp:333
#: ekos/align/remoteastrometryparser.cpp:245
#, kde-format
msgid "Solver failed. Try again."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/offlineastrometryparser.cpp:357
#, kde-format
msgid "WCS header missing or corrupted. Solver failed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/offlineastrometryparser.cpp:390
#: ekos/align/onlineastrometryparser.cpp:485
#: ekos/align/remoteastrometryparser.cpp:287
#, kde-format
msgid "Solver completed in %1 second."
msgid_plural "Solver completed in %1 seconds."
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/onlineastrometryparser.cpp:80
#, kde-format
msgid "Error: No connection to the internet."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/onlineastrometryparser.cpp:189
#, kde-format
msgid "Failed to open file %1. %2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/onlineastrometryparser.cpp:260
#, kde-format
msgid "Uploading file..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/onlineastrometryparser.cpp:333
#, kde-format
msgid "JSon error during parsing (%1)."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/onlineastrometryparser.cpp:351
#, kde-format
msgid "Astrometry.net authentication failed. Check the validity of the Astrometry.net API Key."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/onlineastrometryparser.cpp:359
#, kde-format
msgid "Authentication to astrometry.net is successful. Session: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/onlineastrometryparser.cpp:368
#, kde-format
msgid "Upload failed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/onlineastrometryparser.cpp:377
#, kde-format
msgid "Parsing submission ID failed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/onlineastrometryparser.cpp:382
#, kde-format
msgid "Upload complete. Waiting for astrometry.net solver to complete..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/onlineastrometryparser.cpp:405
#, kde-format
msgid "Failed to retrieve job ID."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/onlineastrometryparser.cpp:430
#, kde-format
msgid "Solver timed out."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/onlineastrometryparser.cpp:439
#, kde-format
msgid "Solver failed after %1 second."
msgid_plural "Solver failed after %1 seconds."
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/onlineastrometryparser.cpp:449
#, kde-format
msgid "Error parsing parity."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/onlineastrometryparser.cpp:456
#, kde-format
msgid "Error parsing orientation."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/onlineastrometryparser.cpp:464
#, kde-format
msgid "Error parsing RA."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/onlineastrometryparser.cpp:471
#: ekos/align/onlineastrometryparser.cpp:479
#, kde-format
msgid "Error parsing DEC."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/opsalign.cpp:36
#, kde-format
msgid "Internal or External Plate Solver?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/opsalign.cpp:41
#, kde-format
msgid "Internal or External astrometry.cfg?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryWCSIsInternal), group (Align)
"<p>On Load & Slew, solve the image and slew the mount to the target location and then rotate the camera to match the orientation of the FITS image.</p>"
"<p>Rotator threshold in arc-minutes when using Load & Slew. If the difference between measured position angle and FITS position angle is below this value, the Load & Slew operation is considered successful.</p>"
"<p>This option should <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">ONLY</span> be checked if your astrometry.net version is 0.67 or earlier. Uncheck for any versions greater than 0.67</p>"
"<p>This will prevent the solver from looking at an already existing WCS Header before blindly trying to solve the image. It is recommended to keep it checked.</p>"
"<p>Do not use Sync when Slew to Target is selected. Use differential slewing to correct for discrepancies. This is useful on some mounts (e.g. Paramount).</p>"
"<p><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Offline</span> astrometry.net solver requires index files in order to solve an image. The following list provides a complete list of the index files, along with recommended index files to install given current CCD Field of View. Installed index files are checked. Next to each index file is an icon that represents the following:</p>"
"<p>This button will open the Astrometry Index File folder on your filesystem so that you can see where it is located and copy files into it if needed.</p>"
"<p>Enable Logs to diagnose issues with Ekos and INDI. Only enable the necessary logs to help in diagnosing specific problems. Logs consume resources and may slow the system down. Turn off logs when no longer used.</p>"
"<p>Accept ADU values that fall within this range around the desired ADU target. For example, if the ADU value was set to 10000 and the tolerance was set to 100, then frames with ADU values f 9900 and 10100 shall be accepted.</p>"
"<li><strong>Client</strong>: Captured images are only uploaded to Ekos.</li>"
"\n"
"<li><strong>Local</strong>: Captured images are only saved locally on the remote computer.</li>"
"\n"
"<li><strong>Both</strong>: Captured images are saved on remote device <b>and</b> uploaded to Ekos.</li>"
"\n"
"</ol>"
"\n"
"<p>When selecting <i>Local</i> or <i>Both</i>, you must specify the remote directory where the remote images are saved to. By default, all captured images are uploaded to Ekos."
"<p>Command a meridian flip if the hour angle exceeds the specified value. Capture and Guiding will be suspended and resumed after the flip is complete.</p>"
"<p>Select custom properties to be set when the sequence job is executed in batch mode. After the desired property value is set in INDI Control Panel, add it to the<span style=\" font-weight:600;\"> Job Properties</span> section. Click <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Apply</span> to record the property values.</p>"
"<p>Please fill the required information below. This is a one-time setup. You can obtain these values from your camera manual or from online sources such as <a href=\"http://www.digicamdb.com/\"><span style=\" text-decoration: underline; color:#007af4;\">Digital Camera Database</span></a>.</p>"
"<p>Position Angle (PA) is defined as degrees E of N. Zero degrees indicate frame <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">UP</span> points directly toward the celestial pole. 90 degrees indicate frame <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">UP</span> points 90 degrees counter-clockwise with respect to the celestial pole.</p>"
"<p>PA is calculated from raw rotator angle plus modifiers to match the rotation angle as measured by astrometry. Enter the modifiers manually or solve an image in the Align Module to generate them automatically.</p>"
msgid "<b>Initial</b> step size in ticks to cause a noticeable change in HFR value. For timer based focuser, it is the initial time in milliseconds to move the focuser inward or outward"
"<li><b>Iterative</b>: Moves focuser by discreet steps initially decided by the step size. Once a curve slope is calculated, further step sizes are calculated to reach optimal solution. The algorithm stops when the measured HFR is within percentage tolerance of the minimum HFR recorded in the procedure.</li>"
"\n"
"<li><b>Polynomial</b>: Starts with iterative method. Upon crossing to the other side of the V-Curve, polynomial fitting coefficients along with possible minimum solution are calculated. This algorithm can be faster than purely iterative approach given a good data set.</li>"
msgid "You must stop auto guiding before changing this setting."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/guide/guide.cpp:2487
#, kde-format
msgid "Rapid Guiding is enabled. Guide star will be determined automatically by the CCD driver. No frames are sent to Ekos unless explicitly enabled by the user in the CCD driver settings."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/guide/guide.cpp:2490
#, kde-format
msgid "Rapid Guiding is disabled."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/guide/guide.cpp:2726
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Drift graphics tooltip; %1 is local time; %2 is RA deviation; %3 is DE deviation in arcseconds;"
"<p>Subframe the image around the guide star. Before checking this option, you must <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">first</span> capture an image and select a guide star. Uncheck it to take a full frame again.</p>"
msgid "Mount guiding rate. Find out the guiding rate used by your mount and update the value here to get the <b>recommended</b> value of proportional gain suitable for your mount. Setting this value <b>does not</b> change your mount guiding rate!"
"<p>Proportional term accounts for present values of the error. For example, if the error is large and positive, the guider corrective pulse will also be large and positive.</p>"
"<p>Integral term accounts for past values of the error. For example, if the current pulse is not sufficiently strong, the integral of the error will accumulate over time, and the guider will respond by applying a stronger action.</p>"
msgid "Maximum deviation to correct for using Adaptive Optics unit. If the guiding deviation exceeds this value, Ekos will guide the mount mechanically"
"<p>Drag the slider to scroll through guide history while displaying the RA and DEC error points on both graphs. Dragging to the far right will set the guide plots to display the latest guide data and autoscroll the graph.</p>"
"<p>Autoscale both Guide Graphs to their default scale. If any points are located outside this range, the view is expanded to include them (with the exception of the time axis in the drift graphics).</p>"
"<p>Lead time is the minimum time in minutes between jobs. The scheduler starts execution of a job before its scheduled startup time by this lead time. Early execution is useful as focusing, alignment, and guiding procedures may take prolonged periods to time to complete.</p>"
"<p>In case no scheduler job is scheduled for this many hours, perform a complete shutdown procedure and restart observatory operations once the next job is ready.</p>"
"<p>If guiding calibration fails then restart alignment process before proceeding to guiding recalibration process again. This can help recenter the target object in the field of view if the calibration process strayed too far off.</p>"
msgid "Maximum acceptable difference between requested and measured temperature set point. When the temperature threshold is below this value, the temperature set point request is deemed successful."
"<p>If using a filter wheel and an absolute position focuser, then always remember the focus position of the autofocus process for light frames in each filter. Before a flat frame is captured, the focuser is moved to the same focus point as light frames.</p>"
"<p>Set HFR Threshold percentage gain. When an autofocus operation is completed, the autofocus HFR value is increased by this threshold percentage value and stored within the capture module. If In-Sequence-Focus is engaged, the autofocus module only performs autofocusing procedure if current HFR value exceeds the capture module HFR threshold. Increase value to permit more relaxed changes in HFR values without requiring a full autofocus run.</p>"
"<p>In-Sequence HFR threshold value controls when the autofocus process is started. If the measured HFR value exceeds the HFR threshold, autofocus process is initiated. If the HFR threshold value is zero initially (default), then the autofocus process best HFR value is used to set the new HFR threshold, after applying the HFR threshold modifier percentage. This new HFR threshold is then used for subsequent In-Sequence focus checks. If this option is enabled, the HFR threshold value is constant and gets saved to the sequence file.</p>"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MaxDarkTemperatureDiff), group (DarkLibrary)
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/opsekos.ui:607 kstars.kcfg:1476
#, kde-format
msgid "Maximum acceptable difference between current and recorded dark frame temperature set point. When the difference exceeds this value, a new dark frame shall be captured for this set point."
"<p>Welcome to the <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Ekos Profile Wizard!</span></p>"
"<p>Ekos is the premier observatory control and automation platform. With Ekos, you can capture images and gather scientific data with ease. This Wizard will help you create your equipment profile. You will be asked to verify some basic information. </p>"
"<p>Please click <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">next</span> to continue. </p>"
"<p><a href=\"https://github.com/knro/indiwebmanager\"><span style=\" text-decoration: underline; color:#007af4;\">INDI Web Manager</span></a> running on the Remote Computer?</p>"
"<p><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Tip</span>: <span style=\" font-style:italic;\">INDI Web Manager</span> is a service that runs on remote devices to help you start and stop INDI services remotely.</p>"
"<p>To use Ekos with your equipment locally on Windows, you need to download and install <a href=\"http://www.cloudmakers.eu/windi/\"><span style=\" text-decoration: underline; color:#007af4;\">INDI Server for Windows</span></a>.</p>"
"<p>After installing <span style=\" font-style:italic;\">INDI Server for Windows (wINDI)</span>, establish connection with your equipment. wINDI requires <a href=\"http://www.ascom-standards.org/\"><span style=\" text-decoration: underline; color:#007af4;\">ASCOM</span></a> drivers for all your equipment, so make sure to install all necessary ASCOM drivers for your gear.</p>"
"<p>After successfully starting INDI Server in wINDI, click <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Ready</span> to continue.</p>"
"<p><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Tip</span>: INDI Server for Windows functionality is limited compared to the native INDI drivers on Linux. It is recommended to install native INDI on an embedded Linux device such as <a href=\"http://indilib.org/support/tutorials/169-ekos-on-raspberry-pi-complete-guide.html\"><span style=\" text-decoration: underline; color:#007af4;\">Raspberry PI</span></a>.</p>"
"<p><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Tip</span>: External INDI Server can be <a href=\"http://www.cloudmakers.eu/indiserver/\"><span style=\" text-decoration: underline; color:#007af4;\">INDI Server for OSX</span></a> or an INDI Server launched manually locally. If unsure, select Internal INDI Server.</p>"
"<p><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Tip</span>: Internal Guider is recommended. Using external guider applications requires additional setup instructions outside the scope of Ekos.</p>"
"<p>If the remote computer has astrometry.net installed, you can run the remote astrometry driver and use it to solve images in Ekos Align module.</p>"
"<p>Use the INDI WatchDog driver. It monitors connection between your remote equipment and Ekos. If the communication is lost between the two, the WatchDog driver goes into safe mode and executes a shutdown procedure to protect your equipment.</p>"
"<p>If you plan to use SkySafari to monitor and/or control your mount, check this box to start INDI SkySafari Server. You can connect SkySafari to this server and it shall enable you to connect and control your mount. For more details, please check the <a href=\"http://indilib.org/devices/telescopes/skysafari.html\"><span style=\" text-decoration: underline; color:#007af4;\">INDI SkySafari Documentation.</span></a></p>"
msgid "Camera's rotation angle (East of North) in degrees. To measure the angle, solve an image and use the astrometry solver solution's rotation angle"
msgid "You cannot add or modify a job while the scheduler is running."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/scheduler/scheduler.cpp:388
#, kde-format
msgid "Warning! Job '%1' has completion condition set to infinite repeat, other jobs may not execute."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/scheduler/scheduler.cpp:392
#, kde-format
msgid "Target name is required."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/scheduler/scheduler.cpp:398
#, kde-format
msgid "Sequence file is required."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/scheduler/scheduler.cpp:405
#, kde-format
msgid "Target coordinates are required."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/scheduler/scheduler.cpp:429
#, kde-format
msgid "RA value %1 is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/scheduler/scheduler.cpp:437
#, kde-format
msgid "DEC value %1 is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/scheduler/scheduler.cpp:495
#, kde-format
msgid "Warning! Job '%1' has startup time %1 resulting in a negative score, and will be marked invalid when processed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/scheduler/scheduler.cpp:500
#, kde-format
msgid "Warning! Job '%1' has fixed startup time %1 set in the past, and will be marked invalid when evaluated."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/scheduler/scheduler.cpp:558
#, kde-format
msgid "Warning! Job '%1' at row %2 has a duplicate at row %3 (same target, same sequence file), the scheduler will consider the same storage for captures!"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/scheduler/scheduler.cpp:562
#, kde-format
msgid "Warning! Job '%1' at row %2 requires a specific startup time or a different priority, and a greater repeat count (or disable option 'Remember job progress')"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/scheduler/scheduler.cpp:642
#, kde-format
msgid "Warning! You cannot reset a job while the scheduler is running."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/scheduler/scheduler.cpp:655
#, kde-format
msgid "Job '%1' status was reset."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/scheduler/scheduler.cpp:665
#, kde-format
msgid "Warning! You cannot add or modify a job while the scheduler is running."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/scheduler/scheduler.cpp:888
#, kde-format
msgid "Job '%1' has not been processed upon scheduler stop, marking aborted."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/scheduler/scheduler.cpp:895
#, kde-format
msgid "Scheduler aborted."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/scheduler/scheduler.cpp:951
#, kde-format
msgid "Scheduler is in shutdown until next job is ready"
msgid "Scheduler is awake. Jobs shall be started when ready..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/scheduler/scheduler.cpp:1663
#, kde-format
msgid "Scheduler is awake. Jobs shall be started when scheduler is resumed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/scheduler/scheduler.cpp:1730
#, kde-format
msgid "Warning! Job '%1' reaches an altitude of %2 degrees at %3 but will not be scheduled due to close proximity to astronomical twilight rise."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/scheduler/scheduler.cpp:1743
#, kde-format
msgid "Job '%1' is scheduled to start at %2 where its altitude is %3 degrees."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/scheduler/scheduler.cpp:1754
#, kde-format
msgid "Warning! Job '%1' has no night time with an altitude above %2 degrees during the next 24 hours, marking invalid."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/scheduler/scheduler.cpp:1757
#, kde-format
msgid "Warning! Job '%1' cannot rise to an altitude above %2 degrees in the next 24 hours, marking invalid."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/scheduler/scheduler.cpp:1760
#, kde-format
msgid "Warning! Job '%1' cannot be scheduled with an altitude above %2 degrees with minimum moon separation of %3 degrees in the next 24 hours, marking invalid."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/scheduler/scheduler.cpp:1783
#, kde-format
msgid "%1 Transit time is %2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/scheduler/scheduler.cpp:1792
#, kde-format
msgid "%1 Observation time is %2 adjusted for %3 minute."
msgid_plural "%1 Observation time is %2 adjusted for %3 minutes."
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/scheduler/scheduler.cpp:1798
#, kde-format
msgid "%1 culminates during the day and cannot be scheduled for observation."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/scheduler/scheduler.cpp:1804
#, kde-format
msgid "Observation time for %1 already passed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/scheduler/scheduler.cpp:1828
#, kde-format
msgid "Weather conditions are OK."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/scheduler/scheduler.cpp:1832
#, kde-format
msgid "Warning! Weather conditions are in the WARNING zone."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/scheduler/scheduler.cpp:1836
#, kde-format
msgid "Caution! Weather conditions are in the DANGER zone!"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/scheduler/scheduler.cpp:1843
#, kde-format
msgid "Warning: Ekos did not receive any weather updates for the last %1 minutes."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/scheduler/scheduler.cpp:1864
#, kde-format
msgid "Weather conditions in warning zone"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/scheduler/scheduler.cpp:1872
#, kde-format
msgid "Weather conditions are critical. Observatory shutdown is imminent"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/scheduler/scheduler.cpp:1888
#, kde-format
msgid "Starting shutdown procedure due to severe weather."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/scheduler/scheduler.cpp:2021
#, kde-format
msgid "Job '%1' target altitude is %3 degrees at %2 (score %4)."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/scheduler/scheduler.cpp:2105
#, kde-format
msgid "Job '%1' target is %3 degrees from Moon (score %2)."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/scheduler/scheduler.cpp:2123
#, kde-format
msgid "Astronomical twilight rise is at %1, set is at %2, and current time is %3"
msgid "Warning! Turning off astronomial twilight check may cause the observatory to run during daylight. This can cause irreversible damage to your equipment!"
msgid "Select optional FITS file to be used for alignment. When using FITS, specify the object or the estimated coordinates which are used to slew the mount."
msgid "Start the observation job when the object reaches culmination adjusted for the offset value in minutes. By default, the observation job runs 60 minutes prior to culmination."
"<p>One-time startup procedure to be executed before starting Ekos. The script is executed <span style=\" font-weight:600; text-decoration: underline;\">before</span> the startup procedures (e.g. unpark scope), if selected, are executed.</p>"
"<p>One-time shutdown procedure to be executed after all scheduler jobs are completed. The script is executed <span style=\" font-weight:600; text-decoration: underline;\">after</span> the shutdown procedures (e.g. parking), if selected, are completed.</p>"
"<li style=\" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Auto Debayer</span>: Bayered images will not be debayered. Only grayscale images are shown.</li>"
"<li style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Auto WCS</span>: World Coordinate System data will not be processed. WCS maps sky coordinates to image coordinates. Equatorial grid lines, object identification, and telescope slew within an image are disabled.</li>"
"<li style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">3D Cube</span>: RGB images will not be processed. Only grayscale images are shown.</li>"
"<p>Automatically load World-Coordinate-System (WCS) data when opening a FITS file.</p>"
"<p><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Warning: Only enable this option on very fast machines as it can lead to unpredictable behavior resulting in crashes on slower machines.</span></p>"
"<p>To create an <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Alias</span> from an existing driver, select an existing driver and then only change the <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Label </span>then press<span style=\" font-weight:600;\"> Add.</span></p>"
"<p>Mount handset is the master source of time and location settings. KStars time and location settings are synchronized with controller settings.</p>"
"<p>Set SER video <b>remote</b> directory name. If INDI server is running locally, then a local directory can be selected. However, if you are connected to a remote INDI server, then the directory must be a valid directory on the remote file system where it is saved.</p>"
"\n"
"<p>Record directories may contain some patterns to make them dynamic:</p>"
"Verify if the following time, date, and location settings are correct. If any of the settings are incorrect, you can correct them via the <tt>Set time</tt> and <tt>Set Location</tt> buttons.\n"
"Enter the port number your telescope is connected to. If you only have one serial port in your computer, the port is usually <tt>/dev/ttyUSB0</tt>\n"
"<br>"
"<br>"
"If you are unsure about the port number, you can leave the field empty and KStars will try to scan the ports for attached telescopes. Beware that the autoscan process might take a few minutes to complete. "
msgid "Switch to horizonal view (Horizontal &Coordinates)"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (PositionTimeBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:9
#, kde-format
msgid "Position of the time InfoBox."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (PositionTimeBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:10
#, kde-format
msgid "The screen coordinates of the Time InfoBox."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (PositionFocusBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:14
#, kde-format
msgid "Position of the focus InfoBox."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (PositionFocusBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:15
#, kde-format
msgid "The screen coordinates of the Focus InfoBox."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (PositionGeoBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:19
#, kde-format
msgid "Position of the geographic InfoBox."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (PositionGeoBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:20
#, kde-format
msgid "The screen coordinates of the Geographic Location InfoBox."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShadeTimeBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:24
#, kde-format
msgid "Is the time InfoBox in the \"shaded\" state?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShadeTimeBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:25
#, kde-format
msgid "If true, the Time InfoBox will show only its top line of data."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShadeFocusBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:29
#, kde-format
msgid "Is the focus InfoBox in the \"shaded\" state?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShadeFocusBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:30
#, kde-format
msgid "If true, the Focus InfoBox will show only its top line of data."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShadeGeoBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:34
#, kde-format
msgid "Is the geographic InfoBox in the \"shaded\" state?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShadeGeoBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:35
#, kde-format
msgid "If true, the Geographic Location InfoBox will show only its top line of data."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowInfoBoxes), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:39
#, kde-format
msgid "Meta-option to toggle display of all InfoBoxes"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowInfoBoxes), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:40
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggles display of all three InfoBoxes."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowTimeBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:44
#, kde-format
msgid "Display the time InfoBox?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowTimeBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:45
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggles display of the Time InfoBox."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowFocusBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:49
#, kde-format
msgid "Display the focus InfoBox?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowFocusBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:50
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggles display of the Focus InfoBox."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowGeoBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:54
#, kde-format
msgid "Display the geographic InfoBox?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowGeoBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:55
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggles display of the Geographic Location InfoBox."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (StickyTimeBox), group (GUI)
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (StickyFocusBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:59 kstars.kcfg:66
#, kde-format
msgid "Time InfoBox anchor flag"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (StickyTimeBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:60
#, kde-format
msgid "Is the Time InfoBox anchored to a window edge? 0 = not anchored; 1 = anchored to right edge; 2 = anchored to bottom edge; 3 = anchored to bottom and right edges."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (StickyFocusBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:67
#, kde-format
msgid "Is the Focus InfoBox anchored to a window edge? 0 = not anchored; 1 = anchored to right edge; 2 = anchored to bottom edge; 3 = anchored to bottom and right edges."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (StickyGeoBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:73
#, kde-format
msgid "Geographic InfoBox anchor flag"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (StickyGeoBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:74
#, kde-format
msgid "Is the Geographic Location InfoBox anchored to a window edge? 0 = not anchored; 1 = anchored to right edge; 2 = anchored to bottom edge; 3 = anchored to bottom and right edges."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowStatusBar), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:80
#, kde-format
msgid "Display the statusbar?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowStatusBar), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:81
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle display of the status bar."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowAltAzField), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:85
#, kde-format
msgid "Display Alt/Az coordinates in the statusbar?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowAltAzField), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:86
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle display of the Horizontal coordinates of the mouse cursor in the status bar."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowRADecField), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:90
#, kde-format
msgid "Display RA/Dec coordinates in the statusbar?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowRADecField), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:91
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle display of the Equatorial coordinates of the mouse cursor at the current epoch in the status bar."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowJ2000RADecField), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:95
#, kde-format
msgid "Display J2000.0 RA/Dec coordinates in the statusbar?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowJ2000RADecField), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:96
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle display of the Equatorial coordinates of the mouse cursor at the standard epoch in the status bar."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowSensorFOV), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:100
#, kde-format
msgid "Display CCD sensor angular size on the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (WindowWidth), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:104
#, kde-format
msgid "Width of main window, in pixels"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (WindowHeight), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:108
#, kde-format
msgid "Height of main window, in pixels"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (RunStartupWizard), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:112
#, kde-format
msgid "Run Startup Wizard when KStars launches?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CurrentTheme), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:116
#, kde-format
msgid "Current application theme"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CatalogFile), group (Catalogs)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:123
#, kde-format
msgid "Filenames of defined custom object catalogs."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (CatalogFile), group (Catalogs)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:124
#, kde-format
msgid "List of the filenames of custom object catalogs."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowCatalog), group (Catalogs)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:127
#, kde-format
msgid "List of toggles for displaying custom object catalogs."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowCatalog), group (Catalogs)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:128
#, kde-format
msgid "List of integers toggling display of each custom object catalog (any nonzero value indicates the objects in that catalog will be displayed)."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowCatalogNames), group (Catalogs)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:131
#, kde-format
msgid "List for displaying custom object catalogs."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowCatalogNames), group (Catalogs)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:132
#, kde-format
msgid "List of names for which custom catalogs are to be displayed."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ResolveNamesOnline), group (Catalogs)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:135
#, kde-format
msgid "Resolve names using online services."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ResolveNamesOnline), group (Catalogs)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:136
#, kde-format
msgid "Names of objects entered into the find dialog are resolved using online services and stored in the database. This option also toggles the display of such resolved objects on the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (INDIWindowWidth), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:143
#, kde-format
msgid "INDI window width"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (INDIWindowHeight), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:147
#, kde-format
msgid "INDI window height"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (useGeographicUpdate), group (indi)
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (useTimeUpdate), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:155
#, kde-format
msgid "Automatically updates time and date?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (independentWindowINDI), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:159
#, kde-format
msgid "Make INDI Control Panel window independent of KStars main window"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (showTargetCrosshair), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:163
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw crosshairs at telescope position in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (showTargetCrosshair), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:164
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle display of crosshairs centered at telescope's pointed position in the KStars sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (showINDIMessages), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:168
#, kde-format
msgid "Display INDI messages in the statusbar?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (showINDIMessages), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:169
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle display of INDI messages in the KStars statusbar."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (messageNotificationINDI), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:173
#, kde-format
msgid "INDI message notifications"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (messageNotificationINDI), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:174
#, kde-format
msgid "Show INDI messages as desktop notifications instead of dialogs."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (useKStarsSource), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:178
#, kde-format
msgid "Use KStars time and location for synchronization?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (useMountSource), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:182
#, kde-format
msgid "Use mount time and location for synchronization?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (useGPSSource), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:186
#, kde-format
msgid "Use GPS time and location for synchronization?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (fitsDir), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:190
#, kde-format
msgid "FITS Default directory"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (fitsDir), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:191
#, kde-format
msgid "The default location of saved FITS files"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (serverPortStart), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:195
#, kde-format
msgid "INDI Server Start Port"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (serverPortStart), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:196
#, kde-format
msgid "INDI server will attempt to bind with ports starting from this port"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (serverPortEnd), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:200
#, kde-format
msgid "INDI Server Final Port"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (serverPortEnd), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:201
#, kde-format
msgid "INDI server will attempt to bind with ports ending with this port"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (filterAlias), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:205
#, kde-format
msgid "Aliases for filter wheel slots."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (filterAlias), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:206
#, kde-format
msgid "List of the aliases for filter wheel slots."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (indiServer), group (indi)
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (indiServer), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:209 kstars.kcfg:210
#, kde-format
msgid "PATH to indiserver binary"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (indiDriversDir), group (indi)
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (indiDriversDir), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:218 kstars.kcfg:219
#, kde-format
msgid "PATH to indi drivers directory"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (indiDriversAreInternal), group (indi)
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometrySolverIsInternal), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:223 kstars.kcfg:1860
#, kde-format
msgid "Internal or External Astrometry Solver?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (streamWindowWidth), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:227
#, kde-format
msgid "Video streaming window width"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (streamWindowHeight), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:231
#, kde-format
msgid "Video streaming window height"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (INDIMountLogging), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:235
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable INDI Mount logging"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (INDIFocuserLogging), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:239
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable INDI Focuser logging"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (INDICCDLogging), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:243
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable INDI CCD logging"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (INDIFilterWheelLogging), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:247
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable INDI Filter Wheel logging"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (INDIDomeLogging), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:251
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable INDI Dome logging"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (INDIDetectorLogging), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:255
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable INDI Detector logging"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (INDIWeatherLogging), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:259
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable INDI Weather logging"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (INDIAuxiliaryLogging), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:263
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable INDI Auxiliary logging"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (INDIRotatorLogging), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:267
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable INDI Rotator logging"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (INDIGPSLogging), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:271
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable INDI GPS logging"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (INDIAOLogging), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:275
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable INDI Adaptive Optics logging"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CityName), group (Location)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:282
#, kde-format
msgid "City name of geographic location."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (CityName), group (Location)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:283
#, kde-format
msgid "The City name of the current geographic location."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ProvinceName), group (Location)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:287
#, kde-format
msgid "Province name of geographic location."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ProvinceName), group (Location)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:288
#, kde-format
msgid "The Province name of the current geographic location. This is the name of the state for locations in the U. S."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CountryName), group (Location)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:292
#, kde-format
msgid "Country name of geographic location."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (CountryName), group (Location)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:293
#, kde-format
msgid "The Country name of the current geographic location."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (Longitude), group (Location)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:297
#, kde-format
msgid "Geographic Longitude, in degrees."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (Longitude), group (Location)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:298
#, kde-format
msgid "The longitude of the current geographic location, in decimal degrees."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (Latitude), group (Location)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:302
#, kde-format
msgid "Geographic Latitude, in degrees."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (Latitude), group (Location)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:303
#, kde-format
msgid "The latitude of the current geographic location, in decimal degrees."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (Elevation), group (Location)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:307
#, kde-format
msgid "Elevation above sea level of geographic location, in meters."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (TimeZone), group (Location)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:311
#, kde-format
msgid "Time Zone offset of geographic location, in hours."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DST), group (Location)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:315
#, kde-format
msgid "Two-letter code for daylight savings time rule used by geographic location."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DST), group (Location)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:316
#, kde-format
msgid "Two-letter code that determines the dates on which daylight savings time begins and ends (you can view the rules by pressing the \"Explain DST Rules\" button in the Geographic Location window)."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseAnimatedSlewing), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:323
#, kde-format
msgid "Use animated slewing effects when changing focus position?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseAnimatedSlewing), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:324
#, kde-format
msgid "If true, focus changes will cause the sky to visibly spin to the new position. Otherwise, the display will \"snap\" instantly to the new position."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FOVNames), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:328
#, kde-format
msgid "Name of selected FOV indicators"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (FOVNames), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:329
#, kde-format
msgid "The names of the currently selected field-of-view indicators. The list of defined FOV indicator names is listed in the \"Settings|FOV Symbols\" menu."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FadePlanetTrails), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:333
#, kde-format
msgid "Fade planet trails to background color?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (FadePlanetTrails), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:334
#, kde-format
msgid "If true, trails attached to solar system bodies will fade into the background sky color."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusRA), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:338
#, kde-format
msgid "Right Ascension of focus position"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (FocusRA), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:339
#, kde-format
msgid "The right ascension of the initial focus position of the sky map, in decimal hours. This value is volatile; it is reset whenever the program shuts down."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusDec), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:343
#, kde-format
msgid "Declination of focus position"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (FocusDec), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:344
#, kde-format
msgid "The declination of the initial focus position of the sky map, in decimal degrees. This value is volatile; it is reset whenever the program shuts down."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusObject), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:348
#, kde-format
msgid "Name of focused object"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (FocusObject), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:349
#, kde-format
msgid "The name of the object that should be centered and tracked on startup. If no object should be centered, set to \"nothing\". This value is volatile; it is reset whenever the program shuts down."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (IsTracking), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:353
#, kde-format
msgid "Is tracking engaged?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (IsTracking), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:354
#, kde-format
msgid "True if the skymap should track on its initial position on startup. This value is volatile; it is reset whenever the program shuts down."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (HideOnSlew), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:358
#, kde-format
msgid "Hide objects while moving?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (HideOnSlew), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:359
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether KStars should hide some objects while the display is moving, for smoother motion."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (HideCBounds), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:363
#, kde-format
msgid "Hide constellation boundaries while moving?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (HideCBounds), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:364
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether constellation boundaries are hidden while the display is in motion."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (HideCLines), group (View)
msgid "Draw grids according to active coordinate system?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AutoSelectGrid), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:519
#, kde-format
msgid "Coordinate grids will automatically change according to active coordinate system."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowEquatorialGrid), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:523
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw equatorial coordinate grid in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowEquatorialGrid), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:524
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether the equatorial coordinate grid is drawn in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowHorizontalGrid), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:528
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw horizontal coordinate grid in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowHorizontalGrid), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:529
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether the horizontal coordinate grid is drawn in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowLocalMeridian), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:533
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw local meridian line in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowLocalMeridian), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:534
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether the local meridian line is drawn in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowGround), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:538
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw opaque ground in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowGround), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:539
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether the region below the horizon is opaque."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowHorizon), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:543
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw horizon line in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowHorizon), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:544
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether the horizon line is drawn in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowFlags), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:548
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw flags in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowFlags), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:549
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether flags are drawn in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowIC), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:553
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw IC objects in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowIC), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:554
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether IC objects are drawn in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowNGC), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:558
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw NGC objects in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowNGC), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:559
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether NGC objects are drawn in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowMessier), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:563
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw Messier objects in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowMessier), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:564
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether Messier objects are drawn in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowMessierImages), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:568
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw Messier object images in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowMessierImages), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:569
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether Messier objects are rendered as images in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowOther), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:573
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw extra deep-sky objects in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowOther), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:574
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether extra objects are drawn in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowMilkyWay), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:578
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw Milky Way contour in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowMilkyWay), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:579
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether the Milky Way contour is drawn in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FillMilkyWay), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:583
#, kde-format
msgid "Fill Milky Way contour? (false means use outline only)"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (FillMilkyWay), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:584
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether the Milky Way contour is filled. When this option is false, the Milky Way is shown as an outline."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowSolarSystem), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:588
#, kde-format
msgid "Meta-option for all planets in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowSolarSystem), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:589
#, kde-format
msgid "Meta-option to control whether all major planets (and the Sun and Moon) are drawn in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowPlanetImages), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:593
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw planets as images in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowPlanetImages), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:594
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether major planets (and the Sun and Moon) are rendered as images in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowPlanetNames), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:598
#, kde-format
msgid "Label planet names in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowPlanetNames), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:599
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether major planets (and the Sun and Moon) are labeled in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowSun), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:603
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw Sun in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowSun), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:604
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether the Sun is drawn in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowMoon), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:608
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw Moon in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowMoon), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:609
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether the Moon is drawn in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowMercury), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:613
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw Mercury in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowMercury), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:614
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether Mercury is drawn in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowVenus), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:618
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw Venus in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowVenus), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:619
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether Venus is drawn in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowMars), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:623
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw Mars in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowMars), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:624
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether Mars is drawn in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowJupiter), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:628
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw Jupiter in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowJupiter), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:629
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether Jupiter is drawn in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowSaturn), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:633
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw Saturn in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowSaturn), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:634
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether Saturn is drawn in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowUranus), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:638
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw Uranus in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowUranus), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:639
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether Uranus is drawn in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowNeptune), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:643
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw Neptune in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowNeptune), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:644
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether Neptune is drawn in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowPluto), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:648
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw Pluto in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowPluto), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:649
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether Pluto is drawn in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowStars), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:653
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw stars in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowStars), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:654
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether stars are drawn in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowStarMagnitudes), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:658
#, kde-format
msgid "Label star magnitudes in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowStarMagnitudes), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:659
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether star magnitude (brightness) labels are shown in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowStarNames), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:663
#, kde-format
msgid "Label star names in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowStarNames), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:664
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether star name labels are shown in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowDeepSkyMagnitudes), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:668
#, kde-format
msgid "Label deep-sky object magnitudes in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowDeepSkyMagnitudes), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:669
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether deep-sky object magnitude (brightness) labels are shown in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowDeepSkyNames), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:673
#, kde-format
msgid "Label deep-sky objects in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowDeepSkyNames), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:674
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether deep-sky object name labels are shown in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SlewTimeScale), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:678
#, kde-format
msgid "Minimum timescale for forced-slewing mode"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (SlewTimeScale), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:679
#, kde-format
msgid "The timescale above which slewing mode is forced on at all times."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (BoxBGMode), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:683
#, kde-format
msgid "InfoBoxes Background fill mode"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (BoxBGMode), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:684
#, kde-format
msgid "The background fill mode for the on-screen information boxes: 0=\"no BG\"; 1=\"semi-transparent BG\"; 2=\"opaque BG\""
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (Projection), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:688
#, kde-format
msgid "Mapping projection algorithm"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (Projection), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:689
#, kde-format
msgid "Algorithm for the mapping projection."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseAbbrevConstellNames), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:693
#, kde-format
msgid "Use abbreviated constellation names?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseAbbrevConstellNames), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:694
#, kde-format
msgid "Use official IAU abbreviations for constellation names."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseLatinConstellNames), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:698
#, kde-format
msgid "Use Latin constellation names?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseLatinConstellNames), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:699
#, kde-format
msgid "Use Latin constellation names."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseLocalConstellNames), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:703
#, kde-format
msgid "Use localized constellation names?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseLocalConstellNames), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:704
#, kde-format
msgid "Use localized constellation names (if localized names are not available, default to Latin names)."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseAltAz), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:708
#, kde-format
msgid "Use horizontal coordinate system?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseAltAz), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:709
#, kde-format
msgid "Display the sky with horizontal coordinates (when false, equatorial coordinates will be used)."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseAutoLabel), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:713
#, kde-format
msgid "Automatically label focused object?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseAutoLabel), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:714
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether a centered object automatically gets a name label attached."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseAutoTrail), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:718 tools/scriptbuilder.cpp:696
#, kde-format
msgid "Automatically add trail to centered solar system body?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseAutoTrail), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:719
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether a centered solar system object automatically gets a trail attached, as long as it remains centered."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseHoverLabel), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:723
#, kde-format
msgid "Add temporary label on mouse hover?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseHoverLabel), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:724
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether the object under the mouse cursor gets a transient name label."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseRefraction), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:728
#, kde-format
msgid "Correct positions for atmospheric refraction?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseRefraction), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:729
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether object positions are corrected for the effects of atmospheric refraction (only applies when horizontal coordinates are used)."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseRelativistic), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:733
#, kde-format
msgid "Apply relativistic corrections due to the bending of light in sun's gravitational field"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseRelativistic), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:734
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether corrections due to bending of light around the sun are taken into account"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseAntialias), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:738
#, kde-format
msgid "Use antialiasing when drawing the screen?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseAntialias), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:739
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether the sky is rendered using antialiasing. Lines and shapes are smoother with antialiasing, but rendering the screen will take more time."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ZoomFactor), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:743
#, kde-format
msgid "Zoom Factor, in pixels per radian"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ZoomFactor), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:744
#, kde-format
msgid "The zoom level, measured in pixels per radian."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ZoomScrollFactor), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:750
#, kde-format
msgid "Zoom scroll sensitivity."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ZoomScrollFactor), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:751
#, kde-format
msgid "When zooming in or out, change zoom speed factor by this multiplier."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MagLimitAsteroid), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:757
#, kde-format
msgid "Faint limit for asteroids"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (MagLimitAsteroid), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:758
#, kde-format
msgid "The faint magnitude limit for drawing asteroids."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MagLimitAsteroidDownload), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:762
#, kde-format
msgid "Maximum magnitude for asteroids to be downloaded from JPL."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (MagLimitAsteroidDownload), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:763
#, kde-format
msgid "The maximum magnitude (visibility) to filter the asteroid data download from JPL."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AsteroidLabelDensity), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:767
#, kde-format
msgid "Label density for asteroid names"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AsteroidLabelDensity), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:768
#, kde-format
msgid "Controls the relative number of asteroid name labels drawn in the map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MagLimitDrawDeepSky), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:772
#, kde-format
msgid "Faint limit for deep-sky objects"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (MagLimitDrawDeepSky), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:773
#, kde-format
msgid "The faint magnitude limit for drawing deep-sky objects, when fully zoomed in."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MagLimitDrawDeepSkyZoomOut), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:777
#, kde-format
msgid "Faint limit for deep-sky objects when zoomed out"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (MagLimitDrawDeepSkyZoomOut), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:778
#, kde-format
msgid "The faint magnitude limit for drawing deep-sky objects, when fully zoomed out."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowUnknownMagObjects), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:782
#, kde-format
msgid "Show deep-sky objects of unknown magnitude"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowUnknownMagObjects), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:783
#, kde-format
msgid "When enabled, objects whose magnitudes are unknown, or not available to KStars, are drawn irrespective of the faint limits set."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MagLimitDrawStar), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:788
#, kde-format
msgid "Faint limit for stars"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (MagLimitDrawStar), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:789
#, kde-format
msgid "The faint magnitude limit for drawing stars, when fully zoomed in."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (StarDensity), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:793
#, kde-format
msgid "Density of stars in the field of view"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (StarDensity), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:794
#, kde-format
msgid "Sets the density of stars in the field of view"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MagLimitDrawStarZoomOut), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:799
#, kde-format
msgid "Faint limit for stars when zoomed out"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (MagLimitDrawStarZoomOut), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:800
#, kde-format
msgid "The faint magnitude limit for drawing stars, when fully zoomed out."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MagLimitHideStar), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:805
#, kde-format
msgid "Faint limit for stars when slewing"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (MagLimitHideStar), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:806
#, kde-format
msgid "The faint magnitude limit for drawing stars, when the map is in motion (only applicable if faint stars are set to be hidden while the map is in motion)."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (StarLabelDensity), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:810
#, kde-format
msgid "Relative density for star name labels and/or magnitudes"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (StarLabelDensity), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:811
#, kde-format
msgid "The relative density for drawing star name and magnitude labels."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DeepSkyLabelDensity), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:815
#, kde-format
msgid "Relative density for deep-sky object name labels and/or magnitudes"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DeepSkyLabelDensity), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:816
#, kde-format
msgid "The relative density for drawing deep-sky object name and magnitude labels."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DeepSkyLongLabels), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:820
#, kde-format
msgid "Show long names in deep-sky object name labels?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DeepSkyLongLabels), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:821
#, kde-format
msgid "If true, long names (common names) for deep-sky objects are shown in the labels."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MaxRadCometName), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:825
#, kde-format
msgid "Maximum distance from Sun for labeling comets, in AU"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (MaxRadCometName), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:826
#, kde-format
msgid "The maximum solar distance for drawing comets."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseGL), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:830
#, kde-format
msgid "Switch to OpenGL backend"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseGL), group (View)
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (RunClock), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:835
#, kde-format
msgid "Run clock"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (RunClock), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:836
#, kde-format
msgid "The state of the clock (running or not)"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ObsListSymbol), group (ObservingList)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:842
#, kde-format
msgid "Use symbols to label observing list objects"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ObsListSymbol), group (ObservingList)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:843
#, kde-format
msgid "Objects in the observing list will be highlighted with a symbol in the map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ObsListText), group (ObservingList)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:847
#, kde-format
msgid "Use text to label observing list objects"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ObsListText), group (ObservingList)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:848
#, kde-format
msgid "Objects in the observing list will be highlighted with a colored name label in the map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ObsListPreferDSS), group (ObservingList)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:852
#, kde-format
msgid "Prefer Digitized Sky Survey imagery in the observing list"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ObsListPreferDSS), group (ObservingList)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:853
#, kde-format
msgid "The observing list will prefer DSS imagery while downloading imagery."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ObsListPreferSDSS), group (ObservingList)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:857
#, kde-format
msgid "Prefer Sloan Digital Sky Survey imagery in the observing list"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ObsListPreferSDSS), group (ObservingList)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:858
#, kde-format
msgid "The observing list will prefer SDSS imagery while downloading imagery."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ObsListDemoteHole), group (ObservingList)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:862
#, kde-format
msgid "While sorting by percentage altitude in the observing list, demote objects present in the Dobsonian hole"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ObsListDemoteHole), group (ObservingList)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:863
#, kde-format
msgid "Check this if you use a large Dobsonian telescope. Sorting by percentage current altitude is an easy way of determining what objects are well-placed for observation. However, when using a large Dobsonian telescope, objects close to the zenith are hard to observe. Since tracking there corresponds to a rotation in azimuth, it is both counterintuitive and requires the observer to frequently move the ladder. The region around the zenith where this is particularly frustrating is called the Dobsonian hole. This checkbox makes the observing list consider objects present in the hole as unfit for observation."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ObsListHoleSize), group (ObservingList)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:867
#, kde-format
msgid "This is the angular distance from the zenith, in degrees, below which you can easily point your telescope."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ObsListHoleSize), group (ObservingList)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:868
#, kde-format
msgid "This specifies the angular radius of the Dobsonian hole, i.e. the region where a large Dobsonian telescope cannot be pointed easily."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ColorSchemeFile), group (Colors)
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ColorSchemeFile), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:874 kstars.kcfg:875
#, kde-format
msgid "The name of the color scheme"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (StarColorMode), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:879
#, kde-format
msgid "Mode for rendering stars"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (StarColorMode), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:880
#, kde-format
msgid "The method for rendering stars: 0=\"realistic colors\"; 1=\"solid red\"; 2=\"solid black\"; 3=\"solid white\"; 4=\"solid real colors\""
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (StarColorIntensity), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:885
#, kde-format
msgid "Saturation level of star colors"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (StarColorIntensity), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:886
#, kde-format
msgid "The color saturation level of stars (only applicable when using \"realistic colors\" mode)."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AngularRulerColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:891
#, kde-format
msgid "Color of angular distance ruler"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AngularRulerColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:892
#, kde-format
msgid "The color for the angular-distance measurement ruler."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (BoxBGColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:896
#, kde-format
msgid "Background color of InfoBoxes"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (BoxBGColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:897
#, kde-format
msgid "The background color of the on-screen information boxes."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (BoxGrabColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:901
#, kde-format
msgid "Text color of InfoBoxes when grabbed with mouse"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (BoxGrabColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:902
#, kde-format
msgid "The text color for the on-screen information boxes, when activated by a mouse click."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (BoxTextColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:906
#, kde-format
msgid "Text color of InfoBoxes"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (BoxTextColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:907
#, kde-format
msgid "The normal text color of the on-screen information boxes."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CBoundColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:911
#, kde-format
msgid "Color of constellation boundaries"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (CBoundColor), group (Colors)
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (CBoundHighColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:912 kstars.kcfg:917
#, kde-format
msgid "The color for the constellation boundary lines."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CBoundHighColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:916
#, kde-format
msgid "Color of highlighted constellation boundary"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CLineColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:921
#, kde-format
msgid "Color of constellation lines"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (CLineColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:922
#, kde-format
msgid "The color for the constellation figure lines."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CNameColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:926
#, kde-format
msgid "Color of constellation names"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (CNameColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:927
#, kde-format
msgid "The color for the constellation names."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CompassColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:931
#, kde-format
msgid "Color of cardinal compass labels along horizon"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (CompassColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:932
#, kde-format
msgid "The color for the cardinal compass point labels."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (EclipticColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:936
#, kde-format
msgid "Color of ecliptic line"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (EclipticColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:937
#, kde-format
msgid "The color for the ecliptic line."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (EquatorColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:941
#, kde-format
msgid "Color of equator line"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (EquatorColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:942
#, kde-format
msgid "The color for the equator line."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (EquatorialGridColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:946
#, kde-format
msgid "Color of equatorial coordinate grid lines"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (EquatorialGridColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:947
#, kde-format
msgid "The color for the equatorial coordinate grid lines."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (HorizontalGridColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:951
#, kde-format
msgid "Color of horizontal coordinate grid lines"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (HorizontalGridColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:952
#, kde-format
msgid "The color for the horizontal coordinate grid lines."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SpecialObjectColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:956
#, kde-format
msgid "Color of objects with extra links available"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (SpecialObjectColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:957
#, kde-format
msgid "The color for objects which have extra URL links available."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (HorizonColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:961
#, kde-format
msgid "Color of horizon line"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (HorizonColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:962
#, kde-format
msgid "The color for the horizon line and opaque ground."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (LocalMeridianColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:966
#, kde-format
msgid "Color of local meridian line"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (LocalMeridianColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:967
#, kde-format
msgid "The color for the local meridian line."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MessierColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:971
#, kde-format
msgid "Color of Messier objects"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (MessierColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:972
#, kde-format
msgid "The color for Messier object symbols."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (NGCColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:976
#, kde-format
msgid "Color of NGC objects"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (NGCColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:977
#, kde-format
msgid "The color for NGC object symbols."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ICColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:981
#, kde-format
msgid "Color of IC objects"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ICColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:982
#, kde-format
msgid "The color for IC object symbols."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MilkyWayWColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:986
#, kde-format
msgid "Color of Milky Way contour"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (MilkyWayWColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:987
#, kde-format
msgid "The color for the Milky Way contour."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (StarNameColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:991
#, kde-format
msgid "Color of star name labels"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (StarNameColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:992
#, kde-format
msgid "The color for star name labels."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DeepSkyNameColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:996
#, kde-format
msgid "Color of deep-sky object name labels"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DeepSkyNameColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:997
#, kde-format
msgid "The color for deep-sky object name labels."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (PlanetNameColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1001
#, kde-format
msgid "Color of planet name labels"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (PlanetNameColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1002
#, kde-format
msgid "The color for solar system object labels."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (PlanetTrailColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1006
#, kde-format
msgid "Color of planet trails"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (PlanetTrailColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1007
#, kde-format
msgid "The color for solar system object trails."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SkyColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1011
#, kde-format
msgid "Color of sky"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (SkyColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1012
#, kde-format
msgid "The color for the sky background."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ArtificialHorizonColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1016
#, kde-format
msgid "Color Artificial Horizon"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ArtificialHorizonColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1017
#, kde-format
msgid "The color for the artificial horizon region."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (TelescopeTargetColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1021
#, kde-format
msgid "Color of telescope symbols"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (TelescopeTargetColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1022
#, kde-format
msgid "The color for telescope target symbols."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (VisibleSatColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1026
#, kde-format
msgid "Color of visible satellites"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (VisibleSatColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1027
#, kde-format
msgid "Color of visible satellites."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SatColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1031
#, kde-format
msgid "Color of invisible satellites"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (SatColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1032
#, kde-format
msgid "Color of invisible satellites."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SatLabelColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1036
#, kde-format
msgid "Color of satellites labels"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (SatLabelColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1037
#, kde-format
msgid "Color of satellites labels."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SupernovaColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1041
#, kde-format
msgid "Color of supernovae"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (SupernovaColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1042
#, kde-format
msgid "Color of supernova"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UserLabelColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1046
#, kde-format
msgid "Color of user-added labels"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UserLabelColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1047
#, kde-format
msgid "The color for user-added object labels."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (RAGuideColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1051
#, kde-format
msgid "Color of RA Guide Error"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (RAGuideColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1052
#, kde-format
msgid "The color for RA Guide Error bar in Ekos guide module."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DEGuideColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1056
#, kde-format
msgid "Color of DEC Guide Error"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DEGuideColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1057
#, kde-format
msgid "The color for DEC Guide Error bar in Ekos guide module."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SolverFOVColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1061
#, kde-format
msgid "Color of solver FOV box"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (SolverFOVColor), group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1062
#, kde-format
msgid "The color for solver FOV box in Ekos alignment module."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (xplanetIsInternal), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1068 xplanet/opsxplanet.cpp:29
#, kde-format
msgid "Internal or External XPlanet?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (XplanetPath), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1072
#, kde-format
msgid "Path to xplanet binary"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetPath), group (Xplanet)
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetLabel), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1093
#, kde-format
msgid "If true, display a label in the upper right corner."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (XplanetLabelLocalTime), group (Xplanet)
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (XplanetLabelGMT), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1097 kstars.kcfg:1102
#, kde-format
msgid "Show GMT label"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetLabelLocalTime), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1098
#, kde-format
msgid "Show local time."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetLabelGMT), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1103
#, kde-format
msgid "Show GMT instead of local time."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (XplanetLabelString), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1107
#, kde-format
msgid "Planet string"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetLabelString), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1108
#, kde-format, no-c-format
msgid "Specify the text of the first line of the label. By default, it says something like \"Looking at Earth\". Any instances of %t will be replaced by the target name, and any instances of %o will be replaced by the origin name."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (XplanetFontSize), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1112
#, kde-format
msgid "Font Size"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetFontSize), group (Xplanet)
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (XplanetDateFormat), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1122
#, kde-format
msgid "Date format"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetDateFormat), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1123
#, kde-format, no-c-format
msgid "Specify the format for the date/time label. This format string is passed to strftime(3). The default is \"%c %Z\", which shows the date, time, and time zone in the locale’s appropriate date and time representation."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (XplanetLabelTL), group (Xplanet)
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetLongitude), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1164
#, kde-format
msgid "Place the observer above the specified longitude (in degrees). Longitude is positive going east, negative going west (for the earth and moon), so for example Los Angeles is at -118 or 242. The default value is 0."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (XplanetProjection), group (Xplanet)
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetBackground), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1184
#, kde-format
msgid "Use a file as the background image, with the planet to be superimposed upon it. This option is only meaningful with the -projection option. A color may also be supplied."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (XplanetBackgroundImage), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1188
#, kde-format
msgid "Use background image"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetBackgroundImage), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1189
#, kde-format
msgid "Use a file as the background image."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (XplanetBackgroundImagePath), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1193
#, kde-format
msgid "Background image path"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetBackgroundImagePath), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1194
#, kde-format
msgid "The path of the background image."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (XplanetBackgroundColor), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1198
#, kde-format
msgid "Use background color"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetBackgroundColor), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1199
#, kde-format
msgid "Use a color as the background."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (XplanetBackgroundColorValue), group (Xplanet)
msgid "A star of the specified magnitude will have a pixel brightness of 1. The default value is 10. Stars will be drawn more brightly if this number is larger."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (XplanetArcFile), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1213
#, kde-format
msgid "Arc file"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetArcFile), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1214
#, kde-format
msgid "If checked, use an arc file to be plotted against the background stars."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (XplanetArcFilePath), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1218
#, kde-format
msgid "Path to arc file"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetArcFilePath), group (Xplanet)
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AlwaysRecomputeCoordinates), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1302
#, kde-format
msgid "Checking this option causes recomputation of current equatorial coordinates from catalog coordinates (i.e. application of precession, nutation and aberration corrections) for every redraw of the map. This makes processing slower when there are many stars to handle, but is more likely to be bug free. There are known bugs in the rendering of stars when this recomputation is avoided."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DefaultDSSImageSize), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1306
#, kde-format
msgid "Default size for DSS images"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DefaultDSSImageSize), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1307
#, kde-format
msgid "The default size for DSS images downloaded from the internet."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DSSPadding), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1311
#, kde-format
msgid "Additional padding around DSS Images of deep-sky objects"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DSSPadding), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1312
#, kde-format
msgid "To include parts of the star field, we add some extra padding around DSS images of deep-sky objects. This option configures the total (both sides) padding added to either dimension of the field."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (VerboseLogging), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1316
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable Verbose Logging"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (VerboseLogging), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1317
#, kde-format
msgid "Checking this option causes KStars to generate verbose debug information for diagnostic purposes. This may cause slowdown of KStars."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (RegularLogging), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1321
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable Regular Logging"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (RegularLogging), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1322
#, kde-format
msgid "Checking this option causes KStars to generate regular debug information."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DisableLogging), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1326
#, kde-format
msgid "Disable Verbose Logging"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DisableLogging), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1327
#, kde-format
msgid "Checking this option causes KStars to stop generating ANY debug information."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (LogToDefault), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1331
#, kde-format
msgid "Log debug message to default output"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (LogToDefault), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1332
#, kde-format
msgid "Checking this option causes KStars log debug messages to the default output used by the platform (e.g. Standard Error)."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (LogToFile), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1336
#, kde-format
msgid "Log debug message to a log file"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (LogToFile), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1337
#, kde-format
msgid "Checking this option causes KStars log debug messages to a log file as specified."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (FITSLogging), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1341
#, kde-format
msgid "Log FITS Data activity."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (INDILogging), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1345
#, kde-format
msgid "Log INDI devices activity."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (CaptureLogging), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1349
#, kde-format
msgid "Log Ekos Capture Module activity."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (FocusLogging), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1353
#, kde-format
msgid "Log Ekos Focus Module activity."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (GuideLogging), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1357
#, kde-format
msgid "Log Ekos Guide Module activity."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AlignmentLogging), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1361
#, kde-format
msgid "Log Ekos Alignment Module activity."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (MountLogging), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1365
#, kde-format
msgid "Log Ekos Mount Module activity."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (useFITSViewer), group (FITSViewer)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1371
#, kde-format
msgid "Display every image captured in a FITS Viewer window."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (singlePreviewFITS), group (FITSViewer)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1375
#, kde-format
msgid "Preview FITS in a single tab?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (singleWindowCapturedFITS), group (FITSViewer)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1380
#, kde-format
msgid "Display all captured FITS in one window?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (singleWindowCapturedFITS), group (FITSViewer)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1381
#, kde-format
msgid "Display all captured FITS images in a single FITS Viewer window. By default each camera create its own FITS Viewer instance"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (singleWindowOpenedFITS), group (FITSViewer)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1385
#, kde-format
msgid "Display all opened FITS in one window?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (singleWindowOpenedFITS), group (FITSViewer)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1386
#, kde-format
msgid "Display all opened FITS images in a single FITS Viewer window."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (independentWindowFITS), group (FITSViewer)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1390
#, kde-format
msgid "Make FITS Viewer window independent of KStars main window"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AutoDebayer), group (FITSViewer)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1394
#, kde-format
msgid "Automatically debayer a FITS image if it is contains a bayer pattern"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (Auto3DCube), group (FITSViewer)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1398
#, kde-format
msgid "Process 3D FITS Cube (RGB). If false, only first channel is processed."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AutoWCS), group (FITSViewer)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1402
#, kde-format
msgid "Automatically process World-Coordinate-System (WCS) data when loading a FITS file."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (LimitedResourcesMode), group (FITSViewer)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1406
#, kde-format
msgid "Conserve CPU and memory by disabling all resource-intensive features in FITS Viewer"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (BortleClass), group (WISettings)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1412
#, kde-format
msgid "Bortle dark-sky rating"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (TelescopeCheck), group (WISettings)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1416
#, kde-format
msgid "Availability of telescope"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (BinocularsCheck), group (WISettings)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1420
#, kde-format
msgid "Availability of binoculars"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (BinocularsAperture), group (WISettings)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1424
#, kde-format
msgid "Aperture of available binocular"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ScopeListIndex), group (WISettings)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1428
#, kde-format
msgid "Index of selected scope from list of scopes"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (EkosWindowWidth), group (Ekos)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1434
#, kde-format
msgid "Ekos window width"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (EkosWindowHeight), group (Ekos)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1438
#, kde-format
msgid "Ekos window height"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (EkosLeftIcons), group (Ekos)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1446
#, kde-format
msgid "Ekos modules icons are placed to the left of pages"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (RememberCredentials), group (Ekos)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1450
#, kde-format
msgid "Remember Ekos Live credentials."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (independentWindowEkos), group (Ekos)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1454
#, kde-format
msgid "Make Ekos window independent of KStars main window"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (profile), group (Ekos)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1458
#, kde-format
msgid "Ekos drivers profile"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (neverLoadConfig), group (Ekos)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1462
#, kde-format
msgid "Never load device configuration?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (loadConfigOnConnection), group (Ekos)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1466
#, kde-format
msgid "Load device configuration upon successful connection?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (loadDefaultConfig), group (Ekos)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1470
#, kde-format
msgid "Always load device default configuration upon successful connection?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (shutterfulCCDs), group (DarkLibrary)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1480
#, kde-format
msgid "List of CCDs with mechanical or electronic shutters."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (shutterlessCCDs), group (DarkLibrary)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1483
#, kde-format
msgid "List of CCDs without mechanical or electronic shutters."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MinimumAltLimit), group (Mount)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1488
#, kde-format
msgid "Default minimum mount altitude limit"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MaximumAltLimit), group (Mount)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1493
#, kde-format
msgid "Default maximum mount altitude limit."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (MaximumAltLimit), group (Mount)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1494
#, kde-format
msgid "Maximum telescope altitude limit. If the telescope is above this limit, it will be commanded to stop."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (EnableAltitudeLimits), group (Mount)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1498
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable mount altitude limits."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DefaultCaptureCCD), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1504
#, kde-format
msgid "Default capture module CCD."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DefaultObserver), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1507
#, kde-format
msgid "Default observer full name."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SyncFOVPA), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1510
#, kde-format
msgid "Sync FOV indicator Position Angle with Rotator Settings Position Angle"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (PAMultiplier), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1514
#, kde-format
msgid "Position angle multiplier"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (PAOffset), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1518
#, kde-format
msgid "Position angle offset"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (GuideDeviation), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1522
#, kde-format
msgid "Default maximum permittable guide deviation"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (GuideDeviation), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1523
#, kde-format
msgid "If guide deviation exceeds this limit, the exposure will be automatically aborted and only resumed when the deviation is within this limit."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (HFRDeviation), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1527
#, kde-format
msgid "Default maximum permittable HFR deviation"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (HFRDeviation), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1528
#, kde-format
msgid "If HFR deviation exceeds this limit, the autofocus routine will be automatically started."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (EnforceGuideDeviation), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1532
#, kde-format
msgid "Enforce guiding deviation limit."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (EnforceAutofocus), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1536
#, kde-format
msgid "Enforce Autofocus HFR limit."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (EnforceRefocusEveryN), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1540
#, kde-format
msgid "Enforce Refocus Every N Minutes."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (RefocusEveryN), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1544
#, kde-format
msgid "Number of minute between forced refocus attempts"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (RefocusEveryN), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1545
#, kde-format
msgid "Sets the time interval before forced autofocus attempts during a capture sequence."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AutoMeridianHours), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1549
#, kde-format
msgid "Default hour angle to perform meridian flip"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AutoMeridianHours), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1550
#, kde-format
msgid "If the target hour angle exceeds this value, Ekos will command a meridian flip and if successful it will resume guiding and capture operations."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AutoMeridianFlip), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1553
#, kde-format
msgid "Flips the mount when reaching the meridian, if supported."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ResetMountModelAfterMeridian), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1557
#, kde-format
msgid "Reset mount model after meridian flip."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CalibrationADUValue), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1561
#, kde-format
msgid "Desired flat field ADU"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (CalibrationADUValue), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1562
#, kde-format
msgid "If set, Ekos will capture a few flat images to determine the optimal exposure time to achieve the desired ADU value."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CalibrationADUValueTolerance), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1566
#, kde-format
msgid "ADU Value tolerance"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (CalibrationADUValueTolerance), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1567
#, kde-format
msgid "Maximum difference between measured and target ADU values to deem the value as acceptable."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CalibrationFlatSourceIndex), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1571
#, kde-format
msgid "Index of flat source option."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CalibrationFlatDurationIndex), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1575
#, kde-format
msgid "Index of flat duration option."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CalibrationWallAz), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1579
#, kde-format
msgid "Azimuth of calibration wall location."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CalibrationWallAlt), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1583
#, kde-format
msgid "Altitude of calibration wall location."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MaxTemperatureDiff), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1587
#, kde-format
msgid "Maximum acceptable difference between requested and measured temperature set point."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (GuidingSettle), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1591
#, kde-format
msgid "Wait this many seconds after guiding is resumed before starting capture."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (RememberJobProgress), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1595
#, kde-format
msgid "When starting a new capture job, check if files were previously captured and resume capture afterwards."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FlatSyncFocus), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1599
#, kde-format
msgid "Capture flat frames at the same focus position of light frames."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (HFRThresholdPercentage), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1603
#, kde-format
msgid "Increase autofocus HFR value by this percentage gain and store it in Capture Module."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SaveHFRToFile), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1607
#, kde-format
msgid "When saving a sequence file, save current HFR threshold value. By default, zero value is used."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AutoStretch), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1619
#, kde-format
msgid "Perform auto stretch on captured images in FITS Viewer."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (useSummaryPreview), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1623
#, kde-format
msgid "Display every image captured sequence image in the Ekos summary screen preview window."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CaptureFormatIndex), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1627
#, kde-format
msgid "Index of desired capture format (FITS or Native)."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CaptureDirectory), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1631
#, kde-format
msgid "Path to capture directory to save images."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DefaultFocusCCD), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1637
#, kde-format
msgid "Default focus module CCD."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DefaultFocusFocuser), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1640
#, kde-format
msgid "Default focus module focuser."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusTicks), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1643
#, kde-format
msgid "Default Focuser step ticks"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (FocusTicks), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1644
#, kde-format
msgid "Step size of the absolute focuser. The step size TICKS should be adjusted so that when the focuser moves TICKS steps, the difference in HFR is more than 0.1 pixels. Lower the value when you are close to optimal focus."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusTolerance), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1652
#, kde-format
msgid "Default Focuser tolerance value"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (FocusTolerance), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1653
#, kde-format
msgid "The tolerance specifies the percentage difference between the current focusing position and the minimum obtained during the focusing run. Adjustment of this value is necessary to prevent the focusing algorithm from oscillating back and forth."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusMaxTravel), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1657
#, kde-format
msgid "Maximum Focus Travel Distance"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (FocusMaxTravel), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1658
#, kde-format
msgid "Set the maximum travel distance of an absolute focuser."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusExposure), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1662
#, kde-format
msgid "Default Focuser exposure value"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (FocusExposure), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1663
#, kde-format
msgid "Specifies exposure value of CCD when performing focusing. Lower this value to avoid saturation of bright stars which adversely affects HFR measurement. Increase the value if no stars are detected."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusBoxSize), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1667
#, kde-format
msgid "Default Focuser star selection box size"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (FocusBoxSize), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1668
#, kde-format
msgid "Set box size to select a focus star."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusXBin), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1672
#, kde-format
msgid "Default CCD X binning in focus mode"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (FocusXBin), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1673
#, kde-format
msgid "Set horizontal binning of CCD camera while in focus mode."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusYBin), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1677
#, kde-format
msgid "Default CCD Y binning in focus mode"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (FocusYBin), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1678
#, kde-format
msgid "Set vertical binning of CCD camera while in focus mode."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusSubFrame), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1682
#, kde-format
msgid "Subframe the focus star during the autofocus procedure."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusUseFullField), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1686
#, kde-format
msgid "Use full frame field to measure HFR."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusAutoStarEnabled), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1690
#, kde-format
msgid "Automatically select a star to focus."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SuspendGuiding), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1694
#, kde-format
msgid "Suspend guiding while autofocus in progress."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseFocusDarkFrame), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1698
#, kde-format
msgid "Take a dark frame and subtract it before running autofocus operation."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusEffect), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1702
#, kde-format
msgid "Image filter to be applied to focus image upon loading."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusThreshold), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1706
#, kde-format
msgid "Relative percentage strength of centroid edge pixel strength to average pixel value."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusDetection), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1710
#, kde-format
msgid "Star detection algorithm"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusAlgorithm), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1714
#, kde-format
msgid "Focus process algorithm"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusFramesCount), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1718
#, kde-format
msgid "Number of focus frames to average for HFR calculations."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DefaultAlignCCD), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1724
#, kde-format
msgid "Default align module CCD."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DefaultAlignFW), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1727
#, kde-format
msgid "Default align module Filter Wheel."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AlignExposure), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1730
#, kde-format
msgid "Default alignment exposure value"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AlignExposure), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1731
#, kde-format
msgid "Specifies exposure value of CCD in seconds when performing plate solving."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SolverBinningIndex), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1735
#, kde-format
msgid "Default CCD binning index while in alignment mode"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (SolverBinningIndex), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1736
#, kde-format
msgid "Set binning index of CCD camera while in alignment mode. Default values 0-3 corresponding to 1x1 to 4x4 binning. 4 is max binning."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AstrometrySolverVerbose), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1740
#, kde-format
msgid "Display detailed verbose messages of the astrometry solver process while in progress."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AstrometryUseRotator), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1744
#, kde-format
msgid "Use rotator when performing load and slew."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AstrometryRotatorThreshold), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1748
#, kde-format
msgid "Threshold between measured and FITS position angles in arcminutes to consider the load and slew operation successful."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SolverType), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1752
#, kde-format
msgid "Set solver type (online, offline, remote)."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SolverScopeType), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1756
#, kde-format
msgid "Index of telescope type to be used when solving an image. 0 for Primary, 1 for Guide"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SolverGotoOption), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1760
#, kde-format
msgid "Action to take if solver if successful (Sync, Slew to Target, or None)"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometrySolverWCS), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1764
#, kde-format
msgid "World Coordinate System (WCS). WCS is used to encode RA/DEC coordinates in captured CCD images."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometrySolverOverlay), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1768
#, kde-format
msgid "Display received FITS images unto solver FOV rectangle in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryDifferentialSlewing), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1772
#, kde-format
msgid "Do not use Sync when Slew to Target is selected. Use differential slewing to correct for discrepancies."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SolverAccuracyThreshold), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1776
#, kde-format
msgid "Accuracy threshold in arcseconds between solution and target coordinates."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (LockAlignFilterIndex), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1780
#, kde-format
msgid "Use specified filter index when performing astrometry regardless of current filter settings."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AlignDarkFrame), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1784
#, kde-format
msgid "Take a dark frame and subtract it before running astrometry operation."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SettlingTime), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1788
#, kde-format
msgid "Time to wait in milliseconds after telescope slewing is complete before starting the next capture."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryUseNoFITS2FITS), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1792
#, kde-format
msgid "Do not sanitize FITS. This option should only be checked if astrometry.net version is 0.67 or earlier. Uncheck for any versions greater than 0.67."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryUseResort), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1796
#, kde-format
msgid "Check this option if your image does not have much nebulosity. If it does have strong nebulosity, uncheck it."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryUseNoVerify), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1800
#, kde-format
msgid "This will prevent the solver from looking at an already existing WCS Header before blindly trying to solve the image. It is recommended to keep it checked."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryUseImageScale), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1804
#, kde-format
msgid "Set image scale to speed up solver as it does not have to search index files of different image scales."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryImageScaleLow), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1808
#, kde-format
msgid "Lower image scale."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryImageScaleHigh), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1811
#, kde-format
msgid "Upper image scale."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryAutoUpdateImageScale), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1814
#, kde-format
msgid "Automatically update image scale when CCD or Mount parameters are updated."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryImageScaleUnits), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1818
#, kde-format
msgid "Image scale units in arcminutes (aw), degrees (dw), or arcsec per pixel (app)"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryUseDownsample), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1822
#, kde-format
msgid "Downsample the image to shrink its size and speed up the solver."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryDownsample), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1826
#, kde-format
msgid "Downsample factor"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryUsePosition), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1830
#, kde-format
msgid "Set estimated position to speed up astrometry solver as it does not have to search in other areas of the sky."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryPositionRA), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1834
#, kde-format
msgid "User supplied Right Ascension value in degrees to be passed to the solver."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryPositionDE), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1837
#, kde-format
msgid "User supplied declination value in degrees to be passed to the solver."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryAutoUpdatePosition), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1840
#, kde-format
msgid "Automatically update position coordinates when mounts completes slewing."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryRadius), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1844
#, kde-format
msgid "The Search Radius for the Estimated Telescope/Image Field Position in degrees."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryDetectParity), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1848
#, kde-format
msgid "Detect parity and reuse it to speed up solver."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryCustomOptions), group (Align)
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometrySolverBinary), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1855
#, kde-format
msgid "astrometry.net solve-field binary"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AstrometrySolverBinary), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1856
#, kde-format
msgid "Path to astrometry.net solver location."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryWCSInfo), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1864
#, kde-format
msgid "astrometry.net wcsinfo binary"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AstrometryWCSInfo), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1865
#, kde-format
msgid "Path to astrometry.net wcsinfo location."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryConfFile), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1873
#, kde-format
msgid "astrometry.net configuration file"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AstrometryConfFile), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1874
#, kde-format
msgid "Path to astrometry.net file location."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryConfFileIsInternal), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1878
#, kde-format
msgid "Internal or External Astrometry.net Conf File?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryAPIKey), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1882
#, kde-format
msgid "astrometry.net API Key"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AstrometryAPIKey), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1883
#, kde-format
msgid "Key to access astrometry.net online web services. You must register with astrometry.net to obtain a key."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryAPIURL), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1887
#, kde-format
msgid "astrometry.net API URL"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryUseJPEG), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1891
#, kde-format
msgid "Use JPEG format, instead of FITS, to upload images to the astrometry.net online service."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryTimeout), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1895
#, kde-format
msgid "Timeout in seconds to wait for astrometry solver to complete."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DefaultGuideCCD), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1901
#, kde-format
msgid "Default guide module CCD."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DefaultST4Driver), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1904
#, kde-format
msgid "Default guide module ST4 Driver."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (GuideExposure), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1907
#, kde-format
msgid "Guider exposure duration in seconds."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (GuiderType), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1911
#, kde-format
msgid "Which guider process to utilize for guiding (0 Internal Guider, 1 PHD2, 2 lin_guider)"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (GuideAlgorithm), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1915
#, kde-format
msgid "Which Algorithm to use track guide square (0 smart, 1 fast, 2 threshold, 3 no threshold)."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (PHD2Host), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1919
#, kde-format
msgid "Host name of external PHD2 service"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (PHD2Port), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1923
#, kde-format
msgid "PHD2 Event Monitoring Port"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (LinGuiderHost), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1927
#, kde-format
msgid "Host name of external lin_guider service"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (LinGuiderPort), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1931
#, kde-format
msgid "Lin_guider Event Monitoring Port"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (GuideScopeType), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1935
#, kde-format
msgid "Index of telescope type to be used when guiding. 0 for Primary, 1 for Guide"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CalibrationPulseDuration), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1939
#, kde-format
msgid "Pulse duration in milliseconds used for guiding pulses during calibration stage."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (GuideSquareSizeIndex), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1943
#, kde-format
msgid "Guide square size index (0 to 4) corresponding to pixel sizes (8 to 128)."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ImageGuidingEnabled), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1947
#, kde-format
msgid "Use Image Guiding algorithms instead of classical centroid guiding."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (GuideRegionAxis), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1951
#, kde-format
msgid "Region Axis Index (0 to 4) corresponding to NxN partition size used Image Guiding (64 to 1024)."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (GuideAutoStarEnabled), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1955
#, kde-format
msgid "Automatically select calibration star and perform calibration."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (GuideRemoteImagesEnabled), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1963
#, kde-format
msgid "When using external guiders, enable reception of remote images in Ekos guide module. By default, remote images are disabled."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AutoModeIterations), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1967
#, kde-format
msgid "Number of automode iterations for calibration process."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (GuideLostStarTimeout), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1971
#, kde-format
msgid "When star tracking is lost, wait this many seconds before aborting."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (TwoAxisEnabled), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1975
#, kde-format
msgid "Use both axes to perform calibration."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (RapidGuideEnabled), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1979
#, kde-format
msgid "Use driver side Rapid Guide to perform guiding."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (GuideDarkFrameEnabled), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1983
#, kde-format
msgid "Take dark frame for autoguider images."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (GuideSubframeEnabled), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1987
#, kde-format
msgid "Subframe guide image around selected region"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DitherPixels), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1991
#, kde-format
msgid "How many pixels to move between subsequent exposures under auto dithering mode."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DitherFrames), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1995
#, kde-format
msgid "Dither after this many frames."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DitherThreshold), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2003
#, kde-format
msgid "Maximum distance (pixels) for guiding to be considered settled."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DitherTimeout), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2007
#, kde-format
msgid "Time limit (seconds) on dithering to settle down."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DitherMaxIterations), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2011
#, kde-format
msgid "How many dithering attempts to undertake before giving up."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DitherNoGuidingPulse), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2015
#, kde-format
msgid "Pulse length in milliseconds used for non-guiding dither."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DitherFailAbortsAutoGuide), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2019
#, kde-format
msgid "If dithering fails then abort autoguide."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DitherEnabled), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2023
#, kde-format
msgid "Use Auto Dithering when guiding."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DitherNoGuiding), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2027
#, kde-format
msgid "Perform dithering even when not guiding."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AOLimit), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2031
#, kde-format
msgid "The Adaptive Optics unit is utilized if the guiding deviation is less than this limit in arcseconds. Once exceeded, mechanical guiding is utilized."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (RAGuideEnabled), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2035
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable autoguiding in the RA axis."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DECGuideEnabled), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2039
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable autoguiding in the DEC axis."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (NorthDECGuideEnabled), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2043
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable North autoguiding in the DEC axis."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SouthDECGuideEnabled), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2047
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable South autoguiding in the DEC axis."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (EastRAGuideEnabled), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2051
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable East autoguiding in the RA axis."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (WestRAGuideEnabled), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2055
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable West autoguiding in the RA axis."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (GuiderAccuracyThreshold), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2092
#, kde-format
msgid "Accuracy threshold for the Guide Graphs."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (RADisplayedOnGuideGraph), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2096
#, kde-format
msgid "Display the RA Plot on the Guide Drift Graphics."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DEDisplayedOnGuideGraph), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2100
#, kde-format
msgid "Display the DEC Plot on the Guide Drift Graphics."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (RACorrDisplayedOnGuideGraph), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2104
#, kde-format
msgid "Display the RA Corrections Plot on the Guide Drift Graphics."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DECorrDisplayedOnGuideGraph), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2108
#, kde-format
msgid "Display the DEC Corrections Plot on the Guide Drift Graphics."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (SchedulerLogging), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2114
#, kde-format
msgid "Log Ekos Scheduler Module activity."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (SortSchedulerJobs), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2118
#, kde-format
msgid "Sort scheduler jobs by priority and altitude."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (StopEkosAfterShutdown), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2122
#, kde-format
msgid "After shutdown procedure is successfully executed, shutdown INDI and Ekos."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShutdownScriptTerminatesINDI), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2126
#, kde-format
msgid "Whether shutdown script, if exists, terminates INDI server in the process."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (PreemptiveShutdown), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2130
#, kde-format
msgid "Perform pre-emptive shutdown if no jobs are due for a number of hours."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ResetMountModelOnAlignFail), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2134
#, kde-format
msgid "Reset mount model in case of alignment failure."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ResetMountModelBeforeJob), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2138
#, kde-format
msgid "Reset mount model before starting each job."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ResetGuideCalibration), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2142
#, kde-format
msgid "Always Reset guiding calibration before starting each job."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (RealignAfterCalibrationFailure), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2146
#, kde-format
msgid "If guiding calibration fails, run alignment process again before proceeding to recalibration."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (PreemptiveShutdownTime), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2150
#, kde-format
msgid "Maximum number of hours before the next job is due to trigger a pre-emptive shutdown."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (LeadTime), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2154
#, kde-format
msgid "Minimum time between jobs in minutes."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (PreDawnTime), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2158
#, kde-format
msgid "Do not permit jobs to be scheduled or executed past this many minutes before dawn."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (TelescopeFocalLength), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2162
#, kde-format
msgid "Telescope focal length in millimeters."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CameraPixelWidth), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2166
#, kde-format
msgid "Camera pixel size width in micrometers."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CameraPixelHeight), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2170
#, kde-format
msgid "Camera pixel size height in micrometers."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CameraWidth), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2174
#, kde-format
msgid "Camera Width in pixels."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CameraHeight), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2178
#, kde-format
msgid "Camera Height in pixels."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CameraRotation), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2182
#, kde-format
msgid "Position angle of the camera with respect to north."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (LastServer), group (INDI Lite)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2188
#, kde-format
msgid "The address of last used server"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (LastServerPort), group (INDI Lite)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2191
#, kde-format
msgid "The port of last used server"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (LastWebManagerPort), group (INDI Lite)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2195
#, kde-format
msgid "The port of last used Web Manager"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (HIPSMemoryCache), group (HIPS)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2201
#, kde-format
msgid "RAM cache size in MB used to store cached HIPS images."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (HIPSNetCache), group (HIPS)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2205
#, kde-format
msgid "Hard disk cache size in MB used to store cached HIPS images."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (HIPSSource), group (HIPS)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2209
#, kde-format
msgid "HIPS source catalog title."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (HIPSBiLinearInterpolation), group (HIPS)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2213
#, kde-format
msgid "Use Bilinear interpolation when rendering HiPS images?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (HIPSShowGrid), group (HIPS)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2217
#, kde-format
msgid "Show HiPS grid on the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowHIPS), group (HIPS)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2221
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw HiPS sources in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowHIPS), group (HIPS)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2222
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether the HIPS sources are drawn in the sky map."
"You are running an unsupported version of Windows: %1.\n"
"This is not recommended. Do not report any bugs.\n"
"Please update to a supported version of Windows: Windows 7, 8, 8.1 or 10."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krita/main.cc:395 krita/main.cc:400
#, kde-format
msgid "Krita Tablet Support"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krita/main.cc:396
#, kde-format
msgid "Cannot load WinTab driver and no Windows Ink pen devices are found. If you have a drawing tablet, please make sure the tablet driver is properly installed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krita/main.cc:401
#, kde-format
msgid "Cannot load WinTab driver. If you have a drawing tablet, please make sure the tablet driver is properly installed."
msgid "Adds pixels using the color of surrounding pixels. Produces smoother tonal gradations than Bilinear."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/image/kis_filter_strategy.h:96
#, kde-format
msgid "Nearest Neighbor"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/image/kis_filter_strategy.h:102
#, kde-format
msgid "Replicate pixels in the image. Preserves all the original detail, but can produce jagged effects."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/image/kis_filter_strategy.h:115
#: libs/ui/canvas/kis_canvas_controller.cpp:309
#, kde-format
msgid "Bilinear"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/image/kis_filter_strategy.h:121
#, kde-format
msgid "Adds pixels averaging the color values of surrounding pixels. Produces medium quality results when the image is scaled from half to two times the original size."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/image/kis_filter_strategy.h:131
#, kde-format
msgid "Bell"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/image/kis_filter_strategy.h:142
#, kde-format
msgid "BSpline"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/image/kis_filter_strategy.h:153
#, kde-format
msgid "Lanczos3"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/image/kis_filter_strategy.h:159
#, kde-format
msgid "Offers similar results than Bicubic, but maybe a little bit sharper. Can produce light and dark halos along strong edges."
msgid "This merge strategy attempts to find the best solution for merging, for instance by merging the list of authors together, or keeping identical photographic information."
msgid "This image is larger than <b>%1 x %2</b>. Images this size cannot be saved to this format."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/impex/ColorModelCheck.h:44
#, kde-format
msgctxt "image conversion warning"
msgid "The color model <b>%1</b> or channel depth <b>%2</b> cannot be saved to this format. Your image will be converted."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/impex/ColorModelHomogenousCheck.h:125
#, kde-format
msgctxt "image conversion warning"
msgid "Your image contains layers with a color model that is different from the image. The layers will be converted."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/impex/ColorModelPerLayerCheck.h:129
#, kde-format
msgctxt "image conversion warning"
msgid "Your image contains layers with the color model <b>%1</b> and channel depth <b>%2</b> which cannot be saved to this format. The layers will be converted."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/impex/CompositionsCheck.h:36
#, kde-format
msgctxt "image conversion warning"
msgid "The image contains <b>compositions</b>. The compositions will not be saved."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/impex/ExifCheck.h:40
#, kde-format
msgctxt "image conversion warning"
msgid "The image contains <b>Exif</b> metadata. The metadata will not be saved."
"<p><i>Thanks! You were all <b>awesome</b>!</i></p>"
"</body></html>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/dialogs/kis_about_application.cpp:101
#, kde-format
msgid "Backers"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/dialogs/kis_about_application.cpp:107
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<html><head/><body>"
"<h1 align=\"center\">Thanks To</h1>"
"<p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/dialogs/kis_about_application.cpp:126
#, kde-format
msgid ""
".</p>"
"<p><i>For supporting Krita development with advice, icons, brush sets and more.</i></p>"
"</body></html>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/dialogs/kis_about_application.cpp:129
#, kde-format
msgid "Also Thanks To"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/dialogs/kis_about_application.cpp:133
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<html><head/><body>"
"<h1 align=\"center\"><b>Your Rights</b></h1>"
"<p>Krita is released under the GNU General Public License (version 3 or any later version).</p>"
"<p>This license grants people a number of freedoms:</p>"
"<ul>"
"<li>You are free to use Krita, for any purpose</li>"
"<li>You are free to distribute Krita</li>"
"<li>You can study how Krita works and change it</li>"
"<li>You can distribute changed versions of Krita</li>"
"</ul>"
"<p>The Krita Foundation and its projects on krita.org are <b>committed</b> to preserving Krita as free software.</p>"
"<h1 align=\"center\">Your artwork</h1>"
"<p>What you create with Krita is your sole property. All your artwork is free for you to use as you like.</p>"
"<p>That means that Krita can be used commercially, for any purpose. There are no restrictions whatsoever.</p>"
"<p>Krita’s GNU GPL license guarantees you this freedom. Nobody is ever permitted to take it away, in contrast to trial or educational versions of commercial software that will forbid your work in commercial situations.</p>"
"<br/>"
"<hr/>"
"<pre>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/dialogs/kis_about_application.cpp:161
#, kde-format
msgid "License"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/dialogs/kis_about_application.cpp:169
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<html><head/><body>"
"<h1 align=\"center\"><b>Third-party Libraries used by Krita</b></h1>"
"<p>Krita is built on the following free software libraries:</p>"
msgid "The image data you want to paste does not have an ICM profile associated with it. If you do not select a profile, Krita will assume that the image data is encoded in the import profile defined in the Settings dialog."
msgid "Hue hopefully maintained (but not required), lightness and saturation sacrificed to maintain the perceived color. White point changed to result in neutral grays. Intended for images."
msgid "Hue and saturation maintained with lightness sacrificed to maintain saturation. White point changed to result in neutral grays. Intended for business graphics (make it colorful charts, graphs, overheads, ...)"
msgid "Within the destination device gamut; hue, lightness and saturation are maintained. Outside the gamut; hue and lightness are maintained, saturation is sacrificed. White point for source and destination; unchanged. Intended for spot colors (Pantone, TruMatch, logo colors, ...)"
"<p><a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Color_space\"><span style=\" font-weight:600; text-decoration: underline; color:#006e28;\">Color Spaces</span></a> determine how colors are encoded in your files. Different color spaces have different properties and are used for different purposes.</p>"
"<p>Try to disable vsync for Krita. This makes painting more responsive. Uncheck only when experiencing crashes with some GPU/driver combinations.</p>"
"<p><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Note:</span> This changes only the colorspace of the rendered image. To convert the colorspace of the layers, use Convert Image Colorspace.</p>"
"<p>Set how much you wish to correct the adaptation state. This will affect how <span style=\" font-style:italic;\">Absolute Colorimetric</span> changes the whites of your image. In Layman's terms: how much do you wish to have the color management correct the paper-color to screen white while using <span style=\" font-style:italic;\">Absolute Colorimetric</span>?</p>"
"<p>Black Point compensation matches the darkest color of the source device to the darkest color of the destination device. Relative Colorimetric without Black Point Compensation will show the difference between the darkest values. With blackpoint compensation, black is black.</p>"
"<p>When rendering animation frames (into files or during animation cache regeneration), Krita will make the specified number of copies of your image and will work on them in parallel. Each copy will demand more RAM for its storage (about 20% of the size of you image), so raise this limit only if you have enough RAM installed.</p>"
"<p><br/>"
"</p>"
"<p><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Recommended value:</span> set Clones Limit to the number of <span style=\" text-decoration: underline;\">physical</span> (non-hyperthreaded) cores your CPU has</p>"
"<p>Krita will try to limit the number of screen updates per second to the given number. A lower number will decrease visual responsiveness but increase stylus precision on some systems like macOS."
"<p>When performance logging is enabled Krita saves timing information into the '<working_dir>/log' folder. If you experience performance problems and want to help us, enable this option and add the contents of the directory to a bug report.</p>"
"<p>Animation frame cache will be stored in RAM completely without any limitations</p>"
"<p><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">WARNING:</span> please make sure your computer has enough RAM <span style=\" text-decoration: underline;\">above</span> the amount you requested in General tab. Otherwise you might face system freezes.</p>"
"<p>* for 1 second of FullHD@25fps video you need extra 200 MiB of memory</p>"
"<p>* for 1 second of 4K UltraHD@25fps video you need extra 800 MiB of memory</p>"
"<p>Animation frames are stored on hard disk in the same folder as swap file. The cache is stored in a compressed way. Little amount of extra RAM is needed.</p>"
"<p>Since data transfer speed of the hard drive is low, you might want to limit cached frame size to be able to play your video at 25 fps. The limit of 2500 px is usually a good choice.</p>"
"<p>Render scaled down version of the frame if the image is bigger than the provided limit. Make sure you enable this option when using on-disk storage backend.</p>"
"<p>Choose the optional emblem icon that indicates extra information, such as the preset being a special effects brush, or just using tilt, or angled in some way.</p>"
msgid "The <i>Alternate Invocation</i> action performs an alternate action with the current tool. For example, using the brush tool it picks a color from the canvas."
"<p>The driver for your drawing tablet and Windows do not agree on the size of the screen your tablet is connected to. Please select the right option.</p>"
"You enabled OpenColorIO based color management, but your image is not an RGB image.\n"
"OpenColorIO-based color management only works with RGB images.\n"
"Please check the settings in the LUT docker.\n"
"OpenColorIO will now be deactivated."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/opengl/kis_opengl_win.cpp:115
#, kde-format
msgid "The Intel graphics driver in use is known to have issues with OpenGL."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/opengl/kis_opengl_win.cpp:117
#, kde-format
msgid "Intel graphics drivers tend to have issues with OpenGL so ANGLE will be used by default. You may manually switch to OpenGL but it is not guaranteed to work properly."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/opengl/kis_opengl_win.cpp:239
#, kde-format
msgid "The graphics driver in use does not meet the OpenGL requirements."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/opengl/kis_opengl_win.cpp:241
#, kde-format
msgid "The graphics driver in use may not work well with OpenGL."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/opengl/kis_opengl_win.cpp:253
#, kde-format
msgid "ANGLE is using a software Direct3D renderer, which is not hardware-accelerated and may be very slow. This can happen if the graphics drivers are not properly installed, or when using a Remote Desktop session."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/tool/kis_selection_tool_helper.cpp:151
#, kde-format
msgid "Shape selection does not fully support wraparound mode. Please use pixel selection instead"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/tool/kis_tool.cc:552
#, kde-format
msgid "No options"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/tool/kis_tool.cc:667
#, kde-format
msgid "Layer is locked and invisible."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/tool/kis_tool.cc:669
#, kde-format
msgid "Layer is locked."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/tool/kis_tool.cc:671
#, kde-format
msgid "Layer is invisible."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/tool/kis_tool.cc:673
#, kde-format
msgid "Layer can be painted in Wash Mode only."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/tool/kis_tool.cc:675
#, kde-format
msgid "Group not editable."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/tool/kis_tool.cc:690
#, kde-format
msgid "Local selection is locked."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/tool/kis_tool_freehand.cc:210
#, kde-format
msgid "The brush tool cannot paint on this layer. Please select a paint layer or mask."
#. i18nc("Who made the profile?","Manufacturer: ") + currentColorSpace()->profile()->manufacturer() + "</p>"); //This would work if people actually wrote the manufacturer into the manufacturer fiedl...
"<b><a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/RGB_color_space\">RGB (Red, Green, Blue)</a></b>, is the color model used by screens and other light-based media.<br/>"
"RGB is an additive color model: adding colors together makes them brighter. This color model is the most extensive of all color models, and is recommended as a model for painting,that you can later convert to other spaces. RGB is also the recommended colorspace for HDR editing."
"<b><a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/CMYK_color_model\">CMYK (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Key)</a></b>, is the model used by printers and other ink-based media.<br/>"
"CMYK is a subtractive model, meaning that adding colors together will turn them darker. Because of CMYK profiles being very specific per printer, it is recommended to work in RGB space, and then later convert to a CMYK profile, preferably one delivered by your printer. <br/>"
"CMYK is <b>not</b> recommended for painting.Unfortunately, Krita cannot retrieve colorants or the TRC for this space."
msgid "<b><a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/CIE_1931_color_space\">CIE XYZ</a></b>is the space determined by the CIE as the space that encompasses all other colors, and used to convert colors between profiles. XYZ is an additive color model, meaning that adding colors together makes them brighter. XYZ is <b>not</b> recommended for painting, but can be useful to encode in. The Tone Response Curve is assumed to be linear."
"<b><a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Grayscale\">Grayscale</a></b> only allows for gray values and transparent values. Grayscale images use half the memory and disk space compared to an RGB image of the same bit-depth.<br/>"
"Grayscale is useful for inking and greyscale images. In Krita, you can mix Grayscale and RGB layers in the same image."
"<b><a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lab_color_space\">L*a*b</a></b>. <b>L<b> stands for Lightness, the <b>a</b> and <b>b</b> components represent color channels.<br/>"
"L*a*b is a special model for color correction. It is based on human perception, meaning that it tries to encode the difference in lightness, red-green balance and yellow-blue balance. This makes it useful for color correction, but the vast majority of color maths in the blending modes do <b>not</b> work as expected here.<br/>"
"Similarly, Krita does not support HDR in LAB, meaning that HDR images converted to LAB lose color information. This colorspace is <b>not</b> recommended for painting, nor for export, but best as a space to do post-processing in. The TRC is assumed to be the L* TRC."
msgid "<b><a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/YCbCr\">YCbCr (Luma, Blue Chroma, Red Chroma)</a></b>, is a model designed for video encoding. It is based on human perception, meaning that it tries to encode the difference in lightness, red-green balance and yellow-blue balance. Chroma in this case is then a word indicating a special type of saturation, in these cases the saturation of Red and Blue, of which the desaturated equivalents are Green and Yellow respectively. It is available to open up certain images correctly, but Krita does not currently ship a profile for this due to lack of open source ICC profiles for YCrCb."
msgid "<b>8 bit integer</b>: The default number of colors per channel. Each channel will have 256 values available, leading to a total amount of colors of 256 to the power of the number of channels. Recommended to use for images intended for the web, or otherwise simple images."
msgid "<b>16 bit integer</b>: Also known as 'deep color'. 16 bit is ideal for editing images with a linear TRC, large color space, or just when you need more precise color blending. This does take twice as much space on the RAM and hard-drive than any given 8 bit image of the same properties, and for some devices it takes much more processing power. We recommend watching the RAM usage of the file carefully, or otherwise use 8 bit if your computer slows down. Take care to disable conversion optimization when converting from 16 bit/channel to 8 bit/channel."
msgctxt "When the selected Bitdepth is 16 bit float"
msgid "<b>16 bit floating point</b>: Also known as 'Half Floating Point', and the standard in VFX industry images. 16 bit float is ideal for editing images with a linear Tone Response Curve, large color space, or just when you need more precise color blending. It being floating point is an absolute requirement for Scene Referred (HDR) images. This does take twice as much space on the RAM and hard-drive than any given 8 bit image of the same properties, and for some devices it takes much more processing power. We recommend watching the RAM usage of the file carefully, or otherwise use 8 bit if your computer slows down."
msgctxt "When the selected Bitdepth is 32bit float"
msgid "<b>32 bit float point</b>: Also known as 'Full Floating Point'. 32 bit float is ideal for editing images with a linear TRC, large color space, or just when you need more precise color blending. It being floating point is an absolute requirement for Scene Referred (HDR) images. This does take four times as much space on the RAM and hard-drive than any given 8 bit image of the same properties, and for some devices it takes much more processing power. We recommend watching the RAM usage of the file carefully, or otherwise use 8 bit if your computer slows down."
msgctxt "When the selected Bitdepth is 64bit float, but this isn't actually available in Krita at the moment."
msgid "<b>64 bit float point</b>: 64 bit float is as precise as it gets in current technology, and this depth is used most of the time for images that are generated or used as an input for software. It being floating point is an absolute requirement for Scene Referred (HDR) images. This does take eight times as much space on the RAM and hard-drive than any given 8 bit image of the same properties, and for some devices it takes much more processing power. We recommend watching the RAM usage of the file carefully, or otherwise use 8 bit if your computer slows down."
msgctxt "These are Elle Stone's notes on her profiles that we ship."
msgid ""
"<p><b>Extra notes on profiles by Elle Stone:</b></p>"
"<p><i>Krita comes with a number of high quality profiles created by <a href=\"http://ninedegreesbelow.com\">Elle Stone</a>. This is a summary. Please check <a href=\"http://ninedegreesbelow.com/photography/lcms-make-icc-profiles.html\">the full documentation</a> as well.</i></p>"
msgid "<p>Quoting Wikipedia, 'Academy Color Encoding System (ACES) is a color image encoding system proposed by the Academy of Motion Picture Arts and Sciences that will allow for a fully encompassing color accurate workflow, with 'seamless interchange of high quality motion picture images regardless of source'.</p>"
msgid "<p>The ACEScg color space is smaller than the ACES color space, but large enough to contain the 'Rec-2020 gamut and the DCI-P3 gamut', unlike the ACES color space it has no negative values and contains only few colors that fall just barely outside the area of real colors humans can see</p>"
"<p>To avoid possible copyright infringement issues, I used 'ClayRGB' (following ArgyllCMS) as the base name for these profiles. As used below, 'Compatible with Adobe RGB 1998' is terminology suggested in the preamble to the AdobeRGB 1998 color space specifications.</p>"
"<p>The Adobe RGB 1998 color gamut covers a higher percentage of real-world cyans, greens, and yellow-greens than sRGB, but still doesn't include all printable cyans, greens, yellow-greens, especially when printing using today's high-end, wider gamut, ink jet printers. BetaRGB (not included in the profile pack) and Rec.2020 are better matches for the color gamuts of today's wide gamut printers.</p>"
"<p>The Adobe RGB 1998 color gamut is a reasonable approximation to some of today's high-end wide gamut monitors.</p>"
"<p>This profile's color gamut is roughly the same size and shape as the ACES color space gamut, and like the ACES color space, AllColorsRGB holds all possible real colors. But AllColorsRGB actually has a slightly larger color gamut (to capture some fringe colors that barely qualify as real when viewed by the standard observer) and uses the D50 white point.</p>"
"<p>Just like the ACES color space, AllColorsRGB holds a high percentage of imaginary colors. See the Completely <a href=\"http://ninedegreesbelow.com/photography/xyz-rgb.html\">Painless Programmer's Guide to XYZ, RGB, ICC, xyY, and TRCs</a> for more information about imaginary colors.</p>"
"<p>There is no particular reason why anyone would want to use this profile for editing, unless one needs to make sure your color space really does hold all possible real colors.</p>"
"<p>This profile is included mostly for its historical significance. It's the color space that was used in the original color matching experiments that led to the creation of the XYZ reference color space.</p>"
"<p>The ASTM E white point is probably the right E white point to use when making the CIERGB color space profile. It's not clear to me what the correct CIERGB primaries really are. Lindbloom gives one set. The LCMS version 1 tutorial gives a different set. Experts in the field contend that the real primaries should be calculated from the spectral wavelengths, so I did.</p>"
msgid "<p>The IdentityRGB working space is included in the profile pack because it's a mathematically obvious way to include all possible visible colors, though it has a higher percentage of imaginary colors than the ACES and AllColorsRGB color spaces. I cannot think of any reason why you'd ever want to actually edit images in the IdentityRGB working space.</p>"
"<p>To avoid possible copyright infringement issues, I used 'LargeRGB' (following RawTherapee) as the base name for these profiles."
"<p>Kodak designed the RIMM/ROMM (ProPhotoRGB) color gamut to include all printable and most real world colors. It includes some imaginary colors and excludes some of the real world blues and violet blues that can be captured by digital cameras. It also excludes some very saturated 'camera-captured' yellows as interpreted by some (and probably many) camera matrix input profiles."
"<p>The ProPhotoRGB primaries are hard-coded into Adobe products such as Lightroom and the Dng-DCP camera 'profiles'. However, other than being large enough to hold a lot of colors, ProPhotoRGB has no particular merit as an RGB working space. Personally and for most editing purposes, I recommend BetaRGB, Rec2020, or the ACEScg profiles ProPhotoRGB.</p>"
msgid "<p>Rec.2020 is the up-and-coming replacement for the thoroughly outdated sRGB color space. As of June 2015, very few (if any) display devices (and certainly no affordable display devices) can display all of Rec.2020. However, display technology is closing in on Rec.2020, movies are already being made for Rec.2020, and various cameras offer support for Rec.2020. And in the digital darkroom Rec.2020 is much more suitable as a general RGB working space than the exceedingly small sRGB color space.</p>"
"<p>Hewlett-Packard and Microsoft designed sRGB to match the color gamut of consumer-grade CRTs from the 1990s. sRGB is the standard color space for the world wide web and is still the best choice for exporting images to the internet.</p>"
"<p>The sRGB color gamut was a good match to calibrated decent quality CRTs. But sRGB is not a good match to many consumer-grade LCD monitors, which often cannot display the more saturated sRGB blues and magentas (the good news: as technology progresses, wider gamuts are trickling down to consumer grade monitors).</p>"
"<p>Printer color gamuts can easily exceed the sRGB color gamut in cyans, greens, and yellow-greens. Colors from interpolated camera raw files also often exceed the sRGB color gamut.</p>"
"<p>As a very relevant aside, using perceptual intent when converting to sRGB does not magically makes otherwise out of gamut colors fit inside the sRGB color gamut! The standard sRGB color space (along with all the other the RGB profiles provided in my profile pack) is a matrix profile, and matrix profiles don't have perceptual intent tables.</p>"
"<p>To avoid possible copyright infringement issues, I used 'WideRGB' as the base name for these profiles.</p>"
"<p>WideGamutRGB was designed by Adobe to be a wide gamut color space that uses spectral colors as its primaries. Pascale's primary values produce a profile that matches old V2 Widegamut profiles from Adobe and Canon. It is an interesting color space, but shortly after its introduction, Adobe switched their emphasis to the ProPhotoRGB color space.</p>"
msgid "<p>These profiles are for use with RGB images that have been converted to monotone gray (black and white). The main reason to convert from RGB to Gray is to save the file space needed to encode the image. Google places a premium on fast-loading web pages, and images are one of the slower-loading elements of a web page. So converting black and white images to Grayscale images does save some kilobytes. For grayscale images uploaded to the internet, convert the image to the V2 Gray profile with the sRGB TRC.</p>"
msgid "<p>The profiles that end in '-g10.icc' are linear gamma (gamma=1.0, 'linear light', etc) profiles and should only be used when editing at high bit depths (16-bit floating point, 16-bit integer, 32-bit floating point, 32-bit integer). Many editing operations produce better results in linear gamma color spaces.</p>"
msgid "<p>The profiles that end in '-labl.icc' have perceptually uniform TRCs. A few editing operations really should be done on perceptually uniform RGB. Make sure you use the V4 versions for editing high bit depth images.</p>"
msgid "<p>The profiles that end in '-srgbtrc.icc', '-g22.icc', and '-bt709.icc' have approximately but not exactly perceptually uniform TRCs. ProPhotoRGB's gamma=1.8 TRC is not quite as close to being perceptually uniform.</p>"
msgid "<p>When editing 8-bit images, you should use a profile with a small color gamut and an approximately or exactly perceptually uniform TRC. Of the profiles supplied in my profile pack, only the sRGB and AdobeRGB1998 (ClayRGB) color spaces are small enough for 8-bit editing. Even with the AdobeRGB1998 color space you need to be careful to not cause posterization. And of course you cannot use the linear gamma versions of these profiles for 8-bit editing.</p>"
msgid "<p>Use V4 profiles for editing images using high bit depth image editors that use LCMS as the Color Management Module. This includes Krita, digiKam/showFoto, and GIMP 2.9.</p>"
msgctxt "combo box: select all layers without a label"
msgid "No Label"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/ui/widgets/kis_custom_image_widget.cc:113
#, kde-format
msgid "&Create"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5
#: libs/ui/widgets/kis_custom_image_widget.cc:112
#, kde-format
msgid "Create"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/widgets/kis_custom_image_widget.cc:277
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Linear gamma RGB color spaces are not supposed to be used in 8-bit integer modes. It is suggested to use 16-bit integer or any floating point colorspace for linear profiles.\n"
"\n"
"Press \"Ok\" to create a 8-bit integer linear RGB color space or \"Cancel\" to return to the settings dialog."
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5
#: libs/ui/widgets/kis_custom_image_widget.cc:502
#, kde-format
msgid "bytes"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/ui/widgets/kis_custom_image_widget.cc:504
#, kde-format
msgctxt "arg1: width. arg2: height. arg3: colorspace name. arg4: size of a channel in bits. arg5: image size"
msgid "This document will be %1 pixels by %2 pixels in %3, which means the pixel size is %4 bit. A single paint layer will thus take up %5 of RAM."
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5
#: libs/ui/widgets/kis_custom_image_widget.cc:505
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Abbreviation for kilobyte"
msgid "KB"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5
#: libs/ui/widgets/kis_custom_image_widget.cc:509
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Abbreviation for megabyte"
msgid "MB"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5
#: libs/ui/widgets/kis_custom_image_widget.cc:513
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Abbreviation for gigabyte"
msgid "GB"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5
#: libs/ui/widgets/kis_custom_image_widget.cc:516
#, kde-format
msgctxt "arg1: width. arg2: height. arg3: colorspace name. arg4: size of a channel in bits. arg5: size in unites of arg6. Arg6: KB, MB or GB"
msgid "This document will be %1 pixels by %2 pixels in %3, which means the pixel size is %4 bit. A single paint layer will thus take up %5 %6 of RAM."
msgid "A spot color is a color that the printer is able to print without mixing the paints it has available to it. The opposite is called a process color."
"<html><b>KDE</b> is a world-wide network of software engineers, artists, writers, translators and facilitators who are committed to <a href=\"%1\">Free Software</a> development. This community has created hundreds of Free Software applications as part of the KDE frameworks, workspaces and applications.<br />"
"<br />"
"KDE is a cooperative enterprise in which no single entity controls the efforts or products of KDE to the exclusion of others. Everyone is welcome to join and contribute to KDE, including you.<br />"
"<br />"
"Visit <a href=\"%2\">%2</a> for more information about the KDE community and the software we produce.</html>"
"<html>Software can always be improved, and the KDE team is ready to do so. However, you - the user - must tell us when something does not work as expected or could be done better.<br />"
"<br />"
"KDE has a bug tracking system. Visit <a href=\"%1\">%1</a> or use the \"Report Bug...\" dialog from the \"Help\" menu to report bugs.<br />"
"<br />"
"If you have a suggestion for improvement then you are welcome to use the bug tracking system to register your wish. Make sure you use the severity called \"Wishlist\".</html>"
"<html>You do not have to be a software developer to be a member of the KDE team. You can join the national teams that translate program interfaces. You can provide graphics, themes, sounds, and improved documentation. You decide!<br />"
"<br />"
"Visit <a href=\"%1\">%1</a> for information on some projects in which you can participate.<br />"
"<br />"
"If you need more information or documentation, then a visit to <a href=\"%2\">%2</a> will provide you with what you need.</html>"
"<html>KDE software is and will always be available free of charge, however creating it is not free.<br />"
"<br />"
"To support development the KDE community has formed the KDE e.V., a non-profit organization legally founded in Germany. KDE e.V. represents the KDE community in legal and financial matters. See <a href=\"%1\">%1</a> for information on KDE e.V.<br />"
"<br />"
"KDE benefits from many kinds of contributions, including financial. We use the funds to reimburse members and others for expenses they incur when contributing. Further funds are used for legal support and organizing conferences and meetings. <br />"
" <br />"
"We would like to encourage you to support our efforts with a financial donation, using one of the ways described at <a href=\"%2\">%2</a>.<br />"
"<br />"
"Thank you very much in advance for your support.</html>"
"<p>Please read <b><a href=\"https://docs.krita.org/en/untranslatable_pages/reporting_bugs.html\">this guide</a></b> for reporting bugs first!</p>"
"<p>To submit a bug report, click on the button below. This will open a web browser window on <a href=\"http://bugs.kde.org\">http://bugs.kde.org</a> where you will find a form to fill in. The information displayed above will be transferred to that server.</p>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5
#: libs/widgetutils/xmlgui/kbugreport.cpp:176
#, kde-format
msgid "<qt>To submit a bug report, click on the button below. This will open a web browser window on <a href=\"http://bugs.kde.org\">http://bugs.kde.org</a> where you will find a form to fill in. The information displayed above will be transferred to that server.</qt>"
msgid "Here you can see a list of key bindings, i.e. associations between actions (e.g. 'Copy') shown in the left column and keys or combination of keys (e.g. Ctrl+V) shown in the right column."
msgid "Values goes from black to white, or black to the most saturated colour. Saturation, in turn, goes from the most saturated colour to white, grey or black."
"<p>This sets the gamma value that the linearised HSY Luminosity is crunched with. 1 makes the selector fully linear, 2.2 is a practical default value.</p>"
msgid "The location of FFmpeg is unknown. Please install FFmpeg first: Krita cannot render animations without FFmpeg. (<a href=\"https://www.ffmpeg.org\">www.ffmpeg.org</a>)"
msgid "Krita tries to automatically check or uncheck this based on the information it can get from the profile you are converting from and the profile you are converting to."
msgid "The icon associated with this action. It is shown alongside text in the menu bar and in toolbars as required. A string to use KDE's image loading system, or a custom QPixmap or QIcon, or None."
msgid "<p>Failed to check version of dependency <application>%1</application>: Module do not have PEP396 <code>__version__</code> attribute. It is not disabled, but behaviour is unpredictable...</p>"
"<p>Select the location of the G'Mic-Qt plugin. You can download the plugin from the <a href=\"http://gmic.eu/\"><span style=\" text-decoration: underline; color:#2980b9;\">G'Mic website</span></a>. Make sure you download the special version for Krita, not the standalone or the GIMP version.</p>"
msgid "The formula decides how the kernel is created, so different formulas choose different values in the kernel, and thus give subtly different results."
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:8pt;\">This is a line of text before the inserted text. This is a line of inserted text. This is a line after the inserted text.</span></p>"
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:8pt;\">This is a line of text before the deleted text. This is a line of deleted text. This is a line after the deleted text.</span></p>"
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:8pt;\">This is a line of text before the format-change text. This is a line of text whose format has been changed. This is a line of text after the format-change text.</span></p>"
"<p style=\" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">It is possible to assign a named style to text and alter the style properties to change all text with that style.</p>"
"\n"
"<p style=\" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">Applying a style change will reformat all text that previously got the named style assigned to it. Use the Styles docker to apply styles to text.</p>"
"The image contains pixels with zero alpha channel and non-zero color channels. Krita has modified those pixels to have at least some alpha. The initial values will <i>not</i> be reverted on saving the image back.<br/>"
"<br/>"
"This will hardly make any visual difference just keep it in mind."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: plugins/impex/exr/exr_converter.cc:877
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:window"
msgid "EXR image has been modified"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: plugins/impex/exr/exr_converter.cc:1244
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:unsupported-node-message"
msgid "%1 (type: \"%2\")"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: plugins/impex/exr/exr_converter.cc:1249
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid ""
"<p>The following layers have a type that is not supported by EXR format:</p>"
"<r>"
"<ul>%1</ul>"
"</p>"
"<p><warning>these layers have <b>not</b> been saved to the final EXR file</warning></p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: plugins/impex/exr/exr_export.cc:87
#, kde-format
msgid "This layer cannot be saved to EXR."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: plugins/impex/exr/exr_export.cc:91
#, kde-format
msgid "The layer does not have an image associated with it."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: plugins/impex/exr/exr_export.cc:95
#, kde-format
msgid "The filename is empty."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: plugins/impex/exr/exr_export.cc:99
#, kde-format
msgid "EXR images cannot be saved remotely."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: plugins/impex/exr/exr_export.cc:103
#, kde-format
msgid "Colorspace not supported: EXR images must be 16 or 32 bits floating point RGB."
msgid "This option will merge all layers. It is advisable to check this option, otherwise other applications might not be able to read your file correctly."
msgid "Indexed PNG images are smaller. If you enabled this option, your image will be analyzed to see whether it is possible to save as an indexed PNG."
"<p><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">PNG</span> files have <span style=\" font-style:italic;\">two</span> options to save <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">sRGB</span> information: as a tag or as an explicit profile. For use with in websites, <span style=\" font-style:italic;\">disable</span> this option. For interchange with other applications, <span style=\" font-style:italic;\">enable</span> this option.</p>"
"<p>If enabled, all RAW files will be decoded in 16-bit color depth using a linear gamma curve. To prevent dark picture rendering in the editor, it is recommended to use Color Management in this mode.</p>"
"<p>If disabled, all RAW files will be decoded in 8-bit color depth with a BT.709 gamma curve and a 99th-percentile white point. This mode is faster than 16-bit decoding.</p>"
"<p>The default is to assume that all green pixels are the same. If even-row green pixels are more sensitive to ultraviolet light than odd-row this difference causes a mesh pattern in the output; using this option solves this problem with minimal loss of detail.</p>"
"<p>To resume, this option blurs the image a little, but it eliminates false 2x2 mesh patterns with VNG quality method or mazes with AHD quality method.</p>"
"<p>For Fuji Super CCD cameras, show the image tilted 45 degrees. For cameras with non-square pixels, do not stretch the image to its correct aspect ratio. In any case, this option guarantees that each output pixel corresponds to one RAW pixel.</p>"
"<p>Select here the demosaicing method to use when decoding RAW images. A demosaicing algorithm is a digital image process used to interpolate a complete image from the partial raw data received from the color-filtered image sensor, internal to many digital cameras, in form of a matrix of colored pixels. Also known as CFA interpolation or color reconstruction, another common spelling is demosaicing. The following methods are available for demosaicing RAW images:</p>"
"<p>"
"<ul>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>Bilinear</emphasis>: use high-speed but low-quality bilinear interpolation (default - for slow computers). In this method, the red value of a non-red pixel is computed as the average of the adjacent red pixels, and similarly for blue and green.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>VNG</emphasis>: use Variable Number of Gradients interpolation. This method computes gradients near the pixel of interest and uses the lower gradients (representing smoother and more similar parts of the image) to make an estimate.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>PPG</emphasis>: use Patterned-Pixel-Grouping interpolation. Pixel Grouping uses assumptions about natural scenery in making estimates. It has fewer color artifacts on natural images than the Variable Number of Gradients method.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>AHD</emphasis>: use Adaptive Homogeneity-Directed interpolation. This method selects the direction of interpolation so as to maximize a homogeneity metric, thus typically minimizing color artifacts.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>DCB</emphasis>: DCB interpolation from linuxphoto.org project.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>AHD v2</emphasis>: modified AHD interpolation using Variance of Color Differences method.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>AFD</emphasis>: Adaptive Filtered Demosaicing interpolation through 5 pass median filter from PerfectRaw project.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>VCD</emphasis>: Variance of Color Differences interpolation.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>VCD & AHD</emphasis>: Mixed demosaicing between VCD and AHD.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>LMMSE</emphasis>: color demosaicing via directional linear minimum mean-square error estimation interpolation from PerfectRaw.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>AMaZE</emphasis>: Aliasing Minimization interpolation and Zipper Elimination to apply color aberration removal from RawTherapee project.</li>"
"</ul>"
"</p>"
"<p>Note: some methods can be unavailable if RAW decoder have been built without extension packs.</p>"
"<p>Set here the passes used by the median filter applied after interpolation to Red-Green and Blue-Green channels.</p>"
"<p>This setting is only available for specific Quality options: <emphasis strong='true'>Bilinear</emphasis>, <emphasis strong='true'>VNG</emphasis>, <emphasis strong='true'>PPG</emphasis>, <emphasis strong='true'>AHD</emphasis>, <emphasis strong='true'>DCB</emphasis>, and <emphasis strong='true'>VCD & AHD</emphasis>.</p>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>Default D65</emphasis>: Use a standard daylight D65 white balance.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>Camera</emphasis>: Use the white balance specified by the camera. If not available, reverts to default neutral white balance.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>Automatic</emphasis>: Calculates an automatic white balance averaging the entire image.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>Manual</emphasis>: Set a custom temperature and green level values.</li>"
msgid "<p>If enabled, images with overblown channels are processed much more accurately, without 'pink clouds' (and blue highlights under tungsten lamps).</p>"
"<p>Select here the noise reduction method to apply during RAW decoding.</p>"
"<p>"
"<ul>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>None</emphasis>: no noise reduction.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>Wavelets</emphasis>: wavelets correction to erase noise while preserving real detail. It's applied after interpolation.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>FBDD</emphasis>: Fake Before Demosaicing Denoising noise reduction. It's applied before interpolation.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>CFA Line Denoise</emphasis>: Banding noise suppression. It's applied after interpolation.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>Impulse Denoise</emphasis>: Impulse noise suppression. It's applied after interpolation.</li>"
"<p>If this option is turned on, it will try to shift image channels slightly and evaluate Chromatic Aberration change. Note that if you shot blue-red pattern, the method may fail. In this case, disable this option and tune manually color factors.</p>"
"<p>Select here the output color space used to decode RAW data.</p>"
"<p>"
"<ul>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>Raw (no profile)</emphasis>: in this mode, no output color space is used during RAW decoding.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>sRGB</emphasis>: this is an RGB color space, created cooperatively by Hewlett-Packard and Microsoft. It is the best choice for images destined for the Web and portrait photography.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>Adobe RGB</emphasis>: this color space is an extended RGB color space, developed by Adobe. It is used for photography applications such as advertising and fine art.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>Wide Gamut</emphasis>: this color space is an expanded version of the Adobe RGB color space.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>Pro-Photo</emphasis>: this color space is an RGB color space, developed by Kodak, that offers an especially large gamut designed for use with photographic outputs in mind.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>Custom</emphasis>: use a custom output color space profile.</li>"
msgid "This determines every interval after which the precision should change. For example: if the delta value is set to be 15.00, after every 15 pts change in the size of brush, the precision will change."
msgid "If checked, grid brush fill every particle's background with background color. The background of particle is rectangle of grid width and height and by default it is transparent."
"<p><b>Painting mode</b>: Krita offers a choice between two painting modes: <i>buildup</i> and <i>wash</i>. The first choice builds up color while painting in one stroke, the second choices gives you an even color in one stroke even if you go over the same place again and again.</p>"
msgid "These are keywords that can be used to identify text layers. A layer only needs to contain the keyword to be recognized. Keywords should be comma separated."
msgid "These are keywords that can be used to identify panel layers. A layer only needs to contain the keyword to be recognized. Keywords should be comma separated."
msgid "Whether the acbf file is an adaption of an existing source, and if so, how to find information about that source. So for example, for an adapted webcomic, the official website url should go here."
msgid "By default this will be filled with a generated universal unique identifier. The ID by itself is merely so that comic book library management programs can figure out if this particular comic is already in their database and whether it has been rated. Of course, the UUID can be changed into something else by manually changing the JSON, but this is advanced usage."
msgid "The genre of the work. Prefilled values are from the ACBF, but you can fill in your own. Separate genres with commas. Try to limit the amount to about two or three."
msgid "The following is a table of the authors that contributed to this comic. You can set their nickname, proper names (first, middle, last), role (penciller, inker, etc), email and homepage."
msgid "If there is an entry in a comics data base, that should be added here. It is unlikely to be a factor for comics from scratch, but useful when doing a conversion."
msgid "The location for extra autocompletion keys in the metadata editor. Point this at a folder containing key_characters/key_format/key_genre/key_rating/key_author_roles/key_other with inside txt files (csv for rating) containing the extra auto-completion keys, each on a new line. This path is stored in the Krita configuration, and not the project configuration."
"This allows you to make a template document with guides.\n"
"The width and height are the size of the live-area, the safe area is the live area minus the margins, and the full image is the live area plus the bleeds."
"<p>Your name for your script. This is used to calculate the name of your package, the name of the class in your package and the associated directory.</p>"
"<p>What you want to appear in the Tools-> Scripts menu. If you leave this blank a default entry will be created based on the name of the script. </p>"
"<p>If this is checked your script will be automatically enabled in Krita. That is, it will show up in the Scripts menu or docker list. If not, you will need to manually enable the script through the Krita->Settings menu entry. </p>"
msgid "<nobr>Blending controls the percentage of color that is picked</nobr> and mixed with your current brush color. A full blending value picks colors completely, ignoring brush color."
"<p>In \"Global Coordinates\" mode Width and Height fields show the size of the shape's bounding box in image-aligned coordinates, even when the shape is rotated or has any other transform. </p>"
"<p>If \"Global Coordinates\" mode is disabled, Width and Height fields show the shape's \"local\" size, before application of any transformations.</p>"
msgid "Sorry, Krita was built without the support of GNU Scientific Library, so you cannot scale the selection with handles. Please compile Krita with GNU Scientific Library support, or use options widget for editing scale values manually."
msgid "Switch between Build Up and Wash mode of painting. Build Up mode adds deformations one on top of the other without any limits. Wash mode gradually deforms the piece to the selected deformation level."
msgid "Breakpoint is <a href=\"pending\">pending</a>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: debugger/breakpoint/breakpointdetails.cpp:124
#, kde-format
msgid "Breakpoint is <a href=\"dirty\">dirty</a>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: debugger/breakpoint/breakpointdetails.cpp:127
#, kde-format
msgid "Breakpoint is active"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: debugger/breakpoint/breakpointdetails.cpp:134
#, kde-format
msgid "Hit %1 time"
msgid_plural "Hit %1 times"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: debugger/breakpoint/breakpointdetails.cpp:138
#, kde-format
msgid "Breakpoint has errors"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: debugger/breakpoint/breakpointdetails.cpp:149
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<b>Breakpoint is pending</b>"
"<p>Pending breakpoints are those that have been passed to GDB, but which are not yet installed in the target, because GDB cannot find the function or file to which the breakpoint refers. The most common case is a breakpoint in a shared library: GDB will insert this breakpoint only when the library is loaded.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: debugger/breakpoint/breakpointdetails.cpp:162
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<b>Breakpoint is dirty</b>"
"<p>The breakpoint has not yet been passed to the debugger.</p>"
msgid "Displays a list of breakpoints with their current status. Clicking on a breakpoint item allows you to change the breakpoint and will take you to the source in the editor window."
msgid "<b>Frame stack</b>Often referred to as the \"call stack\", this is a list showing which function is currently active, and what called each function to get to this point in your program. By clicking on an item you can see the values in any of the previous calling functions."
"<b>Variable tree</b>The variable tree allows you to see the values of local variables and arbitrary expressions.<br />"
"Local variables are displayed automatically and are updated as you step through your program. For each expression you enter, you can either evaluate it once, or \"watch\" it (make it auto-updated). Expressions that are not auto-updated can be updated manually from the context menu. Expressions can be renamed to more descriptive names by clicking on the name column.<br />"
"To change the value of a variable or an expression, click on the value.<br />"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: debugger/variable/variablewidget.cpp:114
#, kde-format
msgid "<b>Expression entry</b>Type in expression to watch."
msgid "This list should contain targets that the application does not directly depend on, but for which an action needs to be taken before running the application."
msgid "Co-maintainer, C++/Clang, QA, Windows Support, Performance, Website"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/core.cpp:117
#, kde-format
msgid "Sven Brauch"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/core.cpp:117
#, kde-format
msgid "Co-maintainer, AppImage, Python Support, User Interface improvements"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/core.cpp:154
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not find any plugins"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/core.cpp:155
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Could not find any plugins during startup.<br/>"
"Please make sure QT_PLUGIN_PATH is set correctly.</p>"
"Refer to <a href=\"https://community.kde.org/Guidelines_and_HOWTOs/Build_from_source#Set_up_the_runtime_environment\">this article</a> for more information."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:104
#, kde-format
msgid "Debugger"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:122
#, kde-format
msgid "Frame Stack"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:128
#, kde-format
msgid "Breakpoints"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:134
#, kde-format
msgid "Variables"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:198
#, kde-format
msgid "&Restart"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:199
#, kde-format
msgid "Restart program"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:200
#, kde-format
msgid "Restarts applications from the beginning."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:206
#, kde-format
msgid "Interrupt"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:207
#, kde-format
msgid "Interrupt application"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:208
#, kde-format
msgid "Interrupts the debugged process or current debugger command."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:212
#, kde-format
msgid "Run to &Cursor"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:213
#, kde-format
msgid "Run to cursor"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:214
#, kde-format
msgid "Continues execution until the cursor position is reached."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:219
#, kde-format
msgid "Set E&xecution Position to Cursor"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:220
#, kde-format
msgid "Jump to cursor"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:221
#, kde-format
msgid "Continue execution from the current cursor position."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:225
#, kde-format
msgid "Step &Over"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:227
#, kde-format
msgid "Step over the next line"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:228
#, kde-format
msgid "Executes one line of source in the current source file. If the source line is a call to a function the whole function is executed and the app will stop at the line following the function call."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:236
#, kde-format
msgid "Step over Ins&truction"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:237
#, kde-format
msgid "Step over instruction"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:238
#, kde-format
msgid "Steps over the next assembly instruction."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:243
#, kde-format
msgid "Step &Into"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:245
#, kde-format
msgid "Step into the next statement"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:246
#, kde-format
msgid "Executes exactly one line of source. If the source line is a call to a function then execution will stop after the function has been entered."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:253
#, kde-format
msgid "Step into I&nstruction"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:254
#, kde-format
msgid "Step into instruction"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:255
#, kde-format
msgid "Steps into the next assembly instruction."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:259
#, kde-format
msgid "Step O&ut"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:261
#, kde-format
msgid "Step out of the current function"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:262
#, kde-format
msgid "Executes the application until the currently executing function is completed. The debugger will then display the line after the original call to that function. If program execution is in the outermost frame (i.e. in main()) then this operation has no effect."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:270
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle Breakpoint"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:271
#, kde-format
msgid "Ctrl+Alt+B"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:272
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle breakpoint"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:273
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggles the breakpoint at the current line in editor."
msgid "Executes the target or the program specified in currently active launch configuration inside a Debugger."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:433
#, kde-format
msgid "&Continue"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:435
#, kde-format
msgid "Continue application execution"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:436
#, kde-format
msgid "Continues the execution of your application in the debugger. This only takes effect when the application has been halted by the debugger (i.e. a breakpoint has been activated or the interrupt was pressed)."
msgid "Unable to create hidden dir (%1) for developer file"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/project.cpp:273
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to get project file: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/project.cpp:312
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not load %1, a project with the same name '%2' is already open."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/project.cpp:342
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Could not load project management plugin <b>%1</b>.<br>"
" Check that the required programs are installed, or see console output for more information."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/project.cpp:351
#, kde-format
msgid "project importing plugin (%1) does not support the IProjectFileManager interface."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/project.cpp:404
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not open project"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/project.cpp:542
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Could not store developer specific project configuration.\n"
"Attention: The project settings you changed will be lost."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/projectcontroller.cpp:164
#, kde-format
msgid "Configure Project %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/projectcontroller.cpp:301
#, kde-format
msgid "Invalid Location: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/projectcontroller.cpp:308
#, kde-format
msgid "Project already being opened"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/projectcontroller.cpp:309
#, kde-format
msgid "Already opening %1, not opening again"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/projectcontroller.cpp:466
#, kde-format
msgid "Override"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/projectcontroller.cpp:467
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "Continue to open the project and use the just provided project configuration."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/projectcontroller.cpp:470
#, kde-format
msgid "Open Existing File"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/projectcontroller.cpp:471
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "Continue to open the project but use the existing project configuration."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/projectcontroller.cpp:474
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "Cancel and do not open the project."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/projectcontroller.cpp:476
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"There already exists a project configuration file at %1.\n"
"Do you want to override it or open the existing file?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/projectcontroller.cpp:478
#, kde-format
msgid "Override existing project configuration"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/projectcontroller.cpp:499
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to create configuration file %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/projectcontroller.cpp:511
#, kde-format
msgid "Reopen the current project?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/projectcontroller.cpp:548
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Open / Import Project..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/projectcontroller.cpp:549
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "Open or import project"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/projectcontroller.cpp:550
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "Open an existing KDevelop 4 project or import an existing Project into KDevelop 4. This entry allows one to select a KDevelop4 project file or an existing directory to open it in KDevelop. When opening an existing directory that does not yet have a KDevelop4 project file, the file will be created."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/projectcontroller.cpp:561
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Fetch Project..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/projectcontroller.cpp:563
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "Fetch project"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/projectcontroller.cpp:564
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "Guides the user through the project fetch and then imports it into KDevelop 4."
msgid "The current launch configuration does not support the '%1' mode."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/runcontroller.cpp:432
#, kde-format
msgid "Configure Launches..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/runcontroller.cpp:435
#, kde-format
msgid "Open Launch Configuration Dialog"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/runcontroller.cpp:436
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "Open Launch Configuration Dialog"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/runcontroller.cpp:437
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "Opens a dialog to setup new launch configurations, or to change the existing ones."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/runcontroller.cpp:440
#, kde-format
msgid "Execute Launch"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/runcontroller.cpp:441
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Short text for 'Execute launch' used in the toolbar"
msgid "Execute"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/runcontroller.cpp:443
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "Execute current launch"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/runcontroller.cpp:444
#, kde-format
msgid "Execute current launch"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/runcontroller.cpp:445
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "Executes the target or the program specified in currently active launch configuration."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/runcontroller.cpp:451
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Short text for 'Debug launch' used in the toolbar"
msgid "Debug"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/runcontroller.cpp:452
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "Debug current launch"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/runcontroller.cpp:454
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "Executes the target or the program specified in currently active launch configuration inside a Debugger."
msgstr ""
#. i18n("Profile Launch"), this);
#. profileAction->setToolTip(i18nc("@info:tooltip", "Profile current launch"));
#. profileAction->setStatusTip(i18n("Profile current launch"));
#. profileAction->setWhatsThis(i18nc("@info:whatsthis", "Executes the target or the program specified in currently active launch configuration inside a Profiler."));
"<p>When a project contains more files than this number, the project will be\n"
"parsed in simplified mode, increasing the efficiency by gathering less information. Global code navigation and quickopen capabilities will be reduced.</p>"
"Selecting \"Yes\" will create the payee, \"No\" will skip creation of a payee record and remove the payee information from this transaction. Selecting \"Cancel\" aborts the import operation.\n"
"\n"
"If you select \"No\" here and mark the \"Do not ask again\" checkbox, the payee information for all following transactions referencing \"%1\" will be removed."
msgid "KMyMoney cannot determine which of your accounts to use. You can create a new account by pressing the <b>Create</b> button or select another one manually from the selection box below."
msgid "No account information has been found in the selected statement file. Please select an account using the selection box in the dialog or create a new account by pressing the <b>Create</b> button."
"Please make sure you have a disk inserted and that the drive is ready. Then choose the mount point from either the Choose button or by entering the path in the available box.\n"
"\n"
"Click OK to perform the backup. If your system does not use an automounter, make sure you mark the checkbox below to \"mount this directory before backing up.\""
msgid "At least one transaction/schedule still references the category <b>%1</b>. However, at least one category with the same currency must exist so that the transactions/schedules can be reassigned."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/dialogs/kcategoryreassigndlg.cpp:106
#, kde-format
msgid "This dialog does not allow new categories to be created. Please pick a category from the list."
msgid "The transactions, schedules and budgets associated with the selected category need to be re-assigned to a different category before the selected category can be deleted. Please select a category from the list below."
msgid "<qt>You have entered a scheduled transaction date of <b>%1</b>. Because the scheduled transaction was last paid on <b>%2</b>, KMyMoney will automatically adjust the scheduled transaction date to the next date unless the last payment date is reset. Do you want to reset the last payment date?</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/dialogs/keditscheduledlg.cpp:538
#, kde-format
msgid "Reset Last Payment Date"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/dialogs/keditscheduledlg.cpp:548
#: kmymoney/dialogs/keditscheduledlg.cpp:566
#: kmymoney/dialogs/keditscheduledlg.cpp:577
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to modify scheduled transaction '%1'"
"<p>Please check that all the details in the following dialog are correct and press OK.</p>"
"<p>Editable data can be changed and can either be applied to just this occurrence or for all subsequent occurrences for this schedule. (You will be asked what you intend after pressing OK in the following dialog)</p>"
msgid "Failed to retrieve an exchange rate for %1 from %2. It will be skipped this time."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/dialogs/kequitypriceupdatedlg.cpp:522
#: kmymoney/dialogs/kequitypriceupdatedlg.cpp:528
#: kmymoney/dialogs/kequitypriceupdatedlg.cpp:548
#, kde-format
msgid "Price Update Failed"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/dialogs/kequitypriceupdatedlg.cpp:528
#, kde-format
msgid "Failed to retrieve a quote for %1 from %2. Press <b>No</b> to remove the online price source from this security permanently, <b>Yes</b> to continue updating this security during future price updates or <b>Cancel</b> to stop the current update operation."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/dialogs/kequitypriceupdatedlg.cpp:548
#, kde-format
msgid "Cannot update security <b>%1</b>: %2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/dialogs/kequitypriceupdatedlg.cpp:639
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"For <b>%1</b> on <b>%2</b> price <b>%3</b> already exists.<br>"
"Do you want to replace it with <b>%4</b>?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/dialogs/kequitypriceupdatedlg.cpp:644
#, kde-format
msgid "Price Already Exists"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/dialogs/kequitypriceupdatedlg.cpp:687
#: kmymoney/dialogs/kequitypriceupdatedlg.cpp:763
#, kde-format
msgid "Price for %1 updated (id %2)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/dialogs/kequitypriceupdatedlg.cpp:705
#: kmymoney/dialogs/kequitypriceupdatedlg.cpp:783
#, kde-format
msgid "Received a price for %1 (id %2), but this symbol is not on the list. Aborting entire update."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/dialogs/kequitypriceupdatedlg.cpp:767
#, kde-format
msgid "Received an invalid price for %1, unable to update."
msgid "A category named <b>%1</b> already exists. You cannot create a second category with the same name."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/dialogs/knewaccountdlg.cpp:703
#, kde-format
msgid "You have selected to suppress the display of unused categories in the KMyMoney configuration dialog. The category you just created will therefore only be shown if it is used. Otherwise, it will be hidden in the accounts/categories view."
msgid "To be able to merge previous selected payees, please select a payee from the list below or create a new one."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/dialogs/kpayeereassigndlg.cpp:46
#, kde-format
msgid "The transactions associated with the selected payees need to be re-assigned to a different payee before the selected payees can be deleted. Please select a payee from the list below."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/dialogs/kpayeereassigndlg.cpp:122
#, kde-format
msgid "This dialog does not allow new payees to be created. Please pick a payee from the list."
"<p align=\"justify\" style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">KMyMoney supports multiple storage types. The availability of storage types depends on the presence of plugins and their activation in the application settings.</p>"
msgid "The transactions associated with the selected tags need to be re-assigned to a different tag before the selected tags can be deleted. Please select a tag from the list below."
msgid "This option hides all categories in the categories view that are not used in at least a single transaction. They are still shown in the category selection lists."
msgid "<i>Enter regular expressions which can be used to parse the data returned from the URL entered above. The symbol, price, and date must be found in the quote data to be usable. You may also try the KMyMoney user's mailinglist at <a href=\"mailto:kmymoney@kde.org\">kmymoney@kde.org</a> to find what settings work for other users in your country.</i>"
msgid "Enter the URL from which stock quotes will be fetched. <b>%1</b> will be replaced with the symbol for the security being quoted. For currency conversions, <b>%2</b> will be replaced with the currency to be quoted and <b>%1</b> with the currency the quote is based on."
"<p>For easier processing of the data returned by the online source, KMyMoney usually strips unused parts before it is parsed with the regular expressions. If matching of the fields relies on those items, then use this option to turn stripping off.</p>"
"\n"
"\n"
"<p>The following items are usually removed by stripping:\n"
"\n"
"<ul>\n"
"<li>HTML tags such as <b><tag></b></li>"
"\n"
"<li>& encoded characters such as <b>&nbsp;</b></li>"
msgid "Using the ledger lens shows the details for the transaction that has focus in the ledger. Usually, when using the transaction form, only a one line summary is displayed for each transaction as the details are shown in the form."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (LedgerLens), group (General Options)
msgid "Use the <i>left</i> and <i>right</i> buttons to add and remove sort options. Use the <i>up</i> and <i>down</i> buttons to modify the sort order. Double-Click a selected entry to toggle the sort order between <i>ascending</i> and <i>descending</i>."
msgid "After entering the reconciliation data automatically detect the transactions that match that data (in some cases it might be not possible to do that)."
"Collect all transactions for the given payee. Treat all transactions that refer to the same category and have an amount with +/- X % as identical. If more than one transaction is found, a list of them is presented to the user.\n"
msgid "Two transactions are usually treated identical for autofill, if they refer the same accounts. They are treated as different transactions though, when their amount varies by more than the percentage given here."
msgid "If this option is checked the memos from the previous transaction will be used otherwise the memos will not be considered when the transaction is autofilled."
msgid "Whenever a new payee is detected during import of a statement, the user will be asked to assign a default category for this user when this option is selected."
msgid "Cannot enter transaction with postdate prior to account's opening date."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/dialogs/stdtransactioneditor.cpp:1606
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Do you want to replace memo"
"<p><i>%1</i></p>"
"with memo"
"<p><i>%2</i></p>"
"in the other split?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/dialogs/stdtransactioneditor.cpp:1606
#, kde-format
msgid "Copy memo"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/dialogs/transactioneditor.cpp:337
#: kmymoney/dialogs/transactioneditor.cpp:537
#, kde-format
msgid "<center>Processing schedule for %1.</center>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/dialogs/transactioneditor.cpp:341
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<center>Check number <b>%1</b> has already been used in account <b>%2</b>.</center>"
"<center>Do you want to replace it with the next available number?</center>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/dialogs/transactioneditor.cpp:342
#: kmymoney/dialogs/transactioneditor.cpp:542
#, kde-format
msgid "Duplicate number"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/dialogs/transactioneditor.cpp:480
#, kde-format
msgid "This transaction has more than two splits and is originally based on a different currency (%1). Using this account to modify the transaction may result in rounding errors. Do you want to continue?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/dialogs/transactioneditor.cpp:482
#, kde-format
msgid "At least one of the selected transactions has more than two splits and is originally based on a different currency (%1). Using this account to modify the transactions may result in rounding errors. Do you want to continue?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/dialogs/transactioneditor.cpp:541
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Check number <b>%1</b> has already been used in account <b>%2</b>."
"<center>Do you want to replace it with the next available number?</center>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/dialogs/transactioneditor.cpp:652
#, kde-format
msgid "Storing transactions"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/dialogs/transactioneditor.cpp:694
#, kde-format
msgid "&Enter"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/dialogs/transactioneditor.cpp:697
#, kde-format
msgid "Use this to enter the transaction into the ledger."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/dialogs/transactioneditor.cpp:698
#, kde-format
msgid "&Schedule"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/dialogs/transactioneditor.cpp:700
#, kde-format
msgid "Accepts the entered data and stores it as schedule"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/dialogs/transactioneditor.cpp:701
#, kde-format
msgid "Use this to schedule the transaction for later entry into the ledger."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/dialogs/transactioneditor.cpp:703
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"The transaction you are about to enter has a post date in the future.<br/>"
"<br/>"
"Do you want to enter it in the ledger or add it to the schedules?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/dialogs/transactioneditor.cpp:703
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Dialog caption for 'Enter or schedule' dialog"
msgid "Enter or schedule?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/dialogs/transactioneditor.cpp:787
#, kde-format
msgid "The balance of account <b>%1</b> dropped below the warning balance of %2."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/dialogs/transactioneditor.cpp:793
#, kde-format
msgid "The balance of account <b>%1</b> dropped below the minimum balance of %2."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/dialogs/transactioneditor.cpp:799
#, kde-format
msgid "The balance of account <b>%1</b> dropped below the maximum credit warning limit of %2."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/dialogs/transactioneditor.cpp:805
#, kde-format
msgid "The balance of account <b>%1</b> dropped below the maximum credit limit of %2."
msgid "Unable to setup online parameters for account '%1'"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/kmymoney.cpp:2578
#, kde-format
msgid "Running automatic reconciliation"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/kmymoney.cpp:2691
#, kde-format
msgid "<p><b>%1</b> cannot be moved to institution <b>%2</b>. Reason: %3</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/kmymoney.cpp:2704
#, kde-format
msgid "<p><b>%1</b> cannot be moved to <b>%2</b>. Reason: %3</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/kmymoney.cpp:2793
#, kde-format
msgid "Untitled"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/kmymoney.cpp:2886
#, kde-format
msgid "Running consistency check..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/kmymoney.cpp:2893
#, kde-format
msgid "Consistency check failed: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/kmymoney.cpp:2903
#, kde-format
msgid "The consistency check has found no issues in your data. Details are presented below."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/kmymoney.cpp:2905
#, kde-format
msgid "The consistency check has found some issues in your data. Details are presented below. Those issues that could not be corrected automatically need to be solved by the user."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/kmymoney.cpp:2908
#, kde-format
msgid "Consistency check result"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/kmymoney.cpp:2992
#, kde-format
msgid "Checking for overdue scheduled transactions..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/kmymoney.cpp:3175
#, kde-format
msgid "You must first select a KMyMoney file before you can import a statement."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/kmymoney.cpp:3180
#, kde-format
msgid "Importing a statement via Web Connect"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/kmymoney.cpp:3190
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to import %1 using %2 plugin. The plugin returned the following error: %3"
msgid "Unable to delete category <b>%1</b>. Cause: %2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kmymoney/kmymoney.cpp:3516
#, kde-format
msgid "Couldn't find suitable plugin to save your storage."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kmymoney/kmymoney.cpp:3522
#, kde-format
msgid "Saving file as...."
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/kmymoney.cpp:1433
#, kde-format
msgid "Saving file with a new filename..."
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/kmymoney.cpp:1526
#, kde-format
msgid "Saving file to database..."
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/kmymoney.cpp:3525
#, kde-format
msgid "Do you want to delete category <b>%1</b> with all its sub-categories or only the category itself? If you only delete the category itself, all its sub-categories will be made sub-categories of <b>%2</b>."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kmymoney/kmymoney.cpp:3538
#, kde-format
msgid "Couldn't find any plugin for saving storage."
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/kmymoney.cpp:3579
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to delete a sub-category of category <b>%1</b>. Reason: %2"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/kmymoney.cpp:3589
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Do you really want to delete account <b>%1</b>?</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/kmymoney.cpp:4231
#, kde-format
msgid "You have closed this account. It remains in the system because you have transactions which still refer to it, but it is not shown in the views. You can make it visible again by going to the View menu and selecting <b>Show all accounts</b> or by deselecting the <b>Do not show closed accounts</b> setting."
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/kmymoney.cpp:4378
#, kde-format
msgid "You have entered a scheduled transaction date of <b>%1</b>. Because the scheduled transaction was last paid on <b>%2</b>, KMyMoney will automatically adjust the scheduled transaction date to the next date unless the last payment date is reset. Do you want to reset the last payment date?"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/kmymoney.cpp:4494
#, kde-format
msgid "Do you really want to skip the <b>%1</b> transaction scheduled for <b>%2</b>?"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/kmymoney.cpp:4663
#, kde-format
msgid "Do you want to add <b>%1</b> as payer/receiver?"
msgid "dump the names of all defined QAction objects to stdout and quit"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/main.cpp:109
#, kde-format
msgid "dump the names of all defined KAction objects to stdout and quit"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/main.cpp:127
#, kde-format
msgid "The monetary decimal symbol is not correctly set in the KDE System Settings module Country/Region & Language. Please set it to a reasonable value and start KMyMoney again."
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/main.cpp:127
#, kde-format
msgid "Invalid settings"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/main.cpp:128
#, kde-format
msgid "file to open"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/main.cpp:231
#, kde-format
msgid "Another instance of KMyMoney is already running. Do you want to quit?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/main.cpp:232
#, kde-format
msgid "Uncaught error. Please report the details to the developers"
"From this dialog you are able to export transactions to a comma separated file, (known as a CSV file, because of the extension). However, you are able to specify an alternative separator below. Please enter the path to the CSV file or select it by clicking on the Browse button.\n"
"\n"
"You can choose the file's path, and the account. Choose Account to export all the transactions between the specified dates, or just choose to export Categories."
"The date entry \"%1\" read from the file cannot be interpreted through the current date format setting of \"%2.\"\n"
"\n"
"Pressing 'Continue' will assign today's date to the transaction. Pressing 'Cancel'' will abort the import operation. You can then restart the import and select a different date format."
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/plugins/csvimport/csvdialog.cpp:1514
#, kde-format
msgid "<center>There must an amount or debit and credit fields, plus date and payee fields.</center>"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/plugins/csvimport/csvdialog.cpp:1516
#, kde-format
msgid "<center>As you had skipped Setup, the wizard will now return you to the setups.</center>"
msgid "You selected to extract the payee from the memo field but did not supply a regular expression for payee and memo extraction. The option will not be activated."
msgid "The plugin usually downloads the account balance and transactions. In some circumstances, the download of transaction data is not supported for certain accounts. The following option allows to turn off the request for transaction data."
msgid "Please enter the username and password you use to log into this bank for online banking. Please note that many banks require a separate signup, and assign a separate PIN or password just for online banking from home."
"<p>In case the server is located in a different timezone than your local time, then the post date of imported transactions is off by a day.</p>"
"<p>This setting can be used to adjust the timestamps of the transactions during import to reflect your local time. It does not affect previously imported transactions. </p>"
"<p>If you are located west of your bank's server than enter a negative time, in case you are located east of it enter a positive time.</p>"
"<p>If you are not sure, leave this setting at 0:00.</p>"
msgid "If a QIF file contains date entries with years represented with two digits then either an apostrophe or a slash may be used to delimit the year in the dates for certain centuries. This enables 1905 to be distinguished from 2005. Specify here which range of years will have year delimited by an apostrophe (eg. for Quicken this is usually 1900-1949)."
"From this dialog you are able to export transactions to a quicken compatible file, (known as a QIF file, because of the extension). Please enter the path to the QIF file or select it by clicking on the Browse button.\n"
"\n"
"You can choose the file's path, the account and the format of the QIF file (profile). Choose Account to export all the transactions between the specified dates or just categories. You can also limit the transactions that are exported by start and ending date. Once you have pressed the Export button a message box will appear when the export has completed detailing how many transactions, categories and payees were exported."
"<p>From this dialog you are able to import transactions from a Quicken<b>™</b> compatible file, (known as a QIF file, because of the extension).</p>"
"\n"
"<p>Please enter the path to the QIF file or select it by clicking on the Browse button. Once you have the file's path press the Import button and KMyMoney will import all the transactions, categories and payees it finds.</p>"
msgid "Select <b>Bank statement</b> turns on automatic category matching which is turned off in case of <b>Other application</b>. Use the latter if you import files from other Personal Finance Management software."
msgid "The %1 account currently has an opening balance of %2. This QIF file reports an opening balance of %3. Would you like to overwrite the current balance with the one from the QIF file?"
msgid "KMyMoney has imported a second opening balance transaction into account <b>%1</b> which differs from the one found already on file. Please correct this manually once the import is done."
"The date entry \"%1\" read from the file cannot be interpreted through the current date profile setting of \"%2\".\n"
"\n"
"Pressing \"Continue\" will assign todays date to the transaction. Pressing \"Cancel\" will abort the import operation. You can then restart the import and select a different QIF profile or create a new one."
msgid "Autogenerated by QIF importer from type Mutual account entry"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/converter/mymoneyqifreader.cpp:2093
#: kmymoney/converter/mymoneyqifreader.cpp:2224
#, kde-format
msgid "account"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/converter/mymoneyqifreader.cpp:2094
#, kde-format
msgid "al"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/converter/mymoneyqifreader.cpp:2101
#, kde-format
msgid "category"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/converter/mymoneyqifreader.cpp:2102
#, kde-format
msgid "ei"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/converter/mymoneyqifreader.cpp:2119
#, kde-format
msgid "Account \"%1\" disappeared: %2"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/converter/mymoneyqifreader.cpp:2141
#, kde-format
msgctxt "The 'type of object' 'x' does not exist"
msgid "The %1 '%2' does not exist. Do you want to create it?"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/converter/mymoneyqifreader.cpp:2151
#, kde-format
msgctxt "To select account"
msgid "Select %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/converter/mymoneyqifreader.cpp:2153
#, kde-format
msgid "The %1 <b>%2</b> currently exists. Do you want to import transactions to this account?"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/converter/mymoneyqifreader.cpp:2157
#, kde-format
msgid "The %1 <b>%2</b> currently does not exist. You can create a new %3 by pressing the <b>Create</b> button or select another %4 manually from the selection box."
msgid "You have entered budget values using a different base which would result in a monthly budget of <b>%1</b>. Should this value be used to fill the monthly budget?"
msgid "You have entered budget values using a different base which would result in a yearly budget of <b>%1</b>. Should this value be used to fill the monthly budget?"
msgid "You have entered budget values using a different base which would result in an individual monthly budget of <b>%1</b>. Should this value be used to fill the monthly budgets?"
msgid "A budget with the name '%1' already exists. It is not advisable to have multiple budgets with the same identification name. Are you sure you would like to rename the budget?"
msgid "<p>Select this option to cause the report to be shown as a chart when you first open the report. Otherwise, it will come up as a text report.</p>"
msgid "Select what <b>online</b> account you want to map to the <b>application</b> account..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/plugins/weboob/weboob.cpp:73
#, kde-format
msgid "Weboob"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/plugins/weboob/weboob.cpp:107
#, kde-format
msgid "Weboob configuration"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/plugins/weboob/weboob.cpp:154
#, kde-format
msgid "Retrieving transactions..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/plugins/xml/kcm_xmlstorage.cpp:175
#: kmymoney/plugins/xml/ksettingsgpg.cpp:218
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>You have turned on the GPG encryption support. This means, that new files will be stored encrypted.</p>"
"<p>Existing files will not be encrypted automatically. To achieve encryption of existing files, please use the <b>File/Save as...</b> feature and store the file under a different name.<br/>"
"Once confident with the result, feel free to delete the old file and rename the encrypted one to the old name.</p>"
msgid "Enter the id of the key you want to use for data encryption. This can either be an e-mail address or the hexadecimal key id. In case of the key id, do not forget the leading 0x."
msgid "GPG does not seem to be installed on your system. Please make sure that GPG can be found using the standard search path. This time, encryption is disabled."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/plugins/xml/xmlstorage.cpp:408
#, kde-format
msgid "GPG not found"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/plugins/xml/xmlstorage.cpp:414
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>You have selected to encrypt your data also with the KMyMoney recover key, but the key with id</p>"
"<p>"
"<center><b>%1</b></center>"
"</p>"
"<p>has not been found in your keyring at this time. Please make sure to import this key into your keyring. You can find it on the <a href=\"https://kmymoney.org/\">KMyMoney web-site</a>. This time your data will not be encrypted with the KMyMoney recover key.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/plugins/xml/xmlstorage.cpp:414
#: kmymoney/plugins/xml/xmlstorage.cpp:421
#, kde-format
msgid "GPG Key not found"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/plugins/xml/xmlstorage.cpp:421
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>You have specified to encrypt your data for the user-id</p>"
"<p>"
"<center><b>%1</b>.</center>"
"</p>"
"<p>Unfortunately, a valid key for this user-id was not found in your keyring. Please make sure to import a valid key for this user-id. This time, encryption is disabled.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/plugins/xml/xmlstorage.cpp:428
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>You have configured to save your data in encrypted form using GPG. Make sure you understand that you might lose all your data if you encrypt it, but cannot decrypt it later on. If unsure, answer <b>No</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/plugins/xml/xmlstorage.cpp:429
#, kde-format
msgid "Store GPG encrypted"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/plugins/xml/xmlstorage.cpp:544
#, kde-format
msgid "You have configured KMyMoney to use GPG to protect your data and to encrypt your data also with the KMyMoney recover key. This key is about to expire in %1 day. Please update the key from a keyserver using your GPG frontend (e.g. KGPG)."
msgid_plural "You have configured KMyMoney to use GPG to protect your data and to encrypt your data also with the KMyMoney recover key. This key is about to expire in %1 days. Please update the key from a keyserver using your GPG frontend (e.g. KGPG)."
"This page allows you to set the parameters for encrypted file storage of your <b>KMyMoney</b> data based on <b>GPG</b>."
"<p>\n"
"Access to the settings is disabled if <b>GPG</b> could not be detected on your system. In this case, please make sure that <b>GPG</b> is working properly for the current user."
"<p>\n"
"The <i>additional recovery encryption</i> is only accessible, if the necessary key for <b>kmymoney-recover@users.sourceforge.net</b> with id 0x8AFDDC8E is found in your keyring."
msgid "Enter the id of the key you want to use for data encryption. This can either be an e-mail address or the hexadecimal key id. In case of the key id do not forget the leading 0x."
"You can specify to encrypt the data also with the KMyMoney recover key. Only the core KMyMoney developers are in posession of the respective private key required to read back such encrypted data."
"<p>\n"
"\n"
"This mechanism is provided for the case that you have lost your key and cannot access your data anymore. With this option activated, the KMyMoney developers can decrypt the data and supply you with it in a readable form. Please be prepared, that you have to answer a few detailed questions about the contents of your data before we will send it out."
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (sortSearchView), group (List Options)
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/settings/kmymoney.kcfg:319
#, kde-format
msgid "Sort order of register in search dialog"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (defaultReconciliationState), group (List Options)
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/settings/kmymoney.kcfg:323
#, kde-format
msgid "Default reconciliation state for transactions entered during reconciliation"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (matchInterval), group (Import options)
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/settings/kmymoney.kcfg:329
#, kde-format
msgid "Number of days (plus/minus) to search for matching transactions"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (askForPayeeCategory), group (Import options)
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/settings/kmymoney.kcfg:333
#, kde-format
msgid "During import, ask for a new payee's default category"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (qifCash), group (QIF Options)
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/settings/kmymoney.kcfg:339
#, kde-format
msgid "additional names for cash account"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (qifBank), group (QIF Options)
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/settings/kmymoney.kcfg:343
#, kde-format
msgid "additional names for checking account"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (qifCreditCard), group (QIF Options)
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/settings/kmymoney.kcfg:347
#, kde-format
msgid "additional names for credit card account"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (qifAsset), group (QIF Options)
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/settings/kmymoney.kcfg:351
#, kde-format
msgid "additional names for asset account"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (qifOpeningBalance), group (QIF Options)
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/settings/kmymoney.kcfg:355
#, kde-format
msgid "additional names for opening balance payee"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (qifInvoice), group (QIF Options)
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/settings/kmymoney.kcfg:359
#, kde-format
msgid "additional names for invoice accounts"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (showAccountsExpanded), group (Account View Settings)
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/settings/kmymoney.kcfg:365
#, kde-format
msgid "Show accounts view expanded when loaded"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MaximumLegendItems), group (Chart Settings)
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/settings/kmymoney.kcfg:371
#, kde-format
msgid "Maximum quantity of legend items to display on charts"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ChartsPalette), group (Chart Settings)
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/settings/kmymoney.kcfg:383
#, kde-format
msgid "The palette used to render charts"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CssFileDefault), group (Chart Settings)
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/settings/kmymoney.kcfg:389
#, kde-format
msgid "Name of default CSS file"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kaccountsview.cpp:339
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to delete account '%1'. Cause: %2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/views/kaccountsview.cpp:353
#, kde-format
msgid "<qt>You have closed this account. It remains in the system because you have transactions which still refer to it, but it is not shown in the views. You can make it visible again by going to the View menu and selecting <b>Show all accounts</b> or by deselecting the <b>Do not show closed accounts</b> setting.</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kaccountsview.cpp:353
#, kde-format
msgid "Information"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kaccountsview.cpp:406
#, kde-format
msgid "Do you really want to remove the mapping of account <b>%1</b> to an online account? Depending on the details of the online banking method used, this action cannot be reverted."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kaccountsview.cpp:406
#, kde-format
msgid "Remove mapping to online account"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kaccountsview.cpp:419
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to unmap account from online account: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kaccountsview.cpp:437
#, kde-format
msgid " (Brokerage)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kaccountsview.cpp:438
#, kde-format
msgid "You try to map a brokerage account to an online account. This is usually not advisable. In general, the investment account should be mapped to the online account. Please cancel if you intended to map the investment account, continue otherwise"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kaccountsview.cpp:438
#, kde-format
msgid "Mapping brokerage account"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kaccountsview.cpp:456
#, kde-format
msgid "Select online banking plugin"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kaccountsview.cpp:497
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to map account to online account: %1"
msgid "The balance of the account must be zero before the account can be closed"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kaccountsview_p.h:308
#, kde-format
msgid "All subaccounts must be closed before the account can be closed"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kaccountsview_p.h:311
#, kde-format
msgid "This account is still included in an active schedule"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kcategoriesview.cpp:253
#, kde-format
msgid "Edit category '%1'"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/views/kcategoriesview.cpp:276
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to modify category '%1'. Cause: %2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kcategoriesview.cpp:386
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to exchange category <b>%1</b> with category <b>%2</b>. Reason: %3"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/views/kcategoriesview.cpp:407
#, kde-format
msgid "<qt>Do you really want to delete category <b>%1</b>?</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/views/kcategoriesview.cpp:414
#, kde-format
msgid "<qt>Unable to delete category <b>%1</b>. Cause: %2</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/views/kcategoriesview.cpp:425
#, kde-format
msgid "<qt>Do you want to delete category <b>%1</b> with all its sub-categories or only the category itself? If you only delete the category itself, all its sub-categories will be made sub-categories of <b>%2</b>.</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kcategoriesview.cpp:429
#, kde-format
msgid "Delete all"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kcategoriesview.cpp:430
#, kde-format
msgid "Just the category"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kcategoriesview.cpp:458
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Some sub-categories of category <b>%1</b> cannot be deleted, because they are still used. They will be made sub-categories of <b>%2</b>. Proceed?</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/views/kcategoriesview.cpp:478
#, kde-format
msgid "<qt>Unable to delete a sub-category of category <b>%1</b>. Reason: %2</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/views/kcategoriesview.cpp:491
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to delete category '%1'. Cause: %2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview.cpp:232
#, kde-format
msgid "Reconcile"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview.cpp:234
#, kde-format
msgid "Reconcile - disabled because you are currently reconciling <b>%1</b>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview.cpp:298
#, kde-format
msgid "Duplicate the current selected transactions"
msgid "Cannot edit investment transactions and non-investment transactions together."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview.cpp:1203
#, kde-format
msgid "Cannot edit multiple split transactions at once."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview.cpp:1224
#, kde-format
msgid "Cannot edit investment transactions in the context of this account."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview.cpp:1356
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview.cpp:1359
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Please select what you want to do: discard the changes, save the changes or continue to edit the transaction.</p>"
"<p>You can also set an option to save the transaction automatically when e.g. selecting another transaction.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview.cpp:1356
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview.cpp:1359
#, kde-format
msgid "End transaction edit"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview.cpp:1459
#, kde-format
msgid "At least one split of the selected transactions has been reconciled. Do you wish to delete the transactions anyway?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview.cpp:1465
#, kde-format
msgid "Do you really want to delete the selected transaction?"
msgid_plural "Do you really want to delete all %1 selected transactions?"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview.cpp:1469
#, kde-format
msgid "Delete transaction"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview.cpp:1515
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to duplicate transaction(s)"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview.cpp:1463
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to duplicate transaction(s): %1, thrown in %2:%3"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview.cpp:1590
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to accept transaction"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview.cpp:1538
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to accept transaction: %1, thrown in %2:%3"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview.cpp:1631
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview_p.h:1382
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to modify transaction"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview.cpp:1577
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview_p.h:1364
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to modify transaction: %1, thrown in %2:%3"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview.cpp:1889
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"You are about to finish the reconciliation of this account with a difference between your bank statement and the transactions marked as cleared.\n"
"Are you sure you want to finish the reconciliation?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview.cpp:1891
#, kde-format
msgid "Confirm end of reconciliation"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview_p.h:702
#, kde-format
msgid "Statement Details"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview_p.h:706
#, kde-format
msgid "Statement Deposit Details"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview_p.h:707
#, kde-format
msgid "Statement Payment Details"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview_p.h:824
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview_p.h:836
#, kde-format
msgid "%1 deposit (%2)"
msgid_plural "%1 deposits (%2)"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview_p.h:826
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview_p.h:832
#, kde-format
msgid "%1 payment (%2)"
msgid_plural "%1 payments (%2)"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview_p.h:829
#, kde-format
msgctxt "%1 is a string, e.g. 7 deposits; %2 is a string, e.g. 4 payments"
msgid "%1, %2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview_p.h:932
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview_p.h:952
#, kde-format
msgid "Go to '%1'"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview_p.h:1006
#, kde-format
msgid "Statement: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview_p.h:1007
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview_p.h:1023
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Cleared balance"
msgid "Cleared: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview_p.h:1015
#, kde-format
msgid "Last reconciled: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview_p.h:1017
#, kde-format
msgid "Never reconciled"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview_p.h:1133
#, kde-format
msgid "Cannot process transactions in account %1, which is closed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview_p.h:1139
#, kde-format
msgid "Cannot process transaction with focus if it is not selected."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview_p.h:1220
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to delete transaction(s)"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview_p.h:1202
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to delete transaction(s): %1, thrown in %2:%3"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview_p.h:1249
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to unmatch the selected transactions"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview_p.h:1281
#, kde-format
msgid "No manually entered transaction selected for matching"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview_p.h:1283
#, kde-format
msgid "No imported transaction selected for matching"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview_p.h:1307
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to match the selected transactions"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/khomeview.cpp:182
#, kde-format
msgid "Before KMyMoney can give you detailed information about your financial status, you need to create at least one account. Until then, KMyMoney shows the welcome page instead."
msgid "Do you want to show <b>%1</b> column on every loaded view?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/views/kmymoneyview.cpp:351
#, kde-format
msgid "Do you want to hide <b>%1</b> column on every loaded view?"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/views/kmymoneyview.cpp:428
#, kde-format
msgid "Modifying transactions can only be performed in the ledger view"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/views/kmymoneyview.cpp:442
#, kde-format
msgid "Duplicating transactions can only be performed in the ledger view"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/views/kmymoneyview.cpp:454
#, kde-format
msgid "Edit the current selected transactions"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/views/kmymoneyview.cpp:455
#, kde-format
msgid "Show home page"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/views/kmymoneyview.cpp:456
#, kde-format
msgid "Show institutions page"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/views/kmymoneyview.cpp:457
#, kde-format
msgid "Show accounts page"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/views/kmymoneyview.cpp:458
#, kde-format
msgid "Show scheduled transactions page"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/views/kmymoneyview.cpp:459
#, kde-format
msgid "Show categories page"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/views/kmymoneyview.cpp:460
#, kde-format
msgid "Show tags page"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/views/kmymoneyview.cpp:461
#, kde-format
msgid "Show payees page"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/views/kmymoneyview.cpp:462
#, kde-format
msgid "Show ledgers page"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/views/kmymoneyview.cpp:463
#, kde-format
msgid "Show investments page"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/views/kmymoneyview.cpp:464
#, kde-format
msgid "Show reports page"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/views/kmymoneyview.cpp:465
#, kde-format
msgid "Show budget page"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/views/kmymoneyview.cpp:466
#, kde-format
msgid "Show forecast page"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/views/kmymoneyview.cpp:467
#, kde-format
msgid "Show outbox page"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kmymoneyview.cpp:645
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to add schedule: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kmymoneyview.cpp:742
#, kde-format
msgid "<p><b>%1</b> is not a KMyMoney file.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kmymoneyview.cpp:778
#, kde-format
msgid "GPG is not available for decryption of file <b>%1</b>"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kmymoneyview.cpp:852
#, kde-format
msgid "File <b>%1</b> contains the old binary format used by KMyMoney. Please use an older version of KMyMoney (0.8.x) that still supports this format to convert it to the new XML based format."
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kmymoneyview.cpp:854
#, kde-format
msgid "File <b>%1</b> contains an unknown file format."
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kmymoneyview.cpp:859
#, kde-format
msgid "Cannot read from file <b>%1</b>."
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kmymoneyview.cpp:863
#, kde-format
msgid "Cannot load file <b>%1</b>. Reason: %2"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kmymoneyview.cpp:874
#, kde-format
msgid "The following error was encountered while decrypting file <b>%1</b>: %2"
msgid "GPG does not seem to be installed on your system. Please make sure, that GPG can be found using the standard search path. This time, encryption is disabled."
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/views/kmymoneyview.cpp:1139
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>You have selected to encrypt your data also with the KMyMoney recover key, but the key with id</p>"
"<p>"
"<center><b>%1</b></center>"
"</p>"
"<p>has not been found in your keyring at this time. Please make sure to import this key into your keyring. You can find it on the <a href=\"http://kmymoney.org/\">KMyMoney web-site</a>. This time your data will not be encrypted with the KMyMoney recover key.</p>"
msgid "A payee with the name '%1' already exists. It is not advisable to have multiple payees with the same identification name. Are you sure you would like to rename the payee?"
msgid "This list contains the names that will match this payee if a transaction is imported from an external source. Keep in mind, that you can specify regular expressions here."
msgid "At least one transaction/scheduled transaction or loan account is still referenced by a payee. Currently you have all payees selected. However, at least one payee must remain so that the transaction/scheduled transaction or loan account can be reassigned."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kpayeesview_p.h:608
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to reassign payee of transaction/split"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kpayeesview_p.h:612
#, kde-format
msgid "Nothing to merge."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kpayeesview_p.h:670
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to remove payee(s)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kscheduledview.cpp:218
#, kde-format
msgid "KMyMoney has detected some overdue scheduled transactions for this account. Do you want to enter those scheduled transactions now?"
msgid "Unable to enter scheduled transaction '%1'"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kscheduledview_p.h:542
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Are you sure you wish to stop this scheduled transaction from being entered into the register?\n"
"\n"
"KMyMoney will prompt you again next time it starts unless you manually enter it later."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/views/kscheduledview_p.h:645
#, kde-format
msgid "<qt>Do you really want to skip the <b>%1</b> transaction scheduled for <b>%2</b>?</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/views/kscheduledview_p.h:655
#, kde-format
msgid "<qt>Unable to skip scheduled transaction <b>%1</b>.</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/ktagsview.cpp:136
#, kde-format
msgid "A tag with the name '%1' already exists. It is not advisable to have multiple tags with the same identification name. Are you sure you would like to rename the tag?"
msgid "Do you want to save the changes for <b>%1</b>?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/ktagsview.cpp:630
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Do you really want to remove the tag <b>%1</b>?</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/ktagsview.cpp:632
#, kde-format
msgid "Do you really want to remove all selected tags?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/ktagsview.cpp:634
#, kde-format
msgid "Remove Tag"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/ktagsview.cpp:671
#, kde-format
msgid "At least one transaction/scheduled transaction is still referenced by a tag. Currently you have all tags selected. However, at least one tag must remain so that the transaction/scheduled transaction can be reassigned."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/ktagsview.cpp:736
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to reassign tag of transaction/split"
msgid "The free, easy to use, personal finance manager by KDE"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:69
#, kde-format
msgid "The free, easy to use, personal finance manager for KDE"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:85
#, kde-format
msgid "Go to My Financial Summary"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:98
#, kde-format
msgid "Start with one of the following activities..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:104
#, kde-format
msgid "Get started and setup accounts"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:107
#, kde-format
msgid "Open an existing data file"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:110
#, kde-format
msgid "Learn how to use KMyMoney"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:113
#, kde-format
msgid "Visit our website"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:116
#, kde-format
msgid "Get help from our community"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:119
#, kde-format
msgid "See what's new in this version"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:155
#, kde-format
msgid "What's new in this version"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:169
#, kde-format
msgid "What's new in KMyMoney %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:172
#, kde-format
msgid "Return to the Welcome page"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:181
#, kde-format
msgid "We are pleased to announce a major step forward for what has been described as \"the BEST personal finance manager for FREE users\"."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:182
#, kde-format
msgid "What's new in this version:"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:210
#, kde-format
msgid "A plugin to import data using Weboob was added"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:211
#, kde-format
msgid "Let us know what you think. We hope that you enjoy using the application."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:212
#, kde-format
msgid "Please let us know about any abnormal behavior in the program by selecting <a href=\"/action?id=help_report_bug\">\"Report bug...\"</a> from the help menu or by sending an e-mail to the developers mailing list."
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:212
#, kde-format
msgid "When an account cannot be closed, a tooltip explains the reason"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:213
#, kde-format
msgid "Transaction tags were added"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:214
#, kde-format
msgid "Proper input methods support was added"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:215
#, kde-format
msgid "The KMyMoney Development Team"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:216
#, kde-format
msgid "Added a frozen column to improve visualizing forecast details"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:217
#, kde-format
msgid "Improved multiple records management actions (payees, transactions)"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:218
#, kde-format
msgid "Better performance of the user interface"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:219
#, kde-format
msgid "Homepage can show accounts online banking status"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:221
#, kde-format
msgid "CSV importer was improved"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:223
#, kde-format
msgid "OFX plugin now allows custom application version"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:237
#, kde-format
msgid "* General changes"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:238
#, kde-format
msgid "- Port to KDE frameworks and Qt5"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:240
#, kde-format
msgid "* User Interface changes"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:241
#, kde-format
msgid "- Show more tooltips why features are not available"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:242
#, kde-format
msgid "- Improved compatibility with dark color schemes"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:243
#, kde-format
msgid "- Fast switching of main views via Ctrl + number key"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:244
#, kde-format
msgid "- Improved keyboard navigation"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:245
#, kde-format
msgid "- View columns are user selectable"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:246
#, kde-format
msgid "- Use QWebEngine in favor of KHTML when available"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:248
#, kde-format
msgid "* Im-/Exporter"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:249
#, kde-format
msgid "- Added support for Weboob"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:209
#, kde-format
msgid "Added support for online SEPA transactions"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:250
#, kde-format
msgid "- Improved CSV importer"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:220
#, kde-format
msgid "Improved the icon theme"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:251
#, kde-format
msgid "- Added CSV exporter"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:222
#, kde-format
msgid "CSV exporter added"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:252
#, kde-format
msgid "- Improved payee matching when importing transactions"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:211
#, kde-format
msgid "Improved payee matching when importing transactions"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:215
#, kde-format
msgid "Improved the transaction form"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:254
#, kde-format
msgid "* Online services"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:255
#, kde-format
msgid "- Updated list of application versions for OFX direct import"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:256
#, kde-format
msgid "- Get rid of Yahoo as price source"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:257
#, kde-format
msgid "- Supporting OFX client uid required by some banks"
msgid "In case you have multiple split entries to the same category and you like to keep them as a single split, press this button. The amount for identical categories will be added and stored in a single split for that category."
"Reconciling your account ensures your records match those of your institution, and that there are no mistakes on either side. You should reconcile your account whenever you receive a statement from your institution.\n"
"\n"
"All relevant information necessary for this process is usually printed on your statement.\n"
"\n"
"On the next page you will verify that the ending balance matches that on your statement. If not, please modify it.\n"
"\n"
"The starting balance is the sum of your cleared and reconciled transactions."
"You have previously postponed the reconciliation of this account. If you have entered charges or interests the last time you started reconciling this account you can modify these in the ledger later on.\n"
"\n"
"It is important, that you continue with the same statement you used when you postponed the reconciliation.\n"
"\n"
"All information you have entered into this wizard will be shown and all transactions that you already cleared are marked with a 'C'."
msgid "This page summarizes the data you have entered. Press <b>Finish</b> to create the account, schedules, etc. or use <b>Back</b> to modify your entries."
msgid "Please make sure to enter the correct conversion for the selected opening date. If you requested an online quote it might be provided for a different date."
msgid "Enter the name of the account under which it is known within KMyMoney. Select the type for the new account. Use the <b>What's this?</b> feature to see more details about the various account types. Enter the date the account was opened and its currency."
"Use the checking account type to manage activities on your checking account e.g. payments, checks and cash card purchases.</p>"
"\n"
"\n"
"<p><b>Savings</b>\n"
"Use the savings account type to manage activities on your savings account.</p>"
"\n"
"\n"
"<p><b>Credit Card</b>\n"
"Use the credit card account type to manage activities on your credit card.</p>"
"\n"
"\n"
"<p><b>Cash</b>\n"
"\n"
"Use the cash account type to manage activities in your wallet.</p>"
"\n"
"\n"
"<p><b>Loan</b>\n"
"Use the loan account type to manage amortization loans (e.g. mortgages, car loan, money you lend, private loans etc.).</p>"
"\n"
"\n"
"<p><b>Investment</b>\n"
"Use the investment account to manage your stock, mutual fund and other investments.</p>"
"\n"
"\n"
"<p><b>Asset</b>\n"
"Use the asset account type to manage assets (e.g. your house, car or art collection).</p>"
"\n"
"\n"
"<p><b>Liability</b>\n"
"Use the liability account type to manage any type of liability except amortization loans. Use it for taxes you owe or money you borrowed from friends. For amortization loans like mortgages you should create a loan account.</p>"
"<p>The opening date would be the date of the last statement. In case you want to keep track of transactions prior to this date, enter the ending balance and statement date of a prior statement and add all following transactions into KMyMoney. KMyMoney will not allow you to enter or modify transactions prior to this date.</p>"
"\n"
"<p><i>Note</i>: If you do not know the exact amount of the opening balance, enter an estimate. You can change this value later before you reconcile this account for the first time.</p>"
"<p>The opening balance is the balance of the account when you start using it with KMyMoney. For new accounts this is usually 0 but for existing accounts this may well differ. Please consult the account statements to figure out this value. The opening balance is to be provided in the currency of the account as selected with the currency button.</p>"
"\n"
"<p><i>Note</i>: If you do not know the exact amount of the opening balance, enter an estimate. You can change this value later before you reconcile this account for the first time.</p>"
msgid "For foreign currencies an initial conversion rate needs to be provided. This should be the price of the foreign currency in the base currency on the opening date of the account."
"Does this investment account have a brokerage account?"
"<p>\n"
"\n"
"<b>Check</b> the mark if this investment account has an associated account for money that is not invested.<br>"
"\n"
"\n"
"<b>Uncheck</b> it if you do not use this account for active stock brokerage. You should also uncheck it if the account is not maintained by a bank or broker."
msgid "For credit card accounts you can create a monthly schedule which will automatically remind you about the payment. Please fill in the details about this payment here."
"<qt>Select which transactions should be recorded.\n"
"\n"
"<b>All payments</b> allows you to enter all payments made for this loan.\n"
"\n"
"The option to <b>start from the beginning of the current year</b> is meant for loans that have already been active for a longer period of time, and for which you do not want to enter all past transactions.\n"
msgid "You have selected to record only payments from the beginning of this year. Since prior transactions will not be recorded, you need to supply the balance of the loan on January 1st of this year."
msgid "Select the frequency with which the interest is compounded. If uncertain, select the same as the payment frequency. Consult your loan contract for details."
"If this account is managed by an institution please select the institution from the list. If the institution does not exist yet, please choose the <b>New Institution</b> button to create it. Otherwise, leave this field empty.\n"
"Enter the account number used by the institution to identify the account."
"You can enter the IBAN (International Bank Account Number) into this field if you know it. Usually, people at your institution can tell you the number or it is printed on your statements.\n"
"\n"
"See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/International_Bank_Account_Number for more information.\n"
"\n"
"KMyMoney keeps this field only for documentation purposes and does not use it otherwise."
msgid "Now enter the details for your loan. You can leave one of the fields empty and KMyMoney will calculate it when you press the <b>Calculate</b> button. Before you can continue with the next page you also need to press <b>Calculate</b> so that KMyMoney can check the logical correctness of the values you have supplied."
msgid "Enter the amount of the loan in this field. If you want to calculate this field out of the other parameters, please leave it empty. If the field is marked as required (colored background) you have informed KMyMoney about the fact that there were already some payments towards the loan. In this case, please enter the ending balance of your last statement."
msgid "Please enter the term of this loan or enter 0 to calculate it. The term is the time that is required to fully repay the loan. This time might be different from the time your loan contract is signed for."
msgid "Pressing this button calculates a possibly missing parameter for your loan or verifies that the values entered match. If something is not correct you will receive information about it."
msgid "Now enter the information required for the periodic loan payments. If your regular payments contains any additional fees, click on the <b>Additional fees</b> button to enter them."
"If this loan is for an asset, such as a car or a house, you can create the asset account now. An asset account represents the total value of an asset. The money from this loan will be transferred into the asset account you create or select.\n"
"If this loan is a 'consumer loan' (money to use however you want), you can use a checking account instead."
"KMyMoney creates a schedule for this payment and reminds you whenever a payment must be made. Please select the account to/from which payments will be made and the category the interest will be assigned to."
"<p>\n"
"If you selected to record all payments this date has already been supplied. If you selected to record only this years payments, then the <b>First payment due date</b> is the date of the first payment made in this year."
msgid "The category the interest part of the payment will be assigned to. If you borrow money you usually have to pay interest, so this should be an expense category. If you lend the money, you receive the interest. In this case, select an income category here."
msgid "Select the account from which you make your periodical payments or where you receive regular payments in case you lend the money. In most cases, this is a checking account."
msgid "The first step in this process requires to select the type of investment. The following steps collect more details about the investment from you."
msgid "Select an online source and click <b>Finish</b> to store the investment data. If you do not want to use online updates, just leave the data as is."
"KMyMoney has calculated the loan as shown in the overview below. You can accept these values by selecting \"Next\" or change them by choosing \"Back\" to return to the input field for the information you want to change."
"Please enter the term of this loan or leave the field empty to calculate it. The term is the time that is required to fully repay the loan. This time might be different from the time your loan contract is signed for."
msgid "Please enter the date from which on the following changes will be effective. The date entered must be later than the opening date of this account (%1), but must not be in the future. The default will be today."
msgid "Note: Consult the loan contract for details of the first due date. Keep in mind, that the first due date usually differs from the date the contract was signed"
"Is the interest of this loan fixed over a period of time or is it adapted from time to time? If the interest rate changes during the amortization phase of the loan you should choose the option 'variable interest rate'."
msgid "Note: you will not be able to modify this account today, because the opening date \"%1\" is in the future. Please revisit this dialog when the time has come."
msgid "Your previous selection was \"%1\". If you select another option, KMyMoney will dismiss the changes you have just entered. Do you wish to proceed?"
msgid "The loan wizard is unable to calculate two different values for your loan at the same time. Please enter a value for the %1 on this page or backup to the page where the current value to be calculated is defined and fill in a value."
msgid "You selected, that payments have already been made towards this loan. This requires you to enter the loan amount exactly as found on your last statement."
msgid "You have entered mis-matching information. Please backup to the appropriate page and update your figures or leave one value empty to let KMyMoney calculate it for you"
"Welcome to the New Loan Account Wizard which will guide you through the creation of a new loan e.g. for your home, your car or any other loan that you pay or gain interest for.\n"
"\n"
"Please make sure that you have the relevant information handy. You usually get the information out of your contract and the last statement."
"KMyMoney either calculates the new interest rate or the amount for principal and interest. If you know the amount for principal and interest then enter it here.\n"
"\n"
"If KMyMoney should calculate this value for you, then leave the field blank."
"KMyMoney will create a schedule for this payment and reminds you whenever a payment must be made."
"<p>\n"
"If you selected to record all payments this date has already been supplied. If you selected to record only this years payments, then the <b>First payment due date</b> is the date of the first payment made in this year."
"KMyMoney has calculated the loan as shown below. If you want to accept these values use the \"Finish\" button to update your account, otherwise use the \"Back\" button to modify your settings."
"This page summarizes the data you entered. If you need to modify anything, please use the \"Back\" button to go to respective page. Otherwise use the \"Finish\" button to create the account."
msgid "A typical KMyMoney user maintains a checking account with some institution and uses it to receive money or pay bills. If this is not the case, please deselect the checkbox below and continue on the next page."
msgid "Enter the date from when on you plan to keep track of the transactions in that account. This is usually the date of the last statement. If uncertain, leave as is."
msgid "The fields below allow you to enter some information about your checking account. Once this wizard finishes, the account will be created for you within KMyMoney."
msgid "KMyMoney supports multiple currencies. Your reports will be based on a default currency which you can select here. The default for new accounts is also the currency you select here."
"You have started KMyMoney for the first time on this computer. Before this program can help you to manage your finances, it needs to collect some data from you."
"<p>\n"
"\n"
"On the next few pages you will be guided through the steps necessary to setup the program. This will happen only once."
msgid "<p>KMyMoney can encrypt your datafile using GPG Encryption. GPG encryption is one of the most secure methods in the world for protecting data. All of your account numbers and other important financial information will be very secure.</p>"
msgid "If you would like to review or change any preference settings for KMyMoney after finishing this wizard, you can do so by checking this box. If not just click <b>Next</b>."
msgid "You can change the configuration options at any time using the configuration dialog. Just select the <b>Configure KMyMoney...</b> option in the <b>Settings</b> menu."
msgid "Select groups of accounts that correspond to the ways that you will use KMyMoney. Each group you select will cause several accounts and categories to be created. Select the groups that are relevant to you. You can always create additional accounts manually later."
msgid "KMyMoney supports multiple currencies, nevertheless one of them will be used as your base currency. The base currency is used as default for new accounts and reports. Please select the base currency from the following list."
msgid "KMyMoney will store your financial data in a file on the disk. A standard filename within your user environment will be the default. This is just provided for convenience and you can choose any other location here."
msgid "This finishes the setup of your KMyMoney environment. You can now press the Finish button and start using KMyMoney to record your financial transactions."
msgctxt "These are the suffix strings of the days in the calendar view; please make sure that you keep all the 30 separators (the '-' character) when translating"
msgid "KMyMoney will store your financial data in a file on the disk. A standard filename within your KDE user environment will be the default. This is just provided for convenience and you can choose any other location here."
msgid "<b>Useractions</b> can be grouped in categories for better distinction. Choose a existing <i>Category</i> or create a new one by entering a name."
"<p>The <i>Command</i> defines the command that will be executed when the <b>Useraction</b> is used. It can be a simple shell command or a complex sequence of multiple commands with <b>Placeholders</b>.</p>"
"The <i>Command</i> defines the command that will be executed when the <b>Useraction</b> is used. It can be a simple shell command or a complex sequence of multiple commands with <b>Placeholders</b>."
msgid "<qt>There was an error while running <b>%1</b>.</qt>"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Dialogs/checksumdlg.cpp:141
#, kde-format
msgid "Error reading stdout or stderr"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Dialogs/checksumdlg.cpp:198
#, kde-format
msgid "Please wait..."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Dialogs/checksumdlg.cpp:216
#, kde-format
msgid "<qt>Krusader cannot find a checksum tool that handles %1 on your system. Please check the <b>Dependencies</b> page in Krusader's settings.</qt>"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Dialogs/checksumdlg.cpp:254
#, kde-format
msgid "Creating Checksums"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Dialogs/checksumdlg.cpp:268
#, kde-format
msgid "Create Checksums"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Dialogs/checksumdlg.cpp:271
#, kde-format
msgid "About to calculate checksum for the following files or directories:"
msgid "The date %1 is not valid according to your locale. Please re-enter a valid date (use the date button for easy access)."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Filter/advancedfilter.cpp:492
#, kde-format
msgid "Specified sizes are inconsistent."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Filter/advancedfilter.cpp:493
#, kde-format
msgid "Please re-enter the values, so that the left side size will be smaller than (or equal to) the right side size."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Filter/advancedfilter.cpp:512
#: krusader/Filter/advancedfilter.cpp:540
#, kde-format
msgid "Dates are inconsistent."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Filter/advancedfilter.cpp:513
#, kde-format
msgid "The date on the left is later than the date on the right. Please re-enter the dates, so that the left side date will be earlier than the right side date."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Filter/advancedfilter.cpp:541
#, kde-format
msgid "The date on top is later than the date on the bottom. Please re-enter the dates, so that the top date will be earlier than the bottom date."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Filter/filterdialog.cpp:35
#, kde-format
msgid "Krusader::Choose Files"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Filter/filtertabs.cpp:42
#, kde-format
msgid "&General"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Filter/filtertabs.cpp:47
#, kde-format
msgid "&Advanced"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Filter/filtertabs.cpp:115
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not load profile."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Filter/generalfilter.cpp:49
#, kde-format
msgid "Any Character"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Filter/generalfilter.cpp:50
#, kde-format
msgid "Start of Line"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Filter/generalfilter.cpp:51
#, kde-format
msgid "End of Line"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Filter/generalfilter.cpp:52
#, kde-format
msgid "Set of Characters"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Filter/generalfilter.cpp:53
#, kde-format
msgid "Repeats, Zero or More Times"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Filter/generalfilter.cpp:54
#, kde-format
msgid "Repeats, One or More Times"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Filter/generalfilter.cpp:55
#, kde-format
msgid "Optional"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Filter/generalfilter.cpp:56
#, kde-format
msgid "Escape"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Filter/generalfilter.cpp:57
#, kde-format
msgid "TAB"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Filter/generalfilter.cpp:58
#, kde-format
msgid "Newline"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Filter/generalfilter.cpp:59
#, kde-format
msgid "Carriage Return"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Filter/generalfilter.cpp:60
#, kde-format
msgid "White Space"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Filter/generalfilter.cpp:61
#, kde-format
msgid "Digit"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Filter/generalfilter.cpp:108
#, kde-format
msgid "&Case sensitive"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Filter/generalfilter.cpp:113
#, kde-format
msgid "Search &for:"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Filter/generalfilter.cpp:127
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:220
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>The filename filtering criteria is defined here.</p>"
"<p>You can make use of wildcards. Multiple patterns are separated by space (means logical OR) and patterns are excluded from the search using the pipe symbol.</p>"
"<p>If the pattern is ended with a slash (<code>*pattern*/</code>), that means that pattern relates to recursive search of folders."
"<ul>"
"<li><code>pattern</code> - means to search those files/folders that name is <code>pattern</code>, recursive search goes through all subfolders independently of the value of <code>pattern</code></li>"
"<li><code>pattern/</code> - means to search all files/folders, but recursive search goes through/excludes the folders that name is <code>pattern</code></li>"
"</ul>"
"</p>"
"<p>It is allowed to use quotation marks for names that contain space. Filter <code>\"Program Files\"</code> searches out those files/folders that name is <code>Program Files</code>.</p>"
"<p>Examples:</p>"
"<ul>"
"<li><code>*.o</code></li>"
"<li><code>*.h *.c??</code></li>"
"<li><code>*.cpp *.h | *.moc.cpp</code></li>"
"<li><code>* | .svn/ .git/</code></li>"
"</ul>"
"<p><b>Note</b>: the search term '<code>text</code>' is equivalent to '<code>*text*</code>'.</p>"
msgid "View the file in hex-mode (better for binary files)"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:106
#, kde-format
msgid "Lister mode"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:106
#, kde-format
msgid "View the file with lister (for huge text files)"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:114
#, kde-format
msgid "Use Okteta as Hex viewer"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:115
#, kde-format
msgid "If available, use Okteta as Hex viewer instead of the internal viewer"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:121
#, kde-format
msgid "Use lister if the text file is bigger than:"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:126
#, kde-format
msgid "MB"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:138
#, kde-format
msgid "Editor"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:142
#, kde-format
msgid "Editor:"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:148
#, kde-format
msgid "Hint: use 'internal editor' if you want to use Krusader's fast built-in editor"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:156
#, kde-format
msgid "Atomic extensions"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:171
#, kde-format
msgid "Atomic extensions:"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:221
#, kde-format
msgid "Warn on exit"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:221
#, kde-format
msgid "Display a warning when trying to close the main window."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:222
#, kde-format
msgid "Show and close to tray"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:222
#, kde-format
msgid "Show an icon in the system tray and keep running in the background when the window is closed."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:231
#, kde-format
msgid "Temp Folder:"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:240
#, kde-format
msgid "Note: you must have full permissions for the temporary folder."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:250
#, kde-format
msgid "Delete mode"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:255
#, kde-format
msgid "Move to trash"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:255
#, kde-format
msgid "Files will be moved to trash when deleted."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:256
#, kde-format
msgid "Delete files"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:256
#, kde-format
msgid "Files will be permanently deleted."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:267
#: krusader/Panel/panelcontextmenu.cpp:191
#, kde-format
msgid "Terminal"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:270
#, kde-format
msgid "External Terminal:"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:275
#, kde-format
msgid "%d will be replaced by the workdir."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:280
#, kde-format
msgid "Embedded Terminal sends Chdir on panel change"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:280
#, kde-format
msgid "When checked, whenever the panel is changed (for example, by pressing Tab), Krusader changes the current folder in the embedded terminal."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:302
#, kde-format
msgid "Searching for tools..."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:304
#, kde-format
msgid "Make sure to install new tools in your <code>$PATH</code> (e.g. /usr/bin)"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:312
#, kde-format
msgid "Add new atomic extension"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:312
#, kde-format
msgid "Extension:"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kggeneral.cpp:317
#, kde-format
msgid "Atomic extensions must start with '.' and must contain at least one more '.' character."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:88
#, kde-format
msgid "Navigator bar"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:93
#, kde-format
msgid "Edit Mode by default"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:93
#, kde-format
msgid "Show editable path in Navigator bar by default"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:94
#, kde-format
msgid "Show full path by default"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:94
#, kde-format
msgid "Always show full path in Navigator bar by default."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:104
#, kde-format
msgid "Operation"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:108
#, kde-format
msgid "Autoselect folders"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:108
#, kde-format
msgid "When matching the select criteria, not only files will be selected, but also folders."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:109
#, kde-format
msgid "Rename selects extension"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:109
#, kde-format
msgid "When renaming a file, the whole text is selected. If you want Total-Commander like renaming of just the name, without extension, uncheck this option."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:110
#, kde-format
msgid "Unselect files before copy/move"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:110
#, kde-format
msgid "Unselect files, which are to be copied/moved, before the operation starts."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:111
#, kde-format
msgid "Filter dialog remembers settings"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:111
#, kde-format
msgid "The filter dialog is opened with the last filter settings that where applied to the panel."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:121
#, kde-format
msgid "Tabs"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:125
#, kde-format
msgid "Use full path tab names"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:125
#, kde-format
msgid "Display the full path in the folder tabs. By default only the last part of the path is displayed."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:126
#, kde-format
msgid "Show new/close tab buttons"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:126
#, kde-format
msgid "Show the new/close tab buttons."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:134
#, kde-format
msgid "Tab Bar position:"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:137
#, kde-format
msgid "Top"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:138
#, kde-format
msgid "Bottom"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:149
#, kde-format
msgid "Show Tab Bar on single tab"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:150
#, kde-format
msgid "Show the tab bar with only one tab."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:158
#, kde-format
msgid "Search bar"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:162
#, kde-format
msgid "Start by typing"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:162
#, kde-format
msgid "Open search bar and start searching by typing in panel."
msgid "Bookmark search is also applied to special items in bookmark menu like Trash, Popular URLs, Jump Back, etc."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:218
#, kde-format
msgid "Status/Totalsbar"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:223
#, kde-format
msgid "Show size in bytes too"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:224
#, kde-format
msgid "Show space information"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:224
#, kde-format
msgid "Show free/total space on the device"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:243
#, kde-format
msgid "Layout"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:252
#, kde-format
msgid "Layout:"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:265
#, kde-format
msgid "Frame Color:"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:269
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Frame color"
msgid "Defined by Layout"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:270
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Frame color"
msgid "None"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:271
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Frame color"
msgid "Statusbar"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:278
#, kde-format
msgid "Frame Shape:"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:282
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Frame shape"
msgid "Defined by Layout"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:283
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Frame shape"
msgid "None"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:284
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Frame shape"
msgid "Box"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:285
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Frame shape"
msgid "Panel"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:292
#, kde-format
msgid "Frame Shadow:"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:296
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Frame shadow"
msgid "Defined by Layout"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:297
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Frame shadow"
msgid "None"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:298
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Frame shadow"
msgid "Raised"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:299
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Frame shadow"
msgid "Sunken"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:313
#, kde-format
msgid "Default icon size:"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:331
#, kde-format
msgid "Use icons in the filenames"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:331
#, kde-format
msgid "Show the icons for filenames and folders."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:332
#, kde-format
msgid "Show previews by default"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:332
#, kde-format
msgid "Show previews of files and folders."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:367
#, kde-format
msgid "View font:"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:376
#, kde-format
msgid "Tooltip delay (msec):"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:377
#, kde-format
msgid "The duration after a tooltip is shown for a file item, in milliseconds. Set a negative value to disable tooltips."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:394
#, kde-format
msgid "Use human-readable file size"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:394
#, kde-format
msgid "File sizes are displayed in B, KB, MB and GB, not just in bytes."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:395
#, kde-format
msgid "Show hidden files"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:395
#, kde-format
msgid "Display files beginning with a dot."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:396
#, kde-format
msgid "Numeric Permissions"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:396
#, kde-format
msgid "Show octal numbers (0755) instead of the standard permissions (rwxr-xr-x) in the permission column."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:397
#, kde-format
msgid "Load the user defined folder icons"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:397
#, kde-format
msgid "Load the user defined folder icons (can cause decrease in performance)."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:398
#, kde-format
msgid "Always show current item"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:398
#, kde-format
msgid "Show current item border decoration in inactive panel."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:412
#, kde-format
msgid "Sort method:"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:414
#, kde-format
msgid "Alphabetical"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:415
#, kde-format
msgid "Alphabetical and numbers"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:416
#, kde-format
msgid "Character code"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:417
#, kde-format
msgid "Character code and numbers"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:418
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Krusader sort"
msgid "Krusader"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:431
#, kde-format
msgid "Case sensitive sorting"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:432
#, kde-format
msgid "All files beginning with capital letters appear before files beginning with non-capital letters (UNIX default)."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:433
#, kde-format
msgid "Show folders first"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:434
#, kde-format
msgid "Always sort dirs by name"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:435
#, kde-format
msgid "Folders are sorted by name, regardless of the sort column."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:436
#, kde-format
msgid "Locale aware sorting"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:437
#, kde-format
msgid "The sorting is performed in a locale- and also platform-dependent manner. Can be slow."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:451
#, kde-format
msgid "View modes"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:458
#, kde-format
msgid "Default view mode:"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:504
#, kde-format
msgid "Buttons"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:513
#, kde-format
msgid "Toolbar buttons have icons"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:514
#, kde-format
msgid "Show Media Button"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:514
#, kde-format
msgid "The media button will be visible."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:515
#, kde-format
msgid "Show Back Button"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:516
#, kde-format
msgid "Show Forward Button"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:517
#, kde-format
msgid "Show History Button"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:517
#, kde-format
msgid "The history button will be visible."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:518
#, kde-format
msgid "Show Bookmarks Button"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:518
#, kde-format
msgid "The bookmarks button will be visible."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:519
#, kde-format
msgid "Show Panel Toolbar"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:519
#, kde-format
msgid "The panel toolbar will be visible."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:525
#, kde-format
msgid "Visible Panel Toolbar buttons"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:529
#, kde-format
msgid "Equal button (=)"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:529
#, kde-format
msgid "Changes the panel folder to the other panel folder."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:530
#, kde-format
msgid "Up button (..)"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:530
#, kde-format
msgid "Changes the panel folder to the parent folder."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:531
#, kde-format
msgid "Home button (~)"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:531
#, kde-format
msgid "Changes the panel folder to the home folder."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:532
#, kde-format
msgid "Root button (/)"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:532
#, kde-format
msgid "Changes the panel folder to the root folder."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:533
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle-button for sync-browsing"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:533
#, kde-format
msgid "Each folder change in the panel is also performed in the other panel."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:555
#, kde-format
msgid "Selection Mode"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:568
#, kde-format
msgid "Krusader Mode"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:568
#, kde-format
msgid "Both keys allow selecting files. To select more than one file, hold the Ctrl key and click the left mouse button. Right-click menu is invoked using a short click on the right mouse button."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:569
#, kde-format
msgid "Konqueror Mode"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:569
#, kde-format
msgid "Pressing the left mouse button selects files - you can click and select multiple files. Right-click menu is invoked using a short click on the right mouse button."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:570
#, kde-format
msgid "Total-Commander Mode"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:570
#, kde-format
msgid "The left mouse button does not select, but sets the current file without affecting the current selection. The right mouse button selects multiple files and the right-click menu is invoked by pressing and holding the right mouse button."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:571
#, kde-format
msgid "Ergonomic Mode"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:571
#, kde-format
msgid "The left mouse button does not select, but sets the current file without affecting the current selection. The right mouse button invokes the context-menu. You can select with Ctrl key and the left button."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:572
#, kde-format
msgid "Custom Selection Mode"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:572
#, kde-format
msgid "Design your own selection mode."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:584
#, kde-format
msgid "Details"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:591
#, kde-format
msgid "Double-click selects (classic)"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:591
#, kde-format
msgid "A single click on a file will select and focus, a double click opens the file or steps into the folder."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:592
#, kde-format
msgid "Obey global selection policy"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:592
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Use global setting:</p>"
"<p><i>Plasma System Settings -> Input Devices -> Mouse</i></p>"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:603
#, kde-format
msgid "Based on KDE's selection mode"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:604
#, kde-format
msgid "If checked, use a mode based on KDE's style."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:606
#, kde-format
msgid "Left mouse button selects"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:607
#, kde-format
msgid "If checked, left clicking an item will select it."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:609
#, kde-format
msgid "Left mouse button preserves selection"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:610
#, kde-format
msgid "If checked, left clicking an item will select it, but will not unselect other, already selected items."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:612
#, kde-format
msgid "Shift/Ctrl-Left mouse button selects"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:613
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"If checked, Shift/Ctrl left clicking will select items.\n"
"Note: this is meaningless if 'Left Button Selects' is checked."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:615
#, kde-format
msgid "Right mouse button selects"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:616
#, kde-format
msgid "If checked, right clicking an item will select it."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:618
#, kde-format
msgid "Right mouse button preserves selection"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:619
#, kde-format
msgid "If checked, right clicking an item will select it, but will not unselect other, already selected items."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:621
#, kde-format
msgid "Shift/Ctrl-Right mouse button selects"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:622
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"If checked, Shift/Ctrl right clicking will select items.\n"
"Note: this is meaningless if 'Right Button Selects' is checked."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:624
#, kde-format
msgid "Spacebar moves down"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:625
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"If checked, pressing the spacebar will select the current item and move down.\n"
"Otherwise, current item is selected, but remains the current item."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:627
#, kde-format
msgid "Spacebar calculates disk space"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:628
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"If checked, pressing the spacebar while the current item is a folder, will (except from selecting the folder)\n"
"calculate space occupied of the folder (recursively)."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:630
#, kde-format
msgid "Insert moves down"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:631
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"If checked, pressing Insert will select the current item, and move down to the next item.\n"
"Otherwise, current item is not changed."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:633
#, kde-format
msgid "Right clicking pops context menu immediately"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:634
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"If checked, right clicking will result in an immediate showing of the context menu.\n"
"Otherwise, user needs to click and hold the right mouse button for 500ms."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:670
#, kde-format
msgid "Media Menu"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:679
#, kde-format
msgid "Show Mount Path"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:680
#, kde-format
msgid "Show File System Type"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:689
#, kde-format
msgid "Show Size:"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:691
#, kde-format
msgctxt "setting 'show size'"
msgid "Always"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:692
#, kde-format
msgctxt "setting 'show size'"
msgid "When Device has no Label"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgpanel.cpp:693
#, kde-format
msgctxt "setting 'show size'"
msgid "Never"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgprotocols.cpp:47
#, kde-format
msgid "Links"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgprotocols.cpp:51
#, kde-format
msgid "Defined Links"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgprotocols.cpp:68
#, kde-format
msgid "Add protocol to the link list."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgprotocols.cpp:73
#, kde-format
msgid "Remove protocol from the link list."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgprotocols.cpp:85
#, kde-format
msgid "Add MIME to the selected protocol on the link list."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgprotocols.cpp:90
#, kde-format
msgid "Remove MIME from the link list."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgprotocols.cpp:98
#: krusader/Konfigurator/konfigurator.cpp:146
#, kde-format
msgid "Protocols"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgprotocols.cpp:109
#, kde-format
msgid "MIMEs"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:46
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Defines the panel profile used at startup. A panel profile contains:"
"<ul>"
"<li>all the tabs paths</li>"
"<li>the current tab</li>"
"<li>the active panel</li>"
"</ul>"
"<b><Last session></b> is a special panel profile which is saved automatically when Krusader is closed."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:47
#, kde-format
msgid "Startup profile:"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:52
#, kde-format
msgid "<Last session>"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:70
#, kde-format
msgid "Show splashscreen"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:70
#, kde-format
msgid "Display a splashscreen when starting Krusader."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:71
#, kde-format
msgid "Single instance mode"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:71
#, kde-format
msgid "Only one Krusader instance is allowed to run."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:78
#, kde-format
msgid "Fallback Icon Theme:"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:79
#, kde-format
msgid "Whenever icon is not found in system icon theme, this theme will be used as a fallback. If fallback theme doesn't contain the icon, Breeze or Oxygen will be used if any of these are present."
msgid "Save last position, size and panel settings"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:100
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>At startup, the main window will resize itself to the size it was when last shutdown. It will also appear in the same location of the screen, having panels sorted and aligned as they were before.</p>"
" "
"<p>If this option is disabled, you can use the menu <i>Window -> Save Position</i> option to manually set the main window's size and position at startup.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:104
#, kde-format
msgid "Update default panel settings"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:105
#, kde-format
msgid "When settings of a panel are changed, save them as the default for new panels of the same type."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:106
#, kde-format
msgid "Start to tray"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:107
#, kde-format
msgid "Krusader starts to tray, without showing the main window"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:114
#, kde-format
msgid "Save component settings on exit"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:115
#, kde-format
msgid "Check the state of the user interface components and restore them to their condition when last shutdown."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:116
#, kde-format
msgid "Show function keys"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:116
#, kde-format
msgid "Function keys will be visible after startup."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:117
#, kde-format
msgid "Show command line"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:117
#, kde-format
msgid "Command line will be visible after startup."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:118
#, kde-format
msgid "Show embedded terminal"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kgstartup.cpp:119
#, kde-format
msgid "Embedded terminal will be visible after startup."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kguseractions.cpp:41
#, kde-format
msgid "Information"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kguseractions.cpp:46
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Here you can configure settings about useractions.\n"
"To set up, configure and manage your useractions please use ActionMan."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kguseractions.cpp:50
#, kde-format
msgid "Start ActionMan"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kguseractions.cpp:57
#, kde-format
msgid "Terminal execution"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kguseractions.cpp:61
#, kde-format
msgid "Terminal for UserActions:"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Konfigurator/kguseractions.cpp:67
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"%t will be replaced by the title of the action,\n"
msgid "Statusbar will show basic information about file below mouse pointer."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/krusader.cpp:327
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt><b>Welcome to Krusader.</b>"
"<p>As this is your first run, your machine will now be checked for external applications. Then the Konfigurator will be launched where you can customize Krusader to your needs.</p>"
msgctxt "%1=number of selected items,%2=total number of items, %3=filesize of selected items,%4=filesize in Bytes, %5=filesize of all items in folder,%6=filesize in Bytes"
msgid "%1 out of %2, %3 (%4) out of %5 (%6)"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/krview.cpp:434
#, kde-format
msgctxt "%1=number of selected items,%2=total number of items, %3=filesize of selected items,%4=filesize of all items in folder"
msgid "%1 out of %2, %3 out of %4"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/krview.cpp:1085
#, kde-format
msgid "Filter Files"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/krview.cpp:1085
#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/krview.cpp:1086
#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/krview.cpp:1095
#, kde-format
msgid "Apply filter to folders"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/krview.cpp:1111
#, kde-format
msgid "Select Files"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/krview.cpp:1111
#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/krview.cpp:1112
#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/krview.cpp:1118
#, kde-format
msgid "Apply selection to folders"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/krviewfactory.cpp:67
#, kde-format
msgid "&Detailed View"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/krviewfactory.cpp:70
#, kde-format
msgid "&Brief View"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/krviewitem.cpp:77
#, kde-format
msgid "Climb up the folder tree"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/krviewitem.cpp:90
#, kde-format
msgid "(Broken Link)"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/krviewitem.cpp:92
#, kde-format
msgid "Symbolic Link"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/krviewitem.cpp:94
#, kde-format
msgid "%1 (Link)"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/listmodel.cpp:144
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:1625
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Show the string 'DIR' instead of file size in detailed view (for folders)"
msgid "DIR"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/listmodel.cpp:396
#, kde-format
msgctxt "File property"
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/listmodel.cpp:397
#, kde-format
msgctxt "File property"
msgid "Ext"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/listmodel.cpp:398
#, kde-format
msgctxt "File property"
msgid "Size"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/listmodel.cpp:399
#, kde-format
msgctxt "File property"
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/listmodel.cpp:400
#, kde-format
msgctxt "File property"
msgid "Modified"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/listmodel.cpp:401
#, kde-format
msgctxt "File property"
msgid "Changed"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/listmodel.cpp:402
#, kde-format
msgctxt "File property"
msgid "Accessed"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/listmodel.cpp:403
#, kde-format
msgctxt "File property"
msgid "Perms"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/listmodel.cpp:404
#, kde-format
msgctxt "File property"
msgid "rwx"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/listmodel.cpp:405
#, kde-format
msgctxt "File property"
msgid "Owner"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/listmodel.cpp:406
#, kde-format
msgctxt "File property"
msgid "Group"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/listmodel.cpp:509
#, kde-format
msgid "Size: %1"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/listmodel.cpp:511
#, kde-format
msgctxt "File property"
msgid "Type: %1"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/listmodel.cpp:512
#, kde-format
msgctxt "File property"
msgid "Modified: %1"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/listmodel.cpp:513
#, kde-format
msgctxt "File property"
msgid "Changed: %1"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/listmodel.cpp:514
#, kde-format
msgctxt "File property"
msgid "Last Access: %1"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/listmodel.cpp:515
#, kde-format
msgctxt "File property"
msgid "Permissions: %1"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/listmodel.cpp:517
#, kde-format
msgctxt "File property"
msgid "Owner: %1"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/listmodel.cpp:518
#, kde-format
msgctxt "File property"
msgid "Group: %1"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/listmodel.cpp:522
#, kde-format
msgctxt "File property; broken symbolic link"
msgid "Link to: %1 - (broken)"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Panel/PanelView/listmodel.cpp:524
#, kde-format
msgctxt "File property"
msgid "Link to: %1"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Panel/sidebar.cpp:68
#, kde-format
msgid "Tree Panel: a tree view of the local file system"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Panel/sidebar.cpp:75
#, kde-format
msgid "Preview Panel: display a preview of the current file"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Panel/sidebar.cpp:82
#, kde-format
msgid "View Panel: view the current file"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Panel/sidebar.cpp:89
#, kde-format
msgid "Disk Usage Panel: view the usage of a folder"
msgid "The left base folder used during the synchronization process."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:236
#, kde-format
msgid "The right base folder used during the synchronization process."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:250
#, kde-format
msgid "Recurse subfolders"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:253
#, kde-format
msgid "Compare not only the base folders but their subfolders as well."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:254
#, kde-format
msgid "Follow symlinks"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:258
#, kde-format
msgid "Follow symbolic links during the compare process."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:259
#, kde-format
msgid "Compare by content"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:262
#, kde-format
msgid "Compare duplicated files with same size by content."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:263
#, kde-format
msgid "Ignore Date"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:266
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Ignore date information during the compare process.</p>"
"<p><b>Note</b>: useful if the files are located on network filesystems or in archives.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:267
#, kde-format
msgid "Asymmetric"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:270
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p><b>Asymmetric mode</b></p>"
"<p>The left side is the destination, the right is the source folder. Files existing only in the left folder will be deleted, the other differing ones will be copied from right to left.</p>"
"<p><b>Note</b>: useful when updating a folder from a file server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:271
#, kde-format
msgid "Ignore Case"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:274
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Case insensitive filename compare.</p>"
"<p><b>Note</b>: useful when synchronizing Windows filesystems.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:281
#, kde-format
msgid "S&how options"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:292
#, kde-format
msgid "Show files marked to <i>Copy from left to right</i>."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:298
#, kde-format
msgid "Show files considered to be identical."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:304
#, kde-format
msgid "Show excluded files."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:310
#, kde-format
msgid "Show files marked to <i>Copy from right to left</i>."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:316
#, kde-format
msgid "Show files marked to delete."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:322
#, kde-format
msgid "Show files that exist on both sides."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:324
#, kde-format
msgid "Duplicates"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:328
#, kde-format
msgid "Show files that exist on one side only."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:330
#, kde-format
msgid "Singles"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:339
#, kde-format
msgid "The compare results of the synchronizer (Ctrl+M)."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:350
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:356
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:column file name"
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:351
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:355
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:column"
msgid "Size"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:352
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:354
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:column"
msgid "Date"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:353
#, kde-format
msgid "<=>"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:393
#, kde-format
msgid "&Synchronizer"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:404
#, kde-format
msgid "&Options"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:411
#, kde-format
msgid "Parallel threads:"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:421
#, kde-format
msgid "Equality threshold:"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:429
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:444
#, kde-format
msgid "sec"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:430
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:445
#, kde-format
msgid "min"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:431
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:446
#, kde-format
msgid "hour"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:432
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:447
#, kde-format
msgid "day"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:435
#, kde-format
msgid "Time shift (right-left):"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:454
#, kde-format
msgid "Ignore hidden files"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:468
#, kde-format
msgid "Profile manager (Ctrl+P)."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:474
#, kde-format
msgid "Swap sides (Ctrl+S)."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:484
#, kde-format
msgid "Compare"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:494
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:1523
#, kde-format
msgid "Quiet"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:496
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:1525
#, kde-format
msgid "Scroll Results"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:513
#, kde-format
msgid "Synchronize"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:645
#, kde-format
msgid "Selected files from targ&et folder:"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:646
#, kde-format
msgid "Selected files from sou&rce folder:"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:648
#, kde-format
msgid "Selected files from &left folder:"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:649
#, kde-format
msgid "Selected files from &right folder:"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:651
#, kde-format
msgid "Targ&et folder:"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:652
#, kde-format
msgid "Sou&rce folder:"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:654
#, kde-format
msgid "&Left folder:"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:655
#, kde-format
msgid "&Right folder:"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:688
#, kde-format
msgid "URL must be the descendant of either the left or the right base URL."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:746
#, kde-format
msgid "Synchronize Folders"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:748
#, kde-format
msgid "E&xclude"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:750
#, kde-format
msgid "Restore ori&ginal operation"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:752
#, kde-format
msgid "Re&verse direction"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:754
#, kde-format
msgid "Copy from &right to left"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:756
#, kde-format
msgid "Copy from &left to right"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:758
#, kde-format
msgid "&Delete (left single)"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:763
#, kde-format
msgid "V&iew left file"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:766
#, kde-format
msgid "Vi&ew right file"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:769
#, kde-format
msgid "&Compare Files"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:775
#, kde-format
msgid "C&opy selected to clipboard (left)"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:777
#, kde-format
msgid "Co&py selected to clipboard (right)"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:782
#, kde-format
msgid "&Select items"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:784
#, kde-format
msgid "Deselec&t items"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:786
#, kde-format
msgid "I&nvert selection"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:796
#, kde-format
msgid "Synchronize with &KGet"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:871
#, kde-format
msgid "Select items"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:872
#, kde-format
msgid "Deselect items"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:996
#, kde-format
msgid "The target folder must not be empty."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:1001
#, kde-format
msgid "The source folder must not be empty."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:1241
#, kde-format
msgid "Synchronizer has nothing to do."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizergui.cpp:1349
#, kde-format
msgid "The synchronizer window contains data from a previous compare. If you exit, this data will be lost. Do you really want to exit?"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizertask.cpp:137
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizertask.cpp:144
#, kde-format
msgid "Error at opening %1."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krusader/Synchronizer/synchronizertask.cpp:305
#, kde-format
msgid "I/O error while comparing file %1 with %2."
msgid "The maximum size of the on-disk Theme cache in kilobytes. Note that these files are sparse files, so the maximum size may not be used. Setting a larger size is therefore often quite safe."
msgid "If you limit this vault only to certain activities, it will be shown in the applet only when you are in those activities. Furthermore, when you switch to an activity it should not be available in, it will automatically be closed."
msgid "Could not determine the UID for the newly created message on the server"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: changecollectiontask.cpp:57
#, kde-format
msgid "Cannot modify IMAP folder '%1', it does not exist on the server."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: changecollectiontask.cpp:70
#, kde-format
msgid "ACLs for '%1' need to be retrieved from the IMAP server first. Skipping ACL change"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: changecollectiontask.cpp:259
#, kde-format
msgid "Failed to rename the folder, restoring folder list."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: changecollectiontask.cpp:277
#, kde-format
msgid "Failed to subscribe to the renamed folder '%1' on the IMAP server. It will disappear on next sync. Use the subscription dialog to overcome that"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: changecollectiontask.cpp:288
#, kde-format
msgid "Failed to write some ACLs for '%1' on the IMAP server. %2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: imapresource.cpp:64
#, kde-format
msgid "IMAP Account"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: imapresource.cpp:76
#, kde-format
msgid "IMAP Account Settings"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ImapServer), group (network)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: imapresource.kcfg:10
#, kde-format
msgid "IMAP server"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ImapPort), group (network)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: imapresource.kcfg:13
#, kde-format
msgid "Defines the port the IMAP service is running on"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UserName), group (network)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: imapresource.kcfg:17
#, kde-format
msgid "Username"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (Safety), group (network)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: imapresource.kcfg:20
#, kde-format
msgid "Defines the encryption type to use"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (OverrideEncryption), group (network)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: imapresource.kcfg:24
#, kde-format
msgid "Override configured encryption mode"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (Authentication), group (network)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: imapresource.kcfg:27
#, kde-format
msgid "Defines the authentication type to use"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SubscriptionEnabled), group (network)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: imapresource.kcfg:31
#, kde-format
msgid "Defines if the server side subscription is enabled"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DisconnectedModeEnabled), group (cache)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: imapresource.kcfg:40
#, kde-format
msgid "Defines if all the IMAP data should be cached locally all the time"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (IntervalCheckEnabled), group (cache)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: imapresource.kcfg:44
#, kde-format
msgid "Defines if interval checking is enabled."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (IntervalCheckTime), group (cache)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: imapresource.kcfg:48
#, kde-format
msgid "Check interval in minutes"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (RetrieveMetadataOnFolderListing), group (cache)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: imapresource.kcfg:53
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Defines if the annotations, ACLs and quota information of mailboxes should\n"
" also be retrieved when the mailboxes get listed."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AutomaticExpungeEnabled), group (cache)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: imapresource.kcfg:58
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Defines if the expunge command is issued automatically, otherwise it should be\n"
" triggered manually through the D-Bus interface."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (TrashCollection), group (cache)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: imapresource.kcfg:62
#, kde-format
msgid "Define which folder is used for trash"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (TrashCollectionMigrated), group (cache)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: imapresource.kcfg:66
#, kde-format
msgid "Define if the trash collection received the special attribute"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseDefaultIdentity), group (cache)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: imapresource.kcfg:70
#, kde-format
msgid "Define if account uses the default identity"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AccountIdentity), group (cache)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: imapresource.kcfg:74
#, kde-format
msgid "Identity account"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (KnownMailBoxes), group (cache)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: imapresource.kcfg:77
#, kde-format
msgid "List of mailbox names reported by the server the last time"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (IdleRidPath), group (idle)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: imapresource.kcfg:82
#, kde-format
msgid "RID path to the mailbox to watch for changes"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SieveSupport), group (siever)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: imapresource.kcfg:87
#, kde-format
msgid "Define if server supports sieve"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SieveReuseConfig), group (siever)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: imapresource.kcfg:91
#, kde-format
msgid "Define if we reuse host and login configuration"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SievePort), group (siever)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: imapresource.kcfg:95
#, kde-format
msgid "Define sieve port"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SieveAlternateUrl), group (siever)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: imapresource.kcfg:99
#, kde-format
msgid "Define alternate URL"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AlternateAuthentication), group (siever)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: imapresource.kcfg:102
#, kde-format
msgid "Defines the authentication type to use for alternate server"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SieveVacationFilename), group (siever)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: imapresource.kcfg:106
#, kde-format
msgid "Define default sieve vacation filename"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SieveCustomUsername), group (siever)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: imapresource.kcfg:110
#, kde-format
msgid "Define username used from custom server sieve url"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SieveCustomAuthentification), group (siever)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: imapresource.kcfg:114
#, kde-format
msgid "Defines the type of identification used by custom sieve server"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: imapresourcebase.cpp:241
#, kde-format
msgid "No server configured yet."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: imapresourcebase.cpp:273
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:window"
msgid "Serverside Subscription"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: imapresourcebase.cpp:295
#, kde-format
msgid "Connection established."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: imapresourcebase.cpp:311
#, kde-format
msgid "Server is not available."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: imapresourcebase.cpp:365
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:status"
msgid "Adding item in '%1'"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: imapresourcebase.cpp:372
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:status"
msgid "Updating item in '%1'"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: imapresourcebase.cpp:379
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:status"
msgid "Updating items"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: imapresourcebase.cpp:393
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:status"
msgid "Removing items"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: imapresourcebase.cpp:410
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:status"
msgid "Moving items from '%1' to '%2'"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: imapresourcebase.cpp:419
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:status"
msgid "Retrieving folders"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: imapresourcebase.cpp:426
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:status"
msgid "Retrieving extra folder information for '%1'"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: imapresourcebase.cpp:444
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:status"
msgid "Creating folder '%1'"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: imapresourcebase.cpp:450
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:status"
msgid "Updating folder '%1'"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: imapresourcebase.cpp:463
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:status"
msgid "Removing folder '%1'"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: imapresourcebase.cpp:470
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:status"
msgid "Moving folder '%1' from '%2' to '%3'"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: imapresourcebase.cpp:501
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:status"
msgid "Searching..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: movecollectiontask.cpp:46
#, kde-format
msgid "Cannot move IMAP folder '%1', it does not exist on the server."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: movecollectiontask.cpp:53
#, kde-format
msgid "Cannot move IMAP folder '%1' out of '%2', '%2' does not exist on the server."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: movecollectiontask.cpp:61
#, kde-format
msgid "Cannot move IMAP folder '%1' to '%2', '%2' does not exist on the server."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: moveitemstask.cpp:54
#, kde-format
msgid "Cannot move message, it does not exist on the server."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: moveitemstask.cpp:61
#, kde-format
msgid "Cannot move message out of '%1', '%1' does not exist on the server."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: moveitemstask.cpp:69
#, kde-format
msgid "Cannot move message to '%1', '%1' does not exist on the server."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: moveitemstask.cpp:128
#, kde-format
msgid "Failed to move item, it has no message payload. Remote id: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: moveitemstask.cpp:204
#, kde-format
msgid "Failed to mark the message from '%1' for deletion on the IMAP server. It will reappear on next sync."
msgid "Could not read the password: user rejected wallet access"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: sessionpool.cpp:346
#, kde-format
msgid "Empty password"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: sessionpool.cpp:358
#, kde-format
msgid "You requested TLS/SSL to connect to %1, but your system does not seem to be set up for that."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: sessionpool.cpp:418
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Could not connect to the IMAP-server.\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: sessionpool.cpp:443
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Could not test the capabilities supported by the IMAP server %1.\n"
"%2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: sessionpool.cpp:450
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Could not test the capabilities supported by the IMAP server.\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: sessionpool.cpp:469
#, kde-format
msgid "Cannot use the IMAP server %1, some mandatory capabilities are missing: %2. Please ask your sysadmin to upgrade the server."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: sessionpool.cpp:543
#, kde-format
msgid "Disconnected during login."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settingspasswordrequester.cpp:70
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"The server for account \"%2\" refused the supplied username and password. Do you want to go to the settings, have another attempt at logging in, or do nothing?\n"
"\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settingspasswordrequester.cpp:75
#, kde-format
msgid "Could Not Authenticate"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settingspasswordrequester.cpp:79
#, kde-format
msgid "Account Settings"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settingspasswordrequester.cpp:80
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Input username/password manually and not store them"
msgid "Try Again"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settingspasswordrequester.cpp:169
#, kde-format
msgid "Please enter password for user '%1' on IMAP server '%2'."
msgid "You have changed the address of the server. Even if this is the same server as before we will have to re-download all your emails from this account again. Are you sure you want to proceed?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: setupserver.cpp:267
#, kde-format
msgid "Server address change"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: setupserver.cpp:274
#, kde-format
msgid "You have changed the user name. Even if this is a user name for the same account as before we will have to re-download all your emails from this account again. Are you sure you want to proceed?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: setupserver.cpp:277
#, kde-format
msgid "User name change"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: setupserver.cpp:415 setupserver.cpp:471
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not access KWallet. If you want to store the password permanently then you have to activate it. If you do not want to use KWallet, check the box below, but note that you will be prompted for your password when needed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: setupserver.cpp:420 setupserver.cpp:476
#, kde-format
msgid "Do not use KWallet"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: setupserver.cpp:540
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to connect to the server, please verify the server address."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: setupserver.cpp:552
#, kde-format
msgid "<qt><b>STARTTLS is supported and recommended.</b></qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: setupserver.cpp:555
#, kde-format
msgid "<qt><b>SSL/TLS is supported and recommended.</b></qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: setupserver.cpp:558
#, kde-format
msgid "<qt><b>No security is supported. It is not recommended to connect to this server.</b></qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: setupserver.cpp:561
#, kde-format
msgid "<qt><b>It is not possible to use this server.</b></qt>"
msgid "Indicate the IMAP server. If you want to connect to a non-standard port for a specific encryption scheme, you can add \":port\" to indicate that. For example: \"imap.foo.com:144\"."
msgid "The server port changed when ManageSieve turned into a full RFC Standard. Old server implementations still use port 2000, while newer standard conform server can only be accessed via port 4190."
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-weight:600;\">SSL/TLS</span><span style=\" font-family:'Sans Serif';\"> is safe IMAP over port 993;</span></p>"
"\n"
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-weight:600;\">STARTTLS</span><span style=\" font-family:'Sans Serif';\"> will operate on port 143 and switch to a secure connection directly after connecting;</span></p>"
"\n"
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-weight:600;\">None</span><span style=\" font-family:'Sans Serif';\"> will connect to port 143 but not switch to a secure connection. This setting is not recommended.</span></p>"
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">The only way to fully remove a mail from an mbox file is by removing it from the actual file. As this can be a rather expensive operation, the mbox resource keeps a list of deleted messages. Once in a while these messages are really removed from the file.</p>"
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Note:</span> The downside of this is that if the file is changed by another program, the list of deleted messages cannot be trusted any longer and deleted messages might reappear.</p>"
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">Select a method to lock the mbox file when data is read from or written to the file.</p>"
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Note</span>: For some methods you might need to install additional software before they can be used.</p>"
msgid "None, the default configuration, should be safe in most cases. However, if programs that do not make use of Akonadi are also accessing the configured mbox file, you will need to set an appropriate locking method. Note that if this is the case, the resource and the other programs must all use the same locking method."
msgid "Only email messages can be added to the MBox resource."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: mboxresource.cpp:209
+#: mboxresource.cpp:218
#, kde-format
msgid "Mail message not added to the MBox."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: mboxresource.cpp:252
+#: mboxresource.cpp:261
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not fetch the collection: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: mboxresource.cpp:282
+#: mboxresource.cpp:291
#, kde-format
msgid "The MBox file was changed by another program. A copy of the new file was made and pending changes are appended to that copy. To prevent this from happening use locking and make sure that all programs accessing the mbox use the same locking method."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: mboxresource.cpp:313
+#: mboxresource.cpp:322
#, kde-format
msgid "Failed to save mbox file to %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: mboxresource.cpp:372
+#: mboxresource.cpp:381
#, kde-format
msgid "Failed to update the changed item because the old item could not be deleted Reason: %1"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (Path), group (General)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: mboxresource.kcfg:10
#, kde-format
msgid "Path to mbox file."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DisplayName), group (General)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: mboxresource.kcfg:14
#, kde-format
msgid "Display name."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ReadOnly), group (General)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: mboxresource.kcfg:18
#, kde-format
msgid "Do not change the actual backend data."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MonitorFile), group (General)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: mboxresource.kcfg:22
#, kde-format
msgid "Monitor file for changes."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (Lockfile), group (Locking)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: mboxresource.kcfg:37
#, kde-format
msgid "Lockfile"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MessageCount), group (Compacting)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: mboxresource.kcfg:50
#, kde-format
msgid "Number of deleted messages before a purge is started."
msgid "KMail is the email client by KDE. It is designed to be fully compatible with Internet mailing standards including IMAP, POP3 and SMTP."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: about/introduction_kmail.html:10 html.cpp:6
msgid "KMail has many powerful features that are described in the <a href='help:/kmail2/index.html'>documentation</a>."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: about/introduction_kmail.html:16 html.cpp:8
msgid "Important changes since last version:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: about/introduction_kmail.html:25 html.cpp:10
msgid "Some of the new features in this release of KMail include:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: about/introduction_kmail.html:34 html.cpp:12
msgid "Please take a moment to fill in the KMail configuration panel at Settings->Configure KMail. You need to create at least a default identity and incoming as well as outgoing mail account."
msgid "KMail was unable to fully detect a mailing list in this folder. Please fill in the addresses by hand."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: collectionpage/collectionquotapage.cpp:45
#, kde-format
msgid "Quota"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: collectionpage/collectionquotawidget.cpp:47
#, kde-format
msgid "Usage:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: collectionpage/collectionquotawidget.cpp:54
#, kde-format
msgid "Status:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: collectionpage/collectionquotawidget.cpp:58
#, kde-format, no-c-format
msgid "%p% full"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: collectionpage/collectionquotawidget.cpp:67
#, kde-format
msgid "%1 of %2 used"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: collectionpage/collectionshortcutpage.cpp:39
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:tab Shortcut settings for a folder."
msgid "Shortcut"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: collectionpage/collectionshortcutpage.cpp:53
#, kde-format
msgid "<qt>To choose a key or a combination of keys which select the current folder, click the button below and then press the key(s) you wish to associate with this folder.</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: collectionpage/collectiontemplatespage.cpp:39
-#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:683
+#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:685
#, kde-format
msgid "Templates"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: collectionpage/collectiontemplatespage.cpp:60
#, kde-format
msgid "&Use custom message templates in this folder"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: collectionpage/collectiontemplatespage.cpp:76
-#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:676
+#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:678
#, kde-format
msgid "&Copy Global Templates"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: collectionpage/collectionviewpage.cpp:52
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:tab View settings for a folder."
msgid "View"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: collectionpage/collectionviewpage.cpp:69
#, kde-format
msgid "Use custom &icons"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: collectionpage/collectionviewpage.cpp:72
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Icon used for folders with no unread messages."
msgid "&Normal:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: collectionpage/collectionviewpage.cpp:85
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Icon used for folders which do have unread messages."
msgid "&Unread:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: collectionpage/collectionviewpage.cpp:117
#, kde-format
msgid "Show Sender/Receiver Column in List of Messages"
msgid "&Keep original charset when replying or forwarding (if possible)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: configuredialog/configurecomposerpage.cpp:812
#, kde-format
msgid "This charset is not supported."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: configuredialog/configurecomposerpage.cpp:877
#, kde-format
msgid "&Use custom message-id suffix"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: configuredialog/configurecomposerpage.cpp:890
#, kde-format
msgid "Custom message-&id suffix:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: configuredialog/configurecomposerpage.cpp:902
#, kde-format
msgid "Define custom mime header fields:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: configuredialog/configurecomposerpage.cpp:910
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:column Name of the mime header."
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: configuredialog/configurecomposerpage.cpp:911
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:column Value of the mimeheader."
msgid "Value"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: configuredialog/configurecomposerpage.cpp:919
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:button Add new mime header field."
msgid "Ne&w"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: configuredialog/configurecomposerpage.cpp:932
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label:textbox Name of the mime header."
msgid "&Name:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: configuredialog/configurecomposerpage.cpp:942
#, kde-format
msgid "&Value:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: configuredialog/configurecomposerpage.cpp:1084
#, kde-format
msgid "'Content-Type' is not an authorized string. This header will be not saved."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: configuredialog/configurecomposerpage.cpp:1084
#, kde-format
msgid "Invalid header"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: configuredialog/configurecomposerpage.cpp:1126
#, kde-format
msgid "Outlook-compatible attachment naming"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: configuredialog/configurecomposerpage.cpp:1129
#, kde-format
msgid "Turn this option on to make Outlook(tm) understand attachment names containing non-English characters"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: configuredialog/configurecomposerpage.cpp:1138
#, kde-format
msgid "E&nable detection of missing attachments"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: configuredialog/configurecomposerpage.cpp:1144
#, kde-format
msgid "Recognize any of the following key words as intention to attach a file:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: configuredialog/configurecomposerpage.cpp:1157
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter new key word:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: configuredialog/configurecomposerpage.cpp:1165
#, kde-format
msgid "Maximum Attachment Size:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: configuredialog/configurecomposerpage.cpp:1172
#, kde-format
msgctxt "spinbox suffix: unit for kilobyte"
msgid " kB"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: configuredialog/configurecomposerpage.cpp:1174
#, kde-format
msgid "No limit"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: configuredialog/configurecomposerpage.cpp:1202
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"You have chosen to encode attachment names containing non-English characters in a way that is understood by Outlook(tm) and other mail clients that do not support standard-compliant encoded attachment names.\n"
"Note that KMail may create non-standard compliant messages, and consequently it is possible that your messages will not be understood by standard-compliant mail clients; so, unless you have no other choice, you should not enable this option."
"<p>You have requested that messages be encrypted to yourself, but the currently selected identity does not define an (OpenPGP or S/MIME) encryption key to use for this.</p>"
"<p>Please select the key(s) to use in the identity configuration.</p>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: editor/kmcomposerwin.cpp:2284
#, kde-format
msgid "Undefined Encryption Key"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: editor/kmcomposerwin.cpp:2347
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>"
"<p>In order to be able to sign this message you first have to define the (OpenPGP or S/MIME) signing key to use.</p>"
"<p>Please select the key to use in the identity configuration.</p>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: editor/kmcomposerwin.cpp:2354
#, kde-format
msgid "Undefined Signing Key"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: editor/kmcomposerwin.cpp:2487
#, kde-format
msgid "You must enter your email address in the From: field. You should also set your email address for all identities, so that you do not have to enter it for each message."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: editor/kmcomposerwin.cpp:2496
#, kde-format
msgid "You must specify at least one receiver, either in the To: field or as CC or as BCC."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: editor/kmcomposerwin.cpp:2502
#, kde-format
msgid "To: field is empty. Send message anyway?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: editor/kmcomposerwin.cpp:2504
#, kde-format
msgid "No To: specified"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: editor/kmcomposerwin.cpp:2517
#, kde-format
msgid "You did not specify a subject. Send message anyway?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: editor/kmcomposerwin.cpp:2519
#, kde-format
msgid "No Subject Specified"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: editor/kmcomposerwin.cpp:2520
#, kde-format
msgid "S&end as Is"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: editor/kmcomposerwin.cpp:2521
#, kde-format
msgid "&Specify the Subject"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: editor/kmcomposerwin.cpp:2571
#, kde-format
msgid "You must specify at least one receiver in order to be able to encrypt a draft."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: editor/kmcomposerwin.cpp:2758
#, kde-format
msgid "About to send email..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: editor/kmcomposerwin.cpp:2759
#, kde-format
msgid "Send Confirmation"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: editor/kmcomposerwin.cpp:2760
#, kde-format
msgid "&Send Now"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: editor/kmcomposerwin.cpp:2829
#, kde-format
msgid "You are trying to send the mail to more than %1 recipients. Send message anyway?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: editor/kmcomposerwin.cpp:2830
#, kde-format
msgid "Too many recipients"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: editor/kmcomposerwin.cpp:2831
#, kde-format
msgid "&Send as Is"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: editor/kmcomposerwin.cpp:2832
#, kde-format
msgid "&Edit Recipients"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: editor/kmcomposerwin.cpp:2866
#, kde-format
msgid "Turning HTML mode off will cause the text to lose the formatting. Are you sure?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: editor/kmcomposerwin.cpp:2868
#, kde-format
msgid "Lose the formatting?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: editor/kmcomposerwin.cpp:2868
#, kde-format
msgid "Lose Formatting"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: editor/kmcomposerwin.cpp:2868
#, kde-format
msgid "Add Markup Plain Text"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: editor/kmcomposerwin.cpp:3482
#, kde-format
msgid "High security encryption will be used for this recipient (the encryption key is fully trusted). Click the icon for details."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: editor/kmcomposerwin.cpp:3487
#, kde-format
msgid "Medium security encryption will be used for this recipient (the encryption key is marginally trusted). Click the icon for details."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: editor/kmcomposerwin.cpp:3492
#, kde-format
msgid "Low security encryption will be used for this recipient (the encryption key is untrusted). Click the icon for details."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: editor/kmcomposerwin.cpp:3498
#, kde-format
msgid "The email to this recipient will be encrypted, but the security of the encryption is unknown (the encryption key could not be verified). Click the icon for details."
msgid "The message you have composed seems to refer to an attached file but you have not attached anything. Do you want to attach a file to your message?"
"<p>This field should contain your name as you would like it to appear in the email header that is sent out;</p>"
"<p>if you leave this blank your real name will not appear, only the email address.</p>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:322
+#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:324
#, kde-format
msgid "Organi&zation:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:325
+#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:327
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>"
"<h3>Organization</h3>"
"<p>This field should have the name of your organization if you would like it to be shown in the email header that is sent out.</p>"
"<p>It is safe (and normal) to leave this blank.</p>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:338
+#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:340
#, kde-format
msgid "&Email address:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:341
+#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:343
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>"
"<h3>Email address</h3>"
"<p>This field should have your full email address.</p>"
"<p>This address is the primary one, used for all outgoing mail. If you have more than one address, either create a new identity, or add additional alias addresses in the field below.</p>"
"<p>If you leave this blank, or get it wrong, people will have trouble replying to you.</p>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:362
+#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:364
#, kde-format
msgid "Email a&liases:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:365
+#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:367
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>"
"<h3>Email aliases</h3>"
"<p>This field contains alias addresses that should also be considered as belonging to this identity (as opposed to representing a different identity).</p>"
"<p>Example:</p>"
"<table>"
"<tr>"
"<th>Primary address:</th>"
"<td>first.last@example.org</td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<th>Aliases:</th>"
"<td>first@example.org<br>"
"last@example.org</td>"
"</tr>"
"</table>"
"<p>Type one alias address per line.</p>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:383
+#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:385
#, kde-format
msgid "Cryptography"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:390
+#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:392
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>"
"<p>The OpenPGP key you choose here will be used to digitally sign messages. You can also use GnuPG keys.</p>"
"<p>You can leave this blank, but KMail will not be able to digitally sign emails using OpenPGP; normal mail functions will not be affected.</p>"
"<p>You can find out more about keys at <a>http://www.gnupg.org</a></p>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:396
+#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:398
#, kde-format
msgid "OpenPGP signing key:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:407
+#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:409
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>"
"<p>The OpenPGP key you choose here will be used to encrypt messages to yourself and for the \"Attach My Public Key\" feature in the composer. You can also use GnuPG keys.</p>"
"<p>You can leave this blank, but KMail will not be able to encrypt copies of outgoing messages to you using OpenPGP; normal mail functions will not be affected.</p>"
"<p>You can find out more about keys at <a>http://www.gnupg.org</a></p>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:414
+#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:416
#, kde-format
msgid "OpenPGP encryption key:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:425
+#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:427
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>"
"<p>The S/MIME (X.509) certificate you choose here will be used to digitally sign messages.</p>"
"<p>You can leave this blank, but KMail will not be able to digitally sign emails using S/MIME; normal mail functions will not be affected.</p>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:430
+#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:432
#, kde-format
msgid "S/MIME signing certificate:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:445
+#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:447
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>"
"<p>The S/MIME certificate you choose here will be used to encrypt messages to yourself and for the \"Attach My Certificate\" feature in the composer.</p>"
"<p>You can leave this blank, but KMail will not be able to encrypt copies of outgoing messages to you using S/MIME; normal mail functions will not be affected.</p>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:451
+#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:453
#, kde-format
msgid "S/MIME encryption certificate:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:473
+#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:475
#, kde-format
msgctxt "preferred format of encrypted messages"
msgid "Preferred format:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:480
+#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:482
#, kde-format
msgid "Automatically sign messages"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:484
+#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:486
#, kde-format
msgid "Automatically encrypt messages when possible"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:498
+#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:500
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:tab Advanced identity settings."
msgid "Advanced"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:510
+#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:512
#, kde-format
msgid "&Reply-To address:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:513
+#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:515
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>"
"<h3>Reply-To addresses</h3>"
"<p>This sets the <tt>Reply-to:</tt> header to contain a different email address to the normal <tt>From:</tt> address.</p>"
"<p>This can be useful when you have a group of people working together in similar roles. For example, you might want any emails sent to have your email in the <tt>From:</tt> field, but any responses to go to a group address.</p>"
"<p>If in doubt, leave this field blank.</p>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:532
+#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:534
#, kde-format
msgid "&CC addresses:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:535
+#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:537
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>"
"<h3>CC (Carbon Copy) addresses</h3>"
"<p>The addresses that you enter here will be added to each outgoing mail that is sent with this identity.</p>"
"<p>This is commonly used to send a copy of each sent message to another account of yours.</p>"
"<p>To specify more than one address, use commas to separate the list of CC recipients.</p>"
"<p>If in doubt, leave this field blank.</p>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:552
+#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:554
#, kde-format
msgid "&BCC addresses:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:555
+#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:557
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>"
"<h3>BCC (Blind Carbon Copy) addresses</h3>"
"<p>The addresses that you enter here will be added to each outgoing mail that is sent with this identity. They will not be visible to other recipients.</p>"
"<p>This is commonly used to send a copy of each sent message to another account of yours.</p>"
"<p>To specify more than one address, use commas to separate the list of BCC recipients.</p>"
"One of the configured OpenPGP signing keys does not contain any user ID with the configured email address for this identity (%1).\n"
"This might result in warning messages on the receiving side when trying to verify signatures made with this configuration."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:825
+#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:827
#, kde-format
msgid "One of the configured OpenPGP encryption keys does not contain any user ID with the configured email address for this identity (%1)."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:830
+#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:832
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"One of the configured S/MIME signing certificates does not contain the configured email address for this identity (%1).\n"
"This might result in warning messages on the receiving side when trying to verify signatures made with this configuration."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:837
+#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:839
#, kde-format
msgid "One of the configured S/MIME encryption certificates does not contain the configured email address for this identity (%1)."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:845
+#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:847
#, kde-format
msgid "Email Address Not Found in Key/Certificates"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:858
+#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:860
#, kde-format
msgid "The signature file is not valid"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:874
+#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:876
#, kde-format
msgid "Edit Identity \"%1\""
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:932
+#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:934
#, kde-format
msgid "Some custom folder for identity does not exist (anymore); therefore, default folders will be used."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:1120
+#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:1149
#, kde-format
msgid "Edit..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/identityeditvcarddialog.cpp:48
#, kde-format
msgid "Edit own vCard"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/identityeditvcarddialog.cpp:51
#, kde-format
msgid "Delete current vCard"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/identityeditvcarddialog.cpp:71
#, kde-format
msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this vCard?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/identityeditvcarddialog.cpp:71
#: identity/identityeditvcarddialog.cpp:88
#, kde-format
msgid "Delete vCard"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/identityeditvcarddialog.cpp:88
#, kde-format
msgid "We cannot delete vCard file."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/identitylistview.cpp:100
#, kde-format
msgctxt "%1: identity name. Used in the config dialog, section Identity, to indicate the default identity"
msgid "%1 (Default)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/identitylistview.cpp:129
#, kde-format
msgid "Identity Name"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/identitylistview.cpp:129
#, kde-format
msgid "Email Address"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/identitypage.cpp:226
#, kde-format
msgid "<qt>Do you really want to remove the identity named <b>%1</b>?</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/identitypage.cpp:228
#, kde-format
msgid "Remove Identity"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/identitypage.cpp:229
#, kde-format
msgid "&Remove"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/identitypage.cpp:281
#, kde-format
msgid "Rename"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/identitypage.cpp:287
#, kde-format
msgid "Set as Default"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/newidentitydialog.cpp:50
#, kde-format
msgid "New Identity"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/newidentitydialog.cpp:72
#, kde-format
msgid "&New identity:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/newidentitydialog.cpp:87
#, kde-format
msgid "&Use System Settings values"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/newidentitydialog.cpp:92
#, kde-format
msgid "&Duplicate existing identity"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/xfaceconfigurator.cpp:72
#, kde-format
msgid "&Send picture with every message"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/xfaceconfigurator.cpp:74
#, kde-format
msgid "Check this box if you want KMail to add a so-called X-Face header to messages written with this identity. An X-Face is a small (48x48 pixels) black and white image that some mail clients are able to display."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/xfaceconfigurator.cpp:81
#, kde-format
msgid "This is a preview of the picture selected/entered below."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/xfaceconfigurator.cpp:95
#, kde-format
msgid "Click on the widgets below to obtain help on the input methods."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/xfaceconfigurator.cpp:99
#, kde-format
msgctxt "continuation of \"obtain picture from\""
msgid "External Source"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/xfaceconfigurator.cpp:101
#, kde-format
msgctxt "continuation of \"obtain picture from\""
msgid "Input Field Below"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/xfaceconfigurator.cpp:102
#, kde-format
msgid "Obtain pic&ture from:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/xfaceconfigurator.cpp:129
#, kde-format
msgid "Select File..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/xfaceconfigurator.cpp:131
#, kde-format
msgid "Use this to select an image file to create the picture from. The image should be of high contrast and nearly quadratic shape. A light background helps improve the result."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/xfaceconfigurator.cpp:137
#, kde-format
msgid "Set From Address Book"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/xfaceconfigurator.cpp:139
#, kde-format
msgid "You can use a scaled-down version of the picture you have set in your address book entry."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/xfaceconfigurator.cpp:144
#, kde-format
msgid "<qt>KMail can send a small (48x48 pixels), low-quality, monochrome picture with every message. For example, this could be a picture of you or a glyph. It is shown in the recipient's mail client (if supported).</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/xfaceconfigurator.cpp:163
#, kde-format
msgid "Use this field to enter an arbitrary X-Face string."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/xfaceconfigurator.cpp:167
#, kde-format
msgid "Examples are available at <a href=\"http://ace.home.xs4all.nl/X-Faces/\">http://ace.home.xs4all.nl/X-Faces/</a>."
"<qt>Are you sure you want to delete the search <b>%1</b>?<br />"
"Any messages it shows will still be available in their original folder.</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: job/removecollectionjob.cpp:74
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:button Delete search"
msgid "&Delete"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: job/removecollectionjob.cpp:76
#, kde-format
msgid "Delete Folder"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: job/removecollectionjob.cpp:80
#, kde-format
msgid "<qt>Are you sure you want to delete the empty folder <b>%1</b>?</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: job/removecollectionjob.cpp:84
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>Are you sure you want to delete the empty folder <resource>%1</resource> and all its subfolders? Those subfolders might not be empty and their contents will be discarded as well. "
"<p><b>Beware</b> that discarded messages are not saved into your Trash folder and are permanently deleted.</p>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: job/removecollectionjob.cpp:93
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>Are you sure you want to delete the folder <resource>%1</resource>, discarding its contents? "
"<p><b>Beware</b> that discarded messages are not saved into your Trash folder and are permanently deleted.</p>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: job/removecollectionjob.cpp:99
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>Are you sure you want to delete the folder <resource>%1</resource> and all its subfolders, discarding their contents? "
"<p><b>Beware</b> that discarded messages are not saved into your Trash folder and are permanently deleted.</p>"
msgid "Could not start \"PIM Setting Exporter\" program. Please check your installation."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmlaunchexternalcomponent.cpp:116
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to start \"PIM Setting Exporter\" program"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmlaunchexternalcomponent.cpp:130
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not start the ImportWizard. Please make sure you have ImportWizard properly installed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmlaunchexternalcomponent.cpp:132
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to start ImportWizard"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:306
#, kde-format
msgid "Another mailer was found on system. Do you want to import data from it?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:309
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not start the import wizard. Please check your installation."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1364
#, kde-format
msgid "No Subject"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1378
#, kde-format
msgid "(no templates)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1430
#, kde-format
msgid "This folder does not have any expiry options set"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1439
#, kde-format
msgid "<qt>Are you sure you want to expire the folder <b>%1</b>?</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1441
#, kde-format
msgid "Expire Folder"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1442
#, kde-format
msgid "&Expire"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1464
#, kde-format
msgid "Empty Trash"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1464 util.cpp:187
#, kde-format
msgid "Move to Trash"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1466
#, kde-format
msgid "Are you sure you want to empty the trash folder?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1467
#, kde-format
msgid "<qt>Are you sure you want to move all messages from folder <b>%1</b> to the trash?</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1491
#, kde-format
msgid "Moved all messages to the trash"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1546
#, kde-format
msgid "Are you sure you want to expire all old messages?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1547
#, kde-format
msgid "Expire Old Messages?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1547
#, kde-format
msgid "Expire"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1562
#, kde-format
msgid "Loading external references in html mail will make you more vulnerable to \"spam\" and may increase the likelihood that your system will be compromised by other present and anticipated security exploits."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1565 kmmainwidget.cpp:4564
#, kde-format
msgid "Security Warning"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1566
#, kde-format
msgid "Load External References"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1638
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>Do you really want to delete the selected message?<br />"
"Once deleted, it cannot be restored.</qt>"
msgid_plural ""
"<qt>Do you really want to delete the %1 selected messages?<br />"
"Once deleted, they cannot be restored.</qt>"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1644
#, kde-format
msgid "Delete Messages"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1644
#, kde-format
msgid "Delete Message"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1663
#, kde-format
msgid "Moving messages..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1665 kmmainwidget.cpp:1854
#, kde-format
msgid "Deleting messages..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1680 kmmainwidget.cpp:1864
#, kde-format
msgid "Messages deleted successfully."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1682
#, kde-format
msgid "Messages moved successfully."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1687 kmmainwidget.cpp:1867
#, kde-format
msgid "Deleting messages failed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1689 kmmainwidget.cpp:1869
#, kde-format
msgid "Deleting messages canceled."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1693
#, kde-format
msgid "Moving messages failed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1695
#, kde-format
msgid "Moving messages canceled."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1761
#, kde-format
msgid "Move Messages to Folder"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1791
#, kde-format
msgid "Copying messages..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1799
#, kde-format
msgid "Messages copied successfully."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1802
#, kde-format
msgid "Copying messages failed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1804
#, kde-format
msgid "Copying messages canceled."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1814
#, kde-format
msgid "Copy Messages to Folder"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1854
#, kde-format
msgid "Moving messages to trash..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1864
#, kde-format
msgid "Messages moved to trash successfully."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1867
#, kde-format
msgid "Moving messages to trash failed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1869
#, kde-format
msgid "Moving messages to trash canceled."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:2140
#, kde-format
msgid "Jump to Folder"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:2764
#, kde-format
msgid "Save &As..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:2778
#, kde-format
msgid "&Expire All Folders"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:2783
#, kde-format
msgid "Check &Mail"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:2791
#, kde-format
msgid "Check Mail In"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:2793 kmmainwidget.cpp:2794
#, kde-format
msgid "Check Mail"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:2798
#, kde-format
msgid "&Send Queued Messages"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:2806
#, kde-format
msgid "Online status (unknown)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:2811
#, kde-format
msgid "Send Queued Messages Via"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:2827
#, kde-format
msgid "Certificate Manager"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:2837
#, kde-format
msgid "&Import Messages..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:2847
#, kde-format
msgid "&Debug Sieve..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:2854
#, kde-format
msgid "Filter &Log Viewer..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:2859
#, kde-format
msgid "&Import from another Email Client..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:2864
#, kde-format
msgid "Edit \"Out of Office\" Replies..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:2870
#, kde-format
msgid "&Configure Automatic Archiving..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:2876
#, kde-format
msgid "Delayed Messages..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:2882
#, kde-format
msgid "Followup Reminder Messages..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:2893 util.cpp:184
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action Hard delete, bypassing trash"
msgid "&Delete"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:2898 kmmainwidget.cpp:3954
#, kde-format
msgid "M&ove Thread to Trash"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:2902
#, kde-format
msgid "Move thread to trashcan"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:2905 kmmainwidget.cpp:3954
#, kde-format
msgid "Delete T&hread"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:2911 kmmainwidget.cpp:3956
#, kde-format
msgid "&Find Messages..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:2916
#, kde-format
msgid "Select &All Messages"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:2923
#, kde-format
msgid "&Mailing List Management..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:2928
#, kde-format
msgid "&Assign Shortcut..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:2944
#, kde-format
msgid "&Expiration Settings"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:2960
#, kde-format
msgid "&Archive Folder..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:2968
#, kde-format
msgid "Load E&xternal References"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:2991 kmreadermainwin.cpp:370
#, kde-format
msgid "Copy Message To..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:2993 kmreadermainwin.cpp:383
#, kde-format
msgid "Move Message To..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:2998
#, kde-format
msgid "&New Message..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3000
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:intoolbar New Empty Message"
msgid "New"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3008
#, kde-format
msgid "Message From &Template"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3018
#, kde-format
msgid "New Message t&o Mailing-List..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3026
#, kde-format
msgid "&Create Filter"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3031
#, kde-format
msgid "Filter on &Subject..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3038
#, kde-format
msgid "Filter on &From..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3044
#, kde-format
msgid "Filter on &To..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3050
#, kde-format
msgid "Filter on &Cc..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3058
#, kde-format
msgid "Mark &Thread"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3061
#, kde-format
msgid "Mark Thread as &Read"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3064
#, kde-format
msgid "Mark all messages in the selected thread as read"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3067
#, kde-format
msgid "Mark Thread as &Unread"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3070
#, kde-format
msgid "Mark all messages in the selected thread as unread"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3076
#, kde-format
msgid "Mark Thread as &Important"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3079
#, kde-format
msgid "Remove &Important Thread Mark"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3082
#, kde-format
msgid "Mark Thread as &Action Item"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3085
#, kde-format
msgid "Remove &Action Item Thread Mark"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3089
#, kde-format
msgid "&Watch Thread"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3093
#, kde-format
msgid "&Ignore Thread"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3101 kmreadermainwin.cpp:340
#, kde-format
msgid "Save A&ttachments..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3109
#, kde-format
msgid "Copy Decrypted To..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3115
#, kde-format
msgid "Appl&y All Filters"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3125
#, kde-format
msgctxt "View->"
msgid "&Expand Thread / Group"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3128
#, kde-format
msgid "Expand the current thread or group"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3132
#, kde-format
msgctxt "View->"
msgid "&Collapse Thread / Group"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3135
#, kde-format
msgid "Collapse the current thread or group"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3139
#, kde-format
msgctxt "View->"
msgid "Ex&pand All Threads"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3142
#, kde-format
msgid "Expand all threads in the current folder"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3146
#, kde-format
msgctxt "View->"
msgid "C&ollapse All Threads"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3149
#, kde-format
msgid "Collapse all threads in the current folder"
msgid "Go to the next folder with unread messages"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3225
#, kde-format
msgid "Previous Unread F&older"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3231
#, kde-format
msgid "Go to the previous folder with unread messages"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3235
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Go->"
msgid "Next Unread &Text"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3238
#, kde-format
msgid "Go to the next unread text"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3239
#, kde-format
msgid "Scroll down current message. If at end of current message, go to next unread message."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3247
#, kde-format
msgid "Configure &Filters..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3253
#, kde-format
msgid "Manage &Sieve Scripts..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3258
#, kde-format
msgid "&Add Account..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3263
#, kde-format
msgid "KMail &Introduction"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3265
#, kde-format
msgid "Display KMail's Welcome Page"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3273
#, kde-format
msgid "Configure &Notifications..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3280
#, kde-format
msgid "&Configure KMail..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3287
#, kde-format
msgid "Expire..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3293
#, kde-format
msgid "Add Favorite Folder..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3299
#, kde-format
msgid "Serverside Subscription..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3305 kmmainwidget.cpp:3314
#, kde-format
msgid "Apply All Filters"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3333
#, kde-format
msgid "Import/Export KMail Data..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3339
#, kde-format
msgid "New AddressBook Contact..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3361
#, kde-format
msgid "Copy Message to Folder"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3368
#, kde-format
msgid "Jump to Folder..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3375
#, kde-format
msgid "Abort Current Operation"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3382
#, kde-format
msgid "Focus on Next Folder"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3389
#, kde-format
msgid "Focus on Previous Folder"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3396
#, kde-format
msgid "Select Folder with Focus"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3404
#, kde-format
msgid "Focus on First Folder"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3411
#, kde-format
msgid "Focus on Last Folder"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3418
#, kde-format
msgid "Focus on Next Message"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3425
#, kde-format
msgid "Focus on Previous Message"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3432
#, kde-format
msgid "Select First Message"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3439
#, kde-format
msgid "Select Last Message"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3446
#, kde-format
msgid "Select Message with Focus"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3454
#, kde-format
msgid "Set Focus to Quick Search"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3463
#, kde-format
msgid "Extend Selection to Previous Message"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3470
#, kde-format
msgid "Extend Selection to Next Message"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3478
#, kde-format
msgid "Move Message to Folder"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3489
#, kde-format
msgid "Use Less Bandwidth"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3493
#, kde-format
msgid "Mark All Messages As Read in This Folder and All its Subfolder"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3498
#, kde-format
msgid "Remove Duplicates in This Folder and All its Subfolder"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3509
#, kde-format
msgid "Add Favorite Folder"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3850
#, kde-format
msgid "E&mpty Trash"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3851
#, kde-format
msgid "&Move All Messages to Trash"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3944
#, kde-format
msgid "&Delete Search"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3956
#, kde-format
msgid "Edit Search..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:4061
#, kde-format
msgid "&Undo"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:4063
#, kde-format
msgid "&Undo: \"%1\""
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:4115
#, kde-format
msgid "Filter %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:4553
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Show shortcut for focus quick search. Don't change it"
msgid "Search... <%1>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:4561
#, kde-format
msgid "Use of HTML in mail will make you more vulnerable to \"spam\" and may increase the likelihood that your system will be compromised by other present and anticipated security exploits."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:4565
#, kde-format
msgid "Use HTML"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwin.cpp:178
#, kde-format
msgid "Starting..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmreadermainwin.cpp:343 util.cpp:184
#, kde-format
msgid "&Move to Trash"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmreadermainwin.cpp:344
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:intoolbar Move to Trash"
msgid "Trash"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmreadermainwin.cpp:345
#, kde-format
msgid "Move message to trashcan"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmreadermainwin.cpp:429
#, kde-format
msgid "Cannot copy item. %1"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: Menu (zoom)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmreadermainwin.rc:30
#, kde-format
msgid "Zoom"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmreaderwin.cpp:123
#, kde-format
msgid "New Message To..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmreaderwin.cpp:130
#, kde-format
msgid "Reply To..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmreaderwin.cpp:137
#, kde-format
msgid "Forward To..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmreaderwin.cpp:150
#, kde-format
msgid "Add to Existing Contact"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmreaderwin.cpp:157
#, kde-format
msgid "Open in Address Book"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmreaderwin.cpp:162
#, kde-format
msgid "Bookmark This Link"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmreaderwin.cpp:168
#, kde-format
msgid "Edit contact..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmreaderwin.cpp:174
#, kde-format
msgid "Save Link As..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmreaderwin.cpp:180
#, kde-format
msgid "&Find in Message..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmreaderwin.cpp:186
#, kde-format
msgid "Save Image On Disk..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmreaderwin.cpp:192
#, kde-format
msgid "Show HTML Format"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmreaderwin.cpp:193
#, kde-format
msgid "Show HTML format when mail comes from this contact"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmreaderwin.cpp:199
#, kde-format
msgid "Load external reference when mail comes for this contact"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmreaderwin.cpp:205
#, kde-format
msgid "Share image..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmreaderwin.cpp:252
#, kde-format
msgid "KMail is now based on the Akonadi Personal Information Management framework, which brings many changes all around."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmreaderwin.cpp:263
#, kde-format
msgid "Push email (IMAP IDLE)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmreaderwin.cpp:264
#, kde-format
msgid "Improved searches"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmreaderwin.cpp:265
#, kde-format
msgid "Support for adding notes (annotations) to mails"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmreaderwin.cpp:266
#, kde-format
msgid "Less GUI freezes, mail checks happen in the background"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmreaderwin.cpp:267
#, kde-format
msgid "Plugins support"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmreaderwin.cpp:268
#, kde-format
msgid "New HTML renderer (QtWebEngine)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmreaderwin.cpp:269
#, kde-format
msgid "Added Check for Phishing URL"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmreaderwin.cpp:299
#, kde-format
msgid "The KDE Mail Client"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmreaderwin.cpp:308
#, kde-format
msgid "Retrieving Folder Contents"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmreaderwin.cpp:309
#, kde-format
msgid "Please wait . . ."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmreaderwin.cpp:316 kmreaderwin.cpp:327
#, kde-format
msgid "Offline"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmreaderwin.cpp:318
#, kde-format
msgid "KMail is currently in offline mode. Click <a href=\"kmail:goOnline\">here</a> to go online . . .</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmreaderwin.cpp:329
#, kde-format
msgid "Account is currently in offline mode. Click <a href=\"kmail:goResourceOnline\">here</a> to go online . . .</p>"
msgid "Enable this option if you want to see the full path for each folder listed in the summary. If this option is not enabled, then only the base folder path will be shown."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kontactplugin/kmail/kmail_plugin.cpp:60
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu"
msgid "New Message..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kontactplugin/kmail/kmail_plugin.cpp:67
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "You will be presented with a dialog where you can create and send a new email message."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kontactplugin/kmail/kmail_plugin.cpp:74
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu"
msgid "Sync Mail"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kontactplugin/kmail/kmail_plugin.cpp:79
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "Choose this option to synchronize your groupware email."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kontactplugin/kmail/summarywidget.cpp:64
#, kde-format
msgid "New Messages"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kontactplugin/kmail/summarywidget.cpp:161
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt><b>%1</b><br/>"
"Total: %2<br/>"
"Unread: %3</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kontactplugin/kmail/summarywidget.cpp:173
#, kde-format
msgctxt "%1: number of unread messages %2: total number of messages"
msgid "%1 / %2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kontactplugin/kmail/summarywidget.cpp:211
#, kde-format
msgid "No unread messages in your monitored folders"
msgid "Choosing this will show a dialog where you can select which summaries you want to see and also allow you to configure the summaries to your liking."
msgid "All folders selected are empty or were not indexed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: searchdialog/searchwindow.cpp:487
#, kde-format
msgid "You forgot to add conditions."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: searchdialog/searchwindow.cpp:491
#, kde-format
msgid "Contains condition cannot be used with a number of characters inferior to 4."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: searchdialog/searchwindow.cpp:528
#, kde-format
msgid "Searching..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: searchdialog/searchwindow.cpp:544
#, kde-format
msgid "Cannot get search result. %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: searchdialog/searchwindow.cpp:547
#, kde-format
msgid "Search failed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: searchdialog/searchwindow.cpp:588
#, kde-format
msgid "Search complete."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: searchdialog/searchwindow.cpp:626
#, kde-format
msgid "Search stopped."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: searchdialog/searchwindow.cpp:683
#, kde-format
msgid "There was a problem renaming your search folder. A common reason for this is that another search folder with the same name already exists. Error returned \"%1\"."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: searchdialog/searchwindow.cpp:786
#, kde-format
msgid "Copy Message"
msgid_plural "Copy %1 Messages"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: searchdialog/searchwindow.cpp:789
#, kde-format
msgid "Cut Message"
msgid_plural "Cut %1 Messages"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: searchdialog/searchwindow.cpp:915
#, kde-format
msgid "Checking index status..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: secondarywindow.cpp:84
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Document/application separator in titlebar"
msgid " – "
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ExcludeImportantMailFromExpiry), group (Behaviour)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:50
#, kde-format
msgid "This prevents the automatic expiry of old messages in a folder from deleting (or moving to an archive folder) the messages that are marked 'Important' or 'Action Item'"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AllowLocalFlags), group (Behaviour)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:54
#, kde-format
msgid "Allow local flags in read-only folders"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SendOnCheck), group (Behaviour)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:60
#, kde-format
msgid "Send queued mail on mail check"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (SendOnCheck), group (Behaviour)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:61
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>"
"<p>Select whether you want KMail to send all messages in the outbox on manual or all mail checks, or whether you do not want messages to be sent automatically at all. </p>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (LastSelectedFolder), group (FolderSelectionDialog)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:73
#, kde-format
msgid "The most recently selected folder in the folder selection dialog."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ExternalEditor), group (General)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:88
#, kde-format
msgid "Specify e&ditor:"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseExternalEditor), group (General)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:92
#, kde-format
msgid "Use e&xternal editor instead of composer"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CustomMessageHeadersCount), group (General)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:96
#, kde-format
msgid "Specifies the number of custom MIME header fields to be inserted in messages (for internal use only)"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CloseToQuotaThreshold), group (General)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:99
#, kde-format
msgid "The threshold for when to warn the user that a folder is nearing its quota limit."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (EmptyTrashOnExit), group (General)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:103
#, kde-format
msgid "Empty the local trash folder on program exit"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (StartSpecificFolderAtStartup), group (General)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:107
#, kde-format
msgid "Allow to start specific folder"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (StartupFolder), group (General)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:111
#, kde-format
msgid "Specify the folder to open when the program is started"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AutoExpiring), group (General)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:118
#, kde-format
msgid "Specifies whether the folders will expire in the background (for internal use only)"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FirstStart), group (General)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:122
#, kde-format
msgid "Specifies whether this is the very first time that the application is run (for internal use only)"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (PreviousNewFeaturesMD5), group (Internal)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:144
#, kde-format
msgid "This value is used to decide whether the KMail Introduction should be displayed."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (EnableFolderQuickSearch), group (UserInterface)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:151
#, kde-format
msgid "Show folder quick search line edit"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ForwardingInlineByDefault), group (Composer)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:159
#, kde-format
msgid "Forward Inline As Default."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (TooManyRecipients), group (Composer)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:162
#, kde-format
msgid "Warn if the number of recipients is more than:"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (TooManyRecipients), group (Composer)
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (RecipientThreshold), group (Composer)
msgid "If the number of recipients is larger than this value, KMail will warn and ask for a confirmation before sending the mail. The warning can be turned off."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CheckSpellingBeforeSend), group (Composer)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:192
#, kde-format
msgid "Check spelling before send"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (RequestMDN), group (Composer)
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (RequestMDN), group (Composer)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:197
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>"
"<p>Enable this option if you want KMail to request Message Disposition Notifications (MDNs) for each of your outgoing messages.</p>"
"<p>This option only affects the default; you can still enable or disable MDN requesting on a per-message basis in the composer, menu item <em>Options</em>-><em>Request Disposition Notification</em>.</p>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AutosaveInterval), group (Composer)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:219
#, kde-format
msgid "Autosave interval:"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AutosaveInterval), group (Composer)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:220
#, kde-format
msgid "A backup copy of the text in the composer window can be created regularly. The interval used to create the backups is set here. You can disable autosaving by setting it to the value 0."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowSnippetManager), group (Composer)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:227
#, kde-format
msgid "Show the Text Snippet Management and Insertion Panel in the composer."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CryptoStoreEncrypted), group (Composer)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:233
#, kde-format
msgid "When check, sent messages will be stored in the encrypted form"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (RecentUrls), group (Composer)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:237
#, kde-format
msgid "A list of all the recently used URLs"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (RecentEncodings), group (Composer)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:243
#, kde-format
msgid "A list of all the recently used encodings"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowCryptoLabelIndicator), group (Composer)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:249
#, kde-format
msgid "Show crypto label indicator"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CheckSendDefaultActionShortcut), group (Composer)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:253
#, kde-format
msgid "Validate Send Default Shortcut"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (IdentityDialogSize), group (Geometry)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:270
#, kde-format
msgid "The size of the identity dialog (for internal use only)"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SearchWidgetWidth), group (Geometry)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:274
#, kde-format
msgid "The width of the search window (for internal use only)"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SearchWidgetHeight), group (Geometry)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:278
#, kde-format
msgid "The height of the search window (for internal use only)"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ConfigureDialogWidth), group (Geometry)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:282
#, kde-format
msgid "The width of the Configure KMail dialog (for internal use only)"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ConfigureDialogHeight), group (Geometry)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:286
#, kde-format
msgid "The height of the Configure KMail dialog (for internal use only)"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (readerWindowMode), group (Geometry)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:312
#, kde-format
msgid "Message Preview Pane"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (readerWindowMode), group (Geometry)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:315
#, kde-format
msgid "Do not show a message preview pane"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (readerWindowMode), group (Geometry)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:318
#, kde-format
msgid "Show the message preview pane below the message list"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (readerWindowMode), group (Geometry)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:321
#, kde-format
msgid "Show the message preview pane next to the message list"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FolderList), group (Geometry)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:328
#, kde-format
msgid "Folder List"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FolderList), group (Geometry)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:331
#, kde-format
msgid "Long folder list"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FolderList), group (Geometry)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:334
#, kde-format
msgid "Short folder list"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (TemplateNewMessage), group (GlobalTemplates)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:343
#, kde-format
msgid "Message template for new message"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (TemplateReply), group (GlobalTemplates)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:348
#, kde-format
msgid "Message template for reply"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (TemplateReplyAll), group (GlobalTemplates)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:353
#, kde-format
msgid "Message template for reply to all"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (TemplateForward), group (GlobalTemplates)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:358
#, kde-format
msgid "Message template for forward"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (QuoteString), group (GlobalTemplates)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:363
#, kde-format
msgid "Quote characters"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ToolTipDisplayPolicy), group (MainFolderView)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:378
#, kde-format
msgid "Specifies the policy used when displaying policy"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CollectionWidth), group (SearchDialog)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:386
#, kde-format
msgid "Specifies the width of the collection field in the Search Window dialog (for internal use only)"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SubjectWidth), group (SearchDialog)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:390
#, kde-format
msgid "Specifies the width of the subject field in the Search Window dialog (for internal use only)"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SenderWidth), group (SearchDialog)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:394
#, kde-format
msgid "Specifies the width of the sender field in the Search Window dialog (for internal use only)"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ReceiverWidth), group (SearchDialog)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:398
#, kde-format
msgid "Specifies the width of the receiver field in the Search Window dialog (for internal use only)"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DateWidth), group (SearchDialog)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:402
#, kde-format
msgid "Specifies the width of the date field in the Search Window dialog (for internal use only)"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FolderWidth), group (SearchDialog)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:406
#, kde-format
msgid "Specifies the width of the folder field in the Search Window dialog (for internal use only)"
msgid "When this option is enabled, the message/file will not only be encrypted with the receiver's public key, but also with your key. This will enable you to decrypt the message/file at a later time. This is generally a good idea."
"When this box is checked, sent messages are stored encrypted like they were sent. This is not recommended, as you will not be able to read the messages any longer if a necessary certificate expires.\n"
"<p>\n"
"However, there may be local rules that require you to turn this option on. When in doubt, check with your local administrator.\n"
msgid "When this option is enabled, the application will always show you a list of public keys from which you can choose the one it will use for encryption. If it is off, the application will only show the dialog if it cannot find the right key or if there are several which could be used."
msgid "Some of the folders you want to search in are not fully indexed yet or have been excluded from indexing. All the folders checked below will be scheduled for priority reindexing. If you uncheck a folder it may still be indexed later, unless it was manually excluded from indexing."
"<p style=\" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">When jumping to the next unread message, it may occur that no more unread messages are below the current message.</p>"
"\n"
"<p style=\" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Do not loop:</span> The search will stop at the last message in the current folder.</p>"
"\n"
"<p style=\" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Loop in current folder:</span> The search will continue at the top of the message list, but not go to another folder.</p>"
"\n"
"<p style=\" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Loop in all folders:</span> The search will continue at the top of the message list. If no unread messages are found it will then continue to the next folder.</p>"
"\n"
"<p style=\" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">Similarly, when searching for the previous unread message, the search will start from the bottom of the message list and continue to the previous folder depending on which option is selected.</p>"
"\n"
"<p style=\" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Loop in all marked folders: </span>This is the same as \"Loop in all folders\" except that only folders are taken into account which have been marked with the folder property \"Act on new/unread mail in this folder\".</p>"
msgid "<b>WARNING:</b> Allowing HTML in email may increase the risk that your system will be compromised by present and anticipated security exploits. <a href=\"whatsthis1\">More about HTML mails...</a> <a href=\"whatsthis2\">More about external references...</a>"
"<p>Messages sometimes come in both formats. This option controls whether you want the HTML part or the plain text part to be displayed.</p>"
"<p>Displaying the HTML part makes the message look better, but at the same time increases the risk of security holes being exploited.</p>"
"<p>Displaying the plain text part loses much of the message's formatting, but makes it almost <em>impossible</em> to exploit security holes in the HTML renderer (Konqueror).</p>"
"<p>The option below guards against one common misuse of HTML messages, but it cannot guard against security issues that were not known at the time this version of KMail was written.</p>"
"<p>It is therefore advisable to <em>not</em> prefer HTML to plain text.</p>"
"<p><b>Note:</b> You can set this option on a per-folder basis from the <i>Folder</i> menu of KMail's main window.</p>"
"<p>Some mail advertisements are in HTML and contain references to, for example, images that the advertisers employ to find out that you have read their message (\"web bugs\").</p>"
"<p>There is no valid reason to load images off the Internet like this, since the sender can always attach the required images directly to the message.</p>"
"<p>To guard from such a misuse of the HTML displaying feature of KMail, this option is <em>disabled</em> by default.</p>"
"<p>However, if you wish to, for example, view images in HTML messages that were not attached to it, you can enable this option, but you should be aware of the possible problem.</p>"
"<p>MDNs are a generalization of what is commonly called <b>read receipt</b>. The message author requests a disposition notification to be sent and the receiver's mail program generates a reply from which the author can learn what happened to his message. Common disposition types include <b>displayed</b> (i.e. read), <b>deleted</b> and <b>dispatched</b> (e.g. forwarded).</p>"
"<p>The following options are available to control KMail's sending of MDNs:</p>"
"<ul>"
"<li><em>Ignore</em>: Ignores any request for disposition notifications. No MDN will ever be sent automatically (recommended).</li>"
"<li><em>Ask</em>: Answers requests only after asking the user for permission. This way, you can send MDNs for selected messages while denying or ignoring them for others.</li>"
"<li><em>Deny</em>: Always sends a <b>denied</b> notification. This is only <em>slightly</em> better than always sending MDNs. The author will still know that the messages has been acted upon, he just cannot tell whether it was deleted or read etc.</li>"
"<li><em>Always send</em>: Always sends the requested disposition notification. That means that the author of the message gets to know when the message was acted upon and, in addition, what happened to it (displayed, deleted, etc.). This option is strongly discouraged, but since it makes much sense e.g. for customer relationship management, it has been made available.</li>"
msgid "If this option is selected, S/MIME certificates are validated online using the Online Certificates Status Protocol (OCSP). Fill in the URL of the OCSP responder below."
msgid "By default GnuPG uses the file ~/.gnupg/policies.txt to check if a certificate policy is allowed. If this option is selected, policies are not checked."
msgid "When looking for the location of a CRL, the to-be-tested certificate usually contains what are known as \"CRL Distribution Point\" (DP) entries, which are URLs describing the way to access the URL. The first found DP entry is used. With this option all entries using the HTTP scheme are ignored when looking for a suitable DP."
msgid "If this option is selected, the value of the HTTP proxy shown on the right (which comes from the environment variable http_proxy) will be used for any HTTP request."
msgid "Enter here the location of your HTTP Proxy, which will be used for all HTTP requests relating to S/MIME. The syntax is host:port, for instance myproxy.nowhere.com:3128."
msgid "When looking for the location of a CRL, the to-be-tested certificate usually contains what are known as \"CRL Distribution Point\" (DP) entries, which are URLs describing the way to access the URL. The first found DP entry is used. With this option all entries using the LDAP scheme are ignored when looking for a suitable DP."
"Entering a LDAP server here will make all LDAP requests go to that server first. More precisely, this setting overrides any specified host and port part in a LDAP URL and will also be used if host and port have been omitted from the URL. Other LDAP servers will be used only if the connection to the \"proxy\" failed.\n"
"The syntax is \"HOST\" or \"HOST:PORT\". If PORT is omitted, port 389 (standard LDAP port) is used."
msgid "Addflag is used to add flags to a list of [IMAP] flags. It doesn't replace any previously set flags. This means that multiple occurrences of addflag are treated additively."
msgid "The \"convert\" action specifies that all body parts with a media type equal to \"media-type\" be converted to the media type in \"media-type\" using conversion parameters."
msgid "If the optional \":create\" argument is specified, it instructs the Sieve interpreter to create the specified mailbox, if needed, before attempting to deliver the message into the specified mailbox."
msgid "If the optional \":copy\" keyword is specified, the tagged command does not cancel the implicit \"keep\". Instead, it merely files or redirects a copy in addition to whatever else is happening to the message."
msgid "The \"keep\" action is whatever action is taken in lieu of all other actions, if no filtering happens at all; generally, this simply means to file the message into the user's main mailbox."
msgid "The \"redirect\" action is used to send the message to another user at a supplied address, as a mail forwarding feature does. The \"redirect\" action makes no changes to the message body or existing headers, but it may add new headers."
msgid "If the optional \":copy\" keyword is specified, the tagged command does not cancel the implicit \"keep\". Instead, it redirects a copy in addition to whatever else is happening to the message."
msgid "Removeflag is used to remove flags from a list of [IMAP] flags. Removeflag clears flags previously set by \"set\"/\"addflag\". Calling removeflag with a flag that wasn't set before is not an error and is ignored."
msgid "This modifier adds the necessary quoting to ensure that the expanded text will only match a literal occurrence if used as a parameter to :regex. Every character with special meaning (. , *, ? , etc.) is prefixed with \\ in the expansion"
msgid "The \"vacation\" action implements a vacation autoresponder similar to the vacation command available under many versions of Unix. Its purpose is to provide correspondents with notification that the user is away for an extended period of time and that they should not expect quick responses."
msgid "Through the \":days\" parameter, it limits the number of auto-replies to the same sender to one per [n] days, for a specified number of days. But there are cases when one needs more granularity, if one would like to generate \"vacation\" replies more frequently."
msgid "The \"address\" test matches Internet addresses in structured headers that contain addresses. It returns true if any header contains any key in the specified part of the address, as modified by the comparator and the match keyword."
msgid "The body test matches content in the body of an email message, that is, anything following the first empty line after the header. (The empty line itself, if present, is not considered to be part of the body.)"
msgid "The currentdate test is similar to the date test, except that it operates on the current date/time rather than a value extracted from the message header."
msgid "The environment test retrieves the item of environment information specified by the name string and matches it to the values specified in the key-list argument."
msgid "The \"exists\" test is true if the headers listed in the header-names argument exist within the message. All of the headers must exist or the test is false."
msgid "The \"mailboxexists\" test is true if all mailboxes listed in the \"mailbox-names\" argument exist in the mailstore, and each allows the user in whose context the Sieve script runs to \"deliver\" messages into it."
msgid "This test retrieves the value of the mailbox annotation \"annotation-name\" for the mailbox \"mailbox\". The retrieved value is compared to the \"key-list\". The test returns true if the annotation exists and its value matches any of the keys."
msgid "This test retrieves the value of the server annotation \"annotation-name\". The retrieved value is compared to the \"key-list\". The test returns true if the annotation exists and its value matches any of the keys."
msgid "The \"size\" test deals with the size of a message. It takes either a tagged argument of \":over\" or \":under\", followed by a number representing the size of the message."
msgid "Sieve implementations that implement the \"spamtest\" test use an identifier of either \"spamtest\" or \"spamtestplus\" for use with the capability mechanism."
msgid "\"foreverypart\", which is an iterator that walks though every MIME part of a message, including nested parts, depth first, and applies the commands in the specified block to each of them."
msgid "A variable has global scope in all scripts that have declared it with the \"global\" command. If a script uses that variable name without declaring it global, the name specifies a separate, non-global variable within that script."
msgid "The \"include\" command takes an optional \"location\" parameter, an optional \":once\" parameter, an optional \":optional\" parameter, and a single string argument representing the name of the script to include for processing at that point."
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AllowOutOfOfficeSettings), group (OutOfOffice)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ksieveui/settings/sieve-vacation.kcfg:12
#, kde-format
msgid "Allow out-of-office settings to be changeable by the user."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AllowOutOfOfficeUploadButNoSettings), group (OutOfOffice)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ksieveui/settings/sieve-vacation.kcfg:16
#, kde-format
msgid "Allow users to upload out-of-office sieve scripts, but prevent them from changing any settings, such as the domain to react to or the spam reaction switch."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (OutOfOfficeDomain), group (OutOfOffice)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ksieveui/settings/sieve-vacation.kcfg:20
#, kde-format
msgid "Send out-of-office replies to mails coming from this domain only."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (OutOfOfficeReactToSpam), group (OutOfOffice)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ksieveui/settings/sieve-vacation.kcfg:24
#, kde-format
msgid "Allow out-of-office replies to be sent to messages marked as SPAM."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CheckOutOfOfficeOnStartup), group (OutOfOffice)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ksieveui/settings/sieve-vacation.kcfg:28
#, kde-format
msgid "Check if there is still an active out-of-office reply configured on startup."
msgid "KMail's Out of Office Reply functionality relies on server-side filtering. You have not yet configured an IMAP server for this. You can do this on the \"Filtering\" tab of the IMAP account configuration."
msgid "Impossible to install script on server '%1'"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ksieveui/vacation/vacationeditwidget.cpp:58
#, kde-format
msgid "Configure vacation notifications to be sent:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ksieveui/vacation/vacationeditwidget.cpp:65
#, kde-format
msgid "&Activate vacation notifications"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ksieveui/vacation/vacationeditwidget.cpp:81
#, kde-format
msgid "&Subject of the vacation mail:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ksieveui/vacation/vacationeditwidget.cpp:107
#, kde-format
msgid "Start date:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ksieveui/vacation/vacationeditwidget.cpp:130
#, kde-format
msgid "End date:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ksieveui/vacation/vacationeditwidget.cpp:154
#: ksieveui/vacation/vacationeditwidget.cpp:298
#, kde-format
msgid " day"
msgid_plural " days"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ksieveui/vacation/vacationeditwidget.cpp:156
#, kde-format
msgid "&Resend notification only after:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ksieveui/vacation/vacationeditwidget.cpp:167
#, kde-format
msgid "&Send responses for these addresses:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ksieveui/vacation/vacationeditwidget.cpp:191
#, kde-format
msgid "&Action for incoming mails:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ksieveui/vacation/vacationeditwidget.cpp:199
#, kde-format
msgid "Do not send vacation replies to spam messages"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ksieveui/vacation/vacationeditwidget.cpp:206
#, kde-format
msgid "Only react to mail coming from domain"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ksieveui/vacation/vacationmanager.cpp:68
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"There is still an active out-of-office reply configured.\n"
"Do you want to edit it?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ksieveui/vacation/vacationmanager.cpp:69
#, kde-format
msgid "Out-of-office reply still active"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ksieveui/vacation/vacationmanager.cpp:70
#, kde-format
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ksieveui/vacation/vacationmanager.cpp:71
#, kde-format
msgid "Ignore"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: ksieveui/vacation/vacationpagewidget.cpp:65
+#: ksieveui/vacation/vacationpagewidget.cpp:61
#, kde-format
msgid "Your server did not list \"vacation\" in its list of supported Sieve extensions;without it, KMail cannot install out-of-office replies for you.Please contact your system administrator."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ksieveui/vacation/vacationutils.cpp:52
#, kde-format
msgid "Out of office till %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ksieveui/vacation/vacationutils.cpp:63
#, kde-format
msgid "Redirect to"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ksieveui/vacation/vacationutils.cpp:65
#, kde-format
msgid "Copy to"
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5 stable5
+#. +> stable5
#: ksieveui/vacation/vacationutils.cpp:68
#, kde-format
msgid "Unknown action"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: ksieveui/vacation/vacationutils.cpp:79
+#: ksieveui/vacation/vacationutils.cpp:78
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"I am out of office till %1.\n"
"\n"
"In urgent cases, please contact Mrs. \"vacation replacement\"\n"
"\n"
"email: \"email address of vacation replacement\"\n"
"phone: +49 711 1111 11\n"
"fax.: +49 711 1111 12\n"
"\n"
"Yours sincerely,\n"
"-- \"enter your name and email address here\"\n"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ksieveui/vacation/vacationwarningwidget.cpp:32
#, kde-format
msgid "Someone (probably you) changed the vacation script on the server. KMail is no longer able to determine the parameters for the autoreplies. Default values will be used."